Bellingham Technical college caTalog lindBergh avenue Bellingham Wa Phone

Document Sample
Bellingham Technical college caTalog lindBergh avenue Bellingham Wa Phone Powered By Docstoc
					   Bellingham Technical college
         2008-2010 caTalog




3028 lindBergh avenue, Bellingham Wa 98225-1599
      Phone 360.752.7000 • Fax 360.676.2798
                www.btc.ctc.edu
              eFFective Fall 2008
                                                                                      Bellingham Technical College




                    Message from the President
                                   Welcome to Bellingham Technical college!

                                   First and foremost, know that Bellingham technical college exists to serve
                                   you. our goal is to help you fulfill your dreams and reach a better place in
                                   your life. this educational quest is a partnership formed of your hard work
                                   and effort and our experience and expertise. together, we can truly
                                   transform your life.

                                    Bellingham technical college prides itself on providing the finest in
                                    educational programming and top-notch services to aid you in this quest.
                                    every year we conduct a survey of our current students to learn what they
                                    think of the education and services we provide. one of the questions we
                                    ask is, “Would you recommend Btc to potential students?” ninety-five
                                    percent of the students said “yes.” When we ask employers if they are
                                    satisfied with our graduates and would hire more Btc students, 96% said
“yes.” currently, job placement rates for the majority of our programs average between 90% and 100%. these
numbers speak for themselves and are strong testimony to the quality that is Bellingham technical college
and the education we provide.

Bellingham technical college has achieved such positive results for several reasons. First, we are a community
of students, faculty, and staff engaged in the purposeful pursuit of learning. We form close-knit teams of
students and faculty in our programs, most students graduating with the same classmates with whom they
began. Second, we have a solid group of experienced professionals in our Student Services division who
strive to provide the finest quality support possible. third, we work diligently with area employers and
businesses to make sure our programs and courses are current, our equipment up to the quality standards of
the industry, and we know what future trends are emerging. Fourth, although we are growing rapidly, our
faculty and staff have been able to maintain the one-to-one attention that is the hallmark and advantage of
a small campus.

our goal is your success, now and in the future. So, welcome again to Bellingham technical college. Your
career starts here!



tom eckert, ed.D.
President
2008-2010 CaTalog

                                                                     COLLEGE CALENDAR – 2008-2009

FALL QUARTER 2008                                                                                         SPRING QUARTER 2009
Classes Begin .......................................................................September 22         Spring Break ....................................................................March 27-April 6
Faculty Inservice (no daytime program classes) .............. October 31                                  Classes Begin .....................................................................................April 7
Faculty Inservice (no daytime program classes) .......... November 10                                     Continuing Program Student Registration
Veteran’s Day Holiday .........................................................November 11                  for Summer & Fall ...................................................................... May 4-8
Continuing Program                                                                                        New Program Student Registration for
 Student Registration for Winter ................................... November 3-7                           Summer & Fall Starts....................................................................May 11
New Program Student Registration                                                                          Memorial Day Holiday .....................................................................May 25
  for Winter Starts ................................................................November 12           Summer Quarterly Schedule Available and
Last day to officially withdraw                                                                             Course Registration begins ........................................................May 27
 or change schedule in a Fall program .........................November 24                                Last day to withdraw or change
Winter Quarterly Schedule Available and                                                                     schedule in a program .................................................................June 3
 Course Registration begins ............................................November 24                       Tuition/fees due for Summer .......................................................June 10
Thanksgiving Holiday ...................................................November 27-28                    Quarter Ends ....................................................................................June 23
Tuition/fees due for Winter ...............................................December 10
Quarter Ends .........................................................................December 12         SUMMER QUARTER 2009
                                                                                                          Classes Begin ...................................................................................June 29
WINTER QUARTER 2009                                                                                       Independence Day Holiday ............................................................. July 3
Winter Break ................................................... December 15 - January 6                  Last day to withdraw or change schedule
Classes Begin ............................................................................... January 7     in a Summer program ................................................................. July 24
Martin Luther King Jr. Day Holiday .......................................January 19                      Fall Quarterly Schedule Available and
President’s Day Holiday .........................................................February 16                Course Registration begins .................................................... August 4
Continuing Program Student                                                                                Quarter Ends ................................................................................. August 6
  Registration for Spring .................................................... February 2-6               Tuition/fees due for Fall ............................................................August 26
New Program Student
                                                                                                          Note: Quarter start and end dates for Fisheries Technology,
  Registration for Spring Starts ............................................. February 9                 Automotive Technology and Diesel Equipment Technology are
Spring Quarterly Schedule Available                                                                       different than other programs. See their specific program pages
 and Course Registration begins ........................................February 23                       for start and end dates.
Last day to withdraw or change
 schedule in a Winter program ................................................. March 9                   College Calendar – subject to change.
                                                                                                          Visit us on the web at www.btc.ctc.edu
Tuition/fees due for Spring .......................................................March 11
Quarter Ends .................................................................................March 26




LIMITS OF CATALOG
Bellingham Technical College reserves the option to amend, modify, or revise any provision of this catalog and its programs for any
reason, including but not limited to:
     • A lack of funds to operate a program or course
     • Unavailability of faculty
     • A change in administrative or Board of Trustees policy
     • A change in laws, rules, or regulations of the State of Washington which governs the operation of technical colleges.




                                                                                  Bellingham Technical College
4
                                                                                                                                         2008-2010 CaTalog

HOW TO FIND OUR CAMPUS                                                                                                    PHONE DIRECTORY
                                                                                                Admissions .............................................. 360.752.8345
(College Services Bldg. is located on Nome St.)                                                 Adult Basic Education ........................... 360.752.8341
From I-5: Take Exit 258 (airport exit), Follow the                                              Advising .....................360.752.8345 or 360.752.8450
signs-Left off the exit, left onto Bennett Drive,                                               Basic Academic Skills ............................ 360.752.8341
left
onto Marine Drive, left onto Lindbergh Ave. For                                                 Bookstore ................................................. 360.752.8342
College Services Bldg., turn left onto Nome St.                                                 Business Services ................................... 360.752.8343
                                                                                                Cafe Culinaire/Cafeteria ....................... 360.752.8347
From Downtown Bellingham: Follow Holly St. to
Eldridge Ave. After the stone bridge, (watch for                                                Career Center .......................................... 360.752.8450
sign) turn right onto Nequalicum Ave. For College                                               Cashier ...................................................... 360.752.8311
Services Bldg., go straight onto Nome St.                                                       Counseling & Guidance ........................ 360.752.8450
From Guide Meridian: At the end of Guide Meridian, turn right on                                Degree/Certificate Programs .............. 360.752.8345
Broadway. Right onto Eldridge Ave. After the stone bridge (watch for the                        Dental Clinic ............................................ 360.752.8349
sign), turn right onto Nequalicum Ave. For College Services Bldg., go straight                  Disability Support Services ................. 360.752.8367
onto Nome St.                                                                                   Diversity Student Services ................... 360.752.8377
Instructional sites are easily accessible to students using wheelchairs or crutches. Building   English as a Second Language ........... 360.752.8428
M and Fisheries Technology are not barrier-free. Disabled students who wish to take a class
at a site which does not accommodate their disability should contact the Career Center.         Faculty ...................................................... 360.752.7000
                                                                                                Financial Aid ............................................ 360.752.8351
                                                                                                Foundation .............................................. 360.752.8378
                                                                                                General Information ............................. 360.752.7000
CAMPUS MAP                                                                                      Grades Inquiry ........................................ 360.752.8350
                                                                                                Job Resource Center ............................. 360.752.8396
                                                                                                Learning Center ..................................... 360.752.8341
                                                                                                Library ...................................................... 360.752.8383
                                                                                                Registration ............................................. 360.752.8350
                                                                                                Running Start .......................................... 360.752.8459
                                                                                                Single-Parent/
                                                                                                Displaced Homemaker Program ........ 360.752.8441
                                                                                                Transcripts - BTC ..................................... 360.752.8434
                                                                                                TTY ............................................................. 360.752.8515
                                                                                                Tuition and Fees ..................................... 360.752.8350
                                                                                                Veterans Assistance ............................... 360.752.8374
                                                                                                Workfirst ................................................... 360.752.8397
                                                                                                Worker Retraining ................................. 360.752.8324
                                                                                                                                EMAIL & WEB
                                                                                                Admissions ............................admissions@btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                Financial Aid ................................ beltcfa@btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                Library ...................http://bellingham.library.ctc.edu
                                                                                                Registration ......................... registration@btc.ctc.edu




     a       Library                                        hc       Nursing,
     B       Building Construction,                                  Radiologic Technology,
             Appliance & Refrigeration,                              Surgery Technology
             Precision Machining &                                   (Haskell Center)
             Electrician                                     J
                                                                     Engineering,
     c       Dental Assisting                                        Surveying & Mapping
   cSB       Student Services, Administration               m        Automotive Technology
             (College Services Bldg)
                                                           mc        Welding, Auto Collision
     d       Computer Networking                                     (Morse Center)
  dmc        Instrumentation, Process                        r       Bookstore
             Technology, Electronics
             (Desmond McArdle Center)                        T       Diesel Equipment
  e, F       Business Courses, Learning Center               u       HVAC
    g        Restaurant, Cafeteria, Culinary Arts            Y       Family Learning Center
     h       Health Occupations, Practical Nursing

                      Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                           5
2008-2010 CaTalog

                                                                                                              Table of Contents
                    CHAPTER 1 - AbOUT OUR COLLEGE                                                                                  Data Entry Specialist ........................................................................................... 49
About Our College ..................................................................................................8              Dental Assisting ................................................................................................... 49
Strategic Plan............................................................................................................9        Dental Hygiene .................................................................................................... 50
BTC Foundation ..................................................................................................... 10            Diesel Technology ............................................................................................... 51
                                                                                                                                   Education............................................................................................................... 53
                             CHAPTER 2 - GETTING STARTED                                                                           Electrician .............................................................................................................. 54
Enrollment Services ............................................................................................. 12               Electro Mechanical Technology ....................................................................... 55
Tuition & Fees ........................................................................................................ 14         Electronics: Biomedical Equipment ................................................................ 56
Running Start ........................................................................................................ 14          Electronics: Computer Systems ........................................................................ 57
Tax Credit Information ........................................................................................ 15                 Electronics: Manufacturing ............................................................................... 58
Estimated Quarterly Program Costs ................................................................ 16                              Electronics: Telecommunications .................................................................... 58
Financial Aid Programs ....................................................................................... 18                  EMT-Paramedic .................................................................................................... 59
Foundation Scholarships .................................................................................... 20                    Fisheries Technology........................................................................................... 60
Tech Prep ................................................................................................................ 20      Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning
Veterans Benefits .................................................................................................. 20            & Refrigeration .................................................................................................... 62
Worker Retraining Program ............................................................................... 20                       Human Resource Management ....................................................................... 63
Workfirst ................................................................................................................. 20     Hypnotherapy ...................................................................................................... 63
                     CHAPTER 3 - STUDENT LIFE & SERvICES                                                                           Instrumentation & Control Technology ......................................................... 64
Advising & Counseling ........................................................................................ 22                  Leadership Management .................................................................................. 65
Associated Student Government ..................................................................... 22                             Legal Administrative Assistant ......................................................................... 65
Basic Academic Skills ........................................................................................... 23               Mechanical Engineering Technology ............................................................. 66
Bookstore ............................................................................................................... 23       Medical Coding .................................................................................................... 67
Diversity Student Services ................................................................................. 23                    Medical Coding & Billing Generalist................................................................ 68
Food Service .......................................................................................................... 23         Medical Insurance Billing................................................................................... 68
Insurance ................................................................................................................ 23      Medical Receptionist .......................................................................................... 69
Library ..................................................................................................................... 23   Medical Records Clerk ........................................................................................ 69
Parking .................................................................................................................... 24    Medical Transcription ......................................................................................... 70
Phi Beta Kappa2 .................................................................................................... 24            Nursing Assistant ................................................................................................. 70
Program Services for the Public........................................................................ 24                         Office Assistant / Receptionist.......................................................................... 71
                                                                                                                                   Operations Management .................................................................................. 72
       CHAPTER 4 - POLICIES, REQUIREMENTS, & RECORDS                                                                               Paraeducator......................................................................................................... 73
Academic Requirements.................................................................................... 26                       Parenting Education & Early Training ............................................................. 74
Student Grades .................................................................................................... 26             Personal Fitness Trainer...................................................................................... 75
Academic Achievement ..................................................................................... 27                      Practical Nursing .................................................................................................. 75
Academic Standards & progress ...................................................................... 27                            Precision Machining............................................................................................ 77
Privacy of Records ............................................................................................... 28              Process Technology ............................................................................................. 78
Releasing of Information ................................................................................... 28                    Project Management .......................................................................................... 79
FERPA ..................................................................................................................... 28     Radiologic Technology ....................................................................................... 81
Student Rights & Responsibilities ................................................................... 30                           Registered Nursing: LPN To RN......................................................................... 82
Transferring & Earning Credits ......................................................................... 32                        Residential Home Inspection ........................................................................... 82
                                                                                                                                   Retail Management............................................................................................. 82
                    CHAPTER 5 - PROGRAMS OF STUDy                                                                                  Surgery Technology ............................................................................................ 83
Accounting Technician ....................................................................................... 35                   Surveying & Mapping Technology .................................................................. 84
Administrative Assistant .................................................................................... 36                   Veterinary Technician ......................................................................................... 85
Appliance & Refrigeration Technology........................................................... 37                                 Welding Technology ........................................................................................... 87
Auto Collision Repair Technology .................................................................... 38
Automotive Technology..................................................................................... 39                                      CHAPTER 6 - COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Bookkeeping Assistant ....................................................................................... 40
                                                                                                                                   Descriptions of our Courses .............................................................................. 90
Building Construction Technology .................................................................. 40
Business & Supervision Management ............................................................ 41
                                                                                                                                                      CHAPTER 7 -WE ARE HERE FOR yOU
Child Development (CDA) ................................................................................. 42
                                                                                                                                   Board of Trustees ...............................................................................................141
Civil Engineering Technology ........................................................................... 43
                                                                                                                                   Administrators & Faculty .................................................................................141
Clerical Assistant .................................................................................................. 44
                                                                                                                                   Managerial/Exempt Staff ................................................................................145
Commercial Driving ............................................................................................ 44
                                                                                                                                   Support Staff ......................................................................................................145
Computer Network Technology ....................................................................... 45
Computer Software Support ............................................................................ 46
                                                                                                                                                                                   APPENDIX
Construction Management ............................................................................... 47
                                                                                                                                   Appendix .............................................................................................................139
Culinary Arts ......................................................................................................... 47
                                                                                                                                   Admissions Application ...................................................................................145
Customer Service Management ...................................................................... 48



                                                                                                        Bellingham Technical College
6
                                                                                                      2008-2010 CaTalog




  1
                                                                 about our college ............................................8
                                                                 Strategic Plan .....................................................9
                                                                 Btc Foundation.............................................. 10




About our college




  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                    7
2008-2010 CaTalog


ABOUT OUr cOllege                                                             result in a referral for mandatory evaluation or treatment for a substance
                                                                              abuse disorder. Disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from
                                                                              employment may be imposed.
BTc History
Bellingham Technical College began in 1957, serving Whatcom County            BTC recognizes drug dependency to be an illness and major health
adults as Bellingham Vocational Technical Institute and was operated by       problem. The institution also classifies drug usage and abuse as a
Bellingham School District. In 1991, through State legislative action, the    potential safety and security problem. Employees needing assistance
institution was designated a member of the Washington State Community         in dealing with such problems are strongly encouraged to utilize the
and Technical College system as Bellingham Technical College (BTC). The       Employee Assistance Program provided by health insurance plans, when
College is located in a district of 2,210 square miles with a population of   appropriate.
over 174,000. The majority of students are local, with a growing number       equal Opportunity Statement
moving to the area to enroll at BTC.                                          BTC provides equal opportunity in education and employment, and
About our Students                                                            does not discriminate on the basis of race, ethnicity, creed, color, sex,
In the 2007- 2008 academic year, the College served over 8,100 students.      national origin, age, marital status, religious preference, the presence of
In fall 2007, the student body was 52% female and 48% male, with 22%          any sensory, mental, or physical disability, reliance on public assistance,
minority students, and the average student age was 28 years old. BTC          sexual orientation, status as a disabled person or Vietnam-era veteran, or
served over 2,170 full-time equivalent students during the 2007-2008          political opinions or affiliations. The College complies with all Washington
academic year.                                                                State antidiscrimination laws (RCW 49.60) and the following federal laws
                                                                              relating to equal opportunity: Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of
Accreditation Process                                                         1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the
Bellingham Technical College is accredited by Northwest Commission on         Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Colleges and Universities, 8060 165th Avenue N.E., Suite 100, Redmond,        Questions regarding Title IX, Section 504, equal opportunity, affirmative
Washington 98502-3981. The Commission is an institutional accrediting         action, or the ADA should be directed to Human Resources, Building A
body recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation and         Room 2, 360.752.8354 or 752.8515/TTY.
the U.S. Department of Education.

In addition to institutional accreditation, many of BTC’s programs have
national certification or accreditation. These are highlighted in the
program descriptions and include Dental Assisting, Culinary Arts, EMT-
Paramedic, and Automotive Technology, Diesel Technology, and Surgery
Technology.

Advisory committees
The degree & certificate programs at Bellingham Technical College rely
on the involvement and support of over 300 business and industry
employers and employees from the community. Advice and direction
offered by experts in the working world ensure that students are
acquiring the knowledge and skills that are in demand in the workforce.

An advisory committee representing each specific professional technical
field meets regularly with the faculty of the same instructional area on
matters of curriculum review and development, facilities and equipment,
guidance and career advisement, employment opportunities and
placement, plus public relations and promotional activities.

Drug Free Workplace
BTC intends to promote a drug free, healthful, safe and secure work
environment. The unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation,
possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in or on
property owned or controlled by Bellingham Technical College. The use
of any unlawful controlled substance while in or on property owned or
controlled by BTC is prohibited. No employee will report to work while
under the influence of any unlawful controlled substance. A controlled
substance is defined by RCW 69.50.201 through RCW 69.50.214 or
pursuant to Title 21 USC Section 821 (Schedules I-IV), as now enacted or
subsequently amended. Violation of this policy by any employee may




                                                           Bellingham Technical College
8
                                                                                                                                  2008-2010 CaTalog

STrATegic PlAn
vision                                                                         Mission
To be a recognized leader in providing innovative and effective technical      To deliver superior professional technical education for today’s needs and
education, creating options for career success, and developing a competitive   tomorrow’s opportunities.
workforce.
                                                                               Goals
values                                                                              ACCESS
                                                                                    BTC will increase student access to seamless, educational pathways.
As a learning community, Bellingham Technical College is committed to
educational excellence realized through a positive, values-based campus             MARkETINg & RESOURCE DEVElOpMENT
environment. To realize BTC’s mission and vision, the college will adhere to        BTC will broaden resources and community support to ensure the
the following values:                                                               college’s growth and viability.
                                                                                    STUDENT SUCCESS
     STUDENT SUCCESS
                                                                                    BTC will increase students’ goal achievement by providing activities
     Promote Instruction, activities, and an environment to enable student
                                                                                    and opportunities for learning, growth, and leadership.
     success.
                                                                                    EXCELLENCE & INNOVATION
     INClUSIVENESS
                                                                                    BTC will support and promote excellence and innovation throughout
     Create a welcoming respectful campus.                                          the College.
     LEADERSHIP                                                                     PARTNERSHIPS
     Support Instruction in current and emerging workforce skills. Structure        BTC will maintain and develop effective partnerships that enrich the
     learning that embraces, adapts to, and fosters change.                         communities we serve.
                                                                                    WElCOMINg CAMpUS ENVIRONMENT
     OppORTUNITy
                                                                                    BTC will create and maintain an attractive and inclusive campus
     Provide seamless educational opportunities. Improve the quality of
                                                                                    environment that promotes a sense of community, respect for
     life for students and employees.
                                                                                    individuals, and effective work and learning.
     PARTNERSHIP                                                                    ACCOUNTABIlITy
     Contribute to a sustainable regional economy. Create mutual value              BTC will demonstrate to its constituents the effective, efficient, ethical,
     for students, the College, and the community.                                  and strategic use of all resources.
     ACCOUNTABIlITy
     Foster a results-oriented culture. Demonstrate ethical decision-
     making and stewardship of public and private resources.




                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                             9
2008-2010 CaTalog


BTc FOUnDATiOn

the mission of the Foundation is to enhance student success by            if you or someone you know wants to make a gift to the Foundation,
securing gifts that support student scholarships, faculty and staff       you can do so online through the Foundation link at www.btc.ctc.
development, and capital projects or campaigns. the Foundation            edu, or by calling 360-752-8464. the Foundation accepts gifts of
achieves this mission through fundraising and friend-raising activities   stock and equipment and offers the flexibility of making pledged
and events with individuals, businesses, alumni, grant-making             gifts over time. Moreover, if you are interested in making a bequest to
institutions and other community organizations.                           the college or setting up a charitable remainder trust, please contact
                                                                          the Foundation’s executive Director at 360-752-8378.
established in 1987 as a nonprofit, tax-exempt organization, the
Bellingham technical college Foundation (BctF) is governed by             Btc transforms lives. the Foundation is privileged to be able to work
a volunteer board of directors. early on, the Foundation’s primary        on behalf of the college and to champion student success. We thank
function was to serve as a conduit for scholarship awards and gifts       each one of our donors, business and corporate partners for their
of in-kind equipment. Since 1997, when staff was first hired, the Btc     confidence in our work, our faculty and our students.
Foundation has played an increasingly important role in helping
Bellingham technical college reach its goals.                                   Bellingham technical college Foundation
                                                                                Suite 204, college Services Building
the Foundation Board has set ambitious goals for the 2008-2010                  Bellingham, Wa. 98225
calendar years. these include raising $300,000 for annual scholarships;         telephone: 360-752-8464
$600,000 for endowed scholarships and $1 million for President                  www.btc.ctc.edu
eckert’s access to education initiative. likewise, the Board continues
to expand its’ size in order to achieve its fundraising goals.            if you can, come on by and visit us. our door is always open.




                                                        Bellingham Technical College
10
                                     GettinG Started                                                   2008-2010 CaTalog

                                                                  enrollment Services ................................ 12


  2                                                               Running Start ............................................ 14
                                                                  tuition & Fees............................................ 14
                                                                  tax credit information ........................... 15
                                                                  estimated Program costs ..................... 16
                                                                  Financial aid Programs .......................... 18

getting Started                                                   Foundation Scholarships ...................... 20
                                                                  tech Prep .................................................... 20
                                                                  veterans Benefits ..................................... 20
                                                                  Worker Retraining Program ................. 20
                                                                  WorkFirst..................................................... 20




   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                      11
2008-2010 CaTalog                                       GettinG Started
Enrollment Services                                                         ematics with a “c” (2.0) grade or above, which at that college is
                                                                            deemed a prerequisite for a course equivalent to the Btc course
ADMISSION & ENROLLMENT                                                      in which the student wishes to place, may have the accuplacer
                                                                            assessment requirement waived upon evaluation of an official
Program admission is required for degree/certificate-seeking
                                                                            transcript from a regionally accredited college or university and
students in all programs except Bookkeeping assistant, Business &           completion of the accuplacer Waiver Request form. Requests for
Supervision Management, child Development, clerical assistant,              evaluation of transcripts for accuplacer waiver can be made to
commercial Driving, construction Management, customer Service               the admissions & advising office.
Management, human Resource Management, hypnotherapy,
                                                                           b) applicants who have taken college basic skills assessments (i.e.
leadership Management, Medical coding, Medical insurance Billing,
                                                                            aSSet, coMPaSS, Sat, etc.) at other accredited colleges or uni-
Medical Records clerk, Medical transcription, nursing assistant,
                                                                            versities may request evaluation of the official scores for equiva-
Paraeducator, Personal Fitness trainer, Project Management,                 lency to the accuplacer. Requests for basic skills assessment
Residential home inspection, and Retail Management.                         equivalency may be made to admissions & advising.

in all other programs, students must apply for program admission           c) certain programs require higher placement in general educa-
                                                                            tion requirements in reading and mathematics.
and register in the degree/certificate program. Students may register
for full-time or part-time based on personal preference, availability         •Students interested in programs that require Precalculus
of space, and/or specific program offerings. Most courses within the           i (Math 141), such as civil and Mechanical engineering,
program will be offered at various times throughout the program                Process technology, instrumentation, electronics, electro-
as scheduled by the instructor. in some programs, specific courses             Mechanical, and Surveying & Mapping, or Math in Society
required for a degree/certificate may only be offered in certain               (Math 107), must test into elementary algebra at a minimum
                                                                               for acceptance. Students are strongly encouraged to take any
quarters. Students should consult a Btc counselor, advisor, and/or
                                                                               necessary preparatory math coursework such as elementary
faculty advisor to assist in determining the best schedule option to           algebra (Math 098) or intermediate algebra (Math 099) prior
meet their needs.                                                              to beginning their program sequence.

Students are registered in a program rather than in individual          3. Some programs have additional admissions requirements, which
courses. Full-time students enroll in a minimum of 12 credits; part-       may include but are not limited to:
time students enroll in a minimum of 6 credits. Full-time students           •criminal background check
generally attend class six hours per day, five days per week.                 •Prerequisite course requirements
                                                                              •evidence of high school completion or equivalent
Specific program information is defined in the sequence & schedule
section on the program pages of this catalog.                              Please view program description pages for additional details.

                                                                        applicants seeking advanced placement admission should follow
pROgRAM ADMISSION pROCEDURE                                             the procedures listed in this catalog.
new students may be admitted into degree/certificate programs
at the beginning of each quarter. Some programs have established
entry dates or multiple start dates throughout the year.                Admission & EnrollmEnt Policy: in accordance with Wac
applications for program admission are accepted at any time.            131-12-010, any applicant to Bellingham technical college seeking
applicants seeking program admission are encouraged to meet with        admission or enrollment shall be accepted on a space available basis
an advisor or counselor to discuss specific plans prior to completing   when, as determined by the President or designee, such applicant
the application process. to meet with an advisor and receive program    1. is competent to profit from the curricular offerings of the college
& schedule information, contact the admissions & advising office           (for degree/certificate programs, attainment of identified scores
at 360.752.8345. to meet with a counselor if you need assistance           in reading comprehension and in arithmetic or algebra on the
deciding on a program, contact the counseling and career center            accuplacer or equivalent test is required), and
at 360.752.8450.                                                        2. Would not, by his or her presence or conduct, create a disruptive
                                                                           atmosphere within the college inconsistent with the purposes of
1. complete the Degree/certificate Program admissions application          the institution, and
   and submit it to the Registration Department with the $36.90         3. is eighteen (18) years or older oR is a high school graduate oR has
   ($46.90 for Practical nursing, Radiologic technology, and Surgery       applied for program admission under the provisions of a student
   technology) application fee. the application will be kept on file       enrollment options program such as Running Start or a successor
   for a period of one year beyond the date of application. after          program oR has applied for program admission under the local
   that time, applicants must reapply and pay the application fee.         enrollment option.
   application materials can be obtained through admissions &
   advising at 360.752.8345.                                            locAl EnrollmEnt oPtion: Bellingham Technical college will
2. take the basic academic skills assessment (accuplacer test), or      admit students to degree/certificate programs and courses
   equivalent assessment test, and achieve required scores for the      1. Who are sixteen (16) years of age or older, and
   specific program or college coursework as defined below. if the      2. Who meet the requirements of Section 1 and Section 2 above,
   placement scores are below the level identified for the specific        and
   program, the student will meet with an advisor to identify an        3. Who are not currently enrolled in high school, or who are currently
   individual plan of study. appointments for the accuplacer tests         enrolled high school students, have written approval (if required)
   can be made through admissions & advising at 360.752.8345.              from their sending high school to enroll, and agree to pay all
    a) an applicant seeking program admission, who has completed           regular tuition and fees.
      a minimum of three (3) credits for a course in english or math-
                                                                        (See Underage admission or enrollment appeal listed below.)
                                                      Bellingham Technical College
12
                                                          GettinG Started                                               2008-2010 CaTalog

Admission & EnrollmEnt Policy APPEAl ProcEdurE: Persons who               assessment. Requirement for accuplacer testing may be waived
have been denied admission or enrollment may appeal the decision.         upon evaluation of official transcripts from a regionally accredited
the appeal should be directed, in writing, to the vice President of       college or university. Request for evaluation for accuplacer waiver
Student Services. Such written petition must include, at a minimum,       should be made to admissions & advising.
the reasons that support reconsideration of the application or the
policy. any appeal to the admission & enrollment Policy must be           the accuplacer is available at scheduled times through the
reviewed and approved by the college President or designee. Persons       assessment center. appointments are required and can be made
may further appeal the decision of the vice President by requesting       through the admissions & advising office at 360.752.8345. Students
an admission appeal hearing.                                              may take any portion of the accuplacer test a maximum of three
                                                                          times within a 12 month period. Students must present picture
undErAgE Admission or EnrollmEnt APPEAl: the college does not             identification when they report for testing.
desire to replace or duplicate the functions of the local public and
private schools. Persons who do not meet the regular admission and        NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
enrollment standards and who are under sixteen (16) years of age          new Student orientation is conducted at the beginning of each
may appeal for special admission to degree/certificate programs           quarter. Students will receive information about programs and
or short term courses. Requests for consideration of an underage          services intended to help students succeed at Btc. information about
admission or permission to register in a course must be submitted         college standards and policies is covered. new students will have an
to the vice President of Student Services, in writing, at least one       opportunity for a campus tour and to meet with current students.
week prior to the start date or registration date. Written request must   contact admissions & advising at 360.752.8345 for dates and times.
include evidence that
1. the student is competent at an appropriate academic level and/or       INTERNATIONAl STUDENTS
   technical skill level, and                                             international students must demonstrate competency in english
2. the student demonstrates the ability to participate in an              and math and complete all other admissions processes before their
   adult learning environment.                                            program application will be activated and placed on the selected
(See also local enrollment option listed above.)                          training program waitlist. taking the toeFl and attaining a score of
                                                                          470 or greater may accomplish the reading portion of the assessment
dEgrEE/cErtificAtE ProgrAm rE-Admission Policy: Students seeking          requirement. international students may be able to take this test
re-admission to degree/certificate programs may return to the same        through the U.S. consulate or embassy in their country. in addition
program at priority placement for a negotiated re-entry date, one         to this, students must meet admission requirements for the selected
time only. Re-admitted students will be enrolled on a space available     college program and the college.
basis and will be required to re-submit a Degree/certificate Program      Some programs have prerequisite requirements in math, english,
admissions application (and submit the application fee if one year        computer skills and the sciences that must be met before the student’s
has passed) and meet any new program admissions requirements.             program application will be placed on an individual program wait
this may include repeating the accuplacer Placement test to meet          list. Prerequisite requirements for each program are listed on the
current program level requirements. health program students will          Btc web page, www.btc.ctc.edu, or contact admissions & advising
be enrolled on a space available basis into the same cohort that the      for program information. an official transcript must accompany any
student exited from.                                                      request for acceptance of prerequisite credit or advanced placement
                                                                          to a program from the college or university attended. if the college or
Students seeking program readmission who have not officially              university is located outside the United States, the class and credits
withdrawn or who are seeking program admission in a different             will need to be evaluated by an independent credit evaluation
degree/certificate program must complete the Btc application              service and the individual program Dean at Bellingham technical
process including meeting all program admissions requirements at          college. Several of these services are listed below. Do not send a
the time of application for enrollment. Students will be placed on        program application with the application fee until you have met
the bottom of the program ready list and will receive a registration      these requirements. Bellingham technical college cannot issue an
appointment in the order that they applied.                               i-20 student visa for students to come to the college for placement
                                                                          testing.

ASSESSMENTS & TESTING                                                     INDEpENDENT CREDIT EVAlUATION SERVICES
PlAcEmEnt tEsting: Bellingham technical college is interested in the      american association of collegiate Registrars
success of each student seeking enrollment. We know that student          www.aacrao.org
success in individual degree/certificate programs and in subsequent
employment is closely related to abilities to read and compute. For       World education Services
this reason, acceptance into specific degree/certificate programs is      www.wes.org
determined in part by students’ demonstration that their reading and
                                                                          Foundation for international Students
mathematics competencies are at the level identified for program
                                                                          19015 n creek Parkway, Suite 103
success. all students seeking enrollment in specific programs must
                                                                          Bothel, Wa 98011-8019
achieve required scores in reading and mathematics. the college
uses the college Board’s accuplacer test for basic academic skills




                 Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                             13
2008-2010 CaTalog                                         GettinG Started
COURSE REgISTRATION pROCEDURE                                     Running Start
Students may select and register for a variety of courses intended
for employment training, retraining or upgrading, as well as personal      APPLICATION PROCESS
enrichment and business & professional development as listed in the        Students currently enrolled as juniors or seniors in high school and
quarterly schedule. it is not necessary to apply for admission in order    who demonstrate the ability to benefit from college course work,
to register for Btc courses listed in the quarterly schedule.              may take courses leading to a degree/certificate at Btc for high
                                                                           school as well as college credit. there is no application fee or tuition
                                                                           required, but students must pay any consumable program fees and
REGISTRATION                                                               submit a signed Running Start Referral Form when registering each
a student is considered officially enrolled in a course or program         quarter. Running Start is not available during Summer Quarter.
by registering and paying all tuition and fees. the student has the
responsibility for completion of the registration form and payment         Students needing program information, guidance, or counseling in
of tuition and fees each quarter. Registration dates for new and           completing this process should schedule an appointment with the
continuing degree/certificate program students are assigned and            Btc Running Start advisor at 360.752.8459.
students are notified prior to each registration period. all degree/
certificate program tuition and fees must be paid on the due               to apply for enrollment in Running Start, the student must:
dates specified in the fee notices. Students will be withdrawn from        1. Meet with a high school counselor to determine a plan for study.
programs if tuition and fees are not paid when due.                           the student is responsible for notifying the school district through
                                                                              which the student seeks to obtain the award of running start
CHANgES IN pROgRAM SCHEDUlE                                                   program high school credit of the specific courses he or she intends
Degree/certificate program students may request a change                      to take and shall request confirmation of the amount of high
in schedule (add or drop credits), with instructor approval, by               school credit that will be awarded upon successful completion of
completing a change of Program credits Request form or an add/                the courses (Wac 392-169-050);
Drop form and submitting the completed form to the Registration            2. take the basic academic skills assessment (accuplacer test) in the
& enrollment office. a reduction in credits is subject to the refund          assessment center, college Services Building, or at student’s high
policy. Refer to the college calendar for specific program withdrawal         school if applicable. Running Start students must achieve program
and schedule change dates for each quarter. Students may change               level scores to be eligible to participate in the Running Start
their schedule at quarterly registration on a space available basis and       program. high school students may not enroll in remedial or pre-
according to the program’s part- or full-time schedule.                       college courses at Btc through the Running Start program.
                                                                              Students whose scores are below the level identified for the
WITHDRAWAL POLICY                                                             program they have selected should meet with a Btc counselor or
Students may officially withdraw from the college by submitting a             advisor for planning;
completed add/Drop form to the Registration & enrollment office.           3. complete the Degree/certificate Program admissions application
Refer to the college calendar for specific program withdrawal and             form and submit it to the Registration & enrollment office,
schedule change dates for each quarter. Students who do not officially        indicating Running Start student;
withdraw from the college will forfeit any refund to which they may        4. Receive a registration appointment. Submit signed Running Start
have been entitled. a student who does not officially withdraw may            Referral Form and Btc registration form at the assigned time for
be issued a failing grade by the instructor.                                  registration. Pay all consumable fees by the due date indicated;
                                                                              and
it is important that students attend all scheduled class times or notify   5. attend new Student orientation.
the instructor of any absences.
1. if a student is absent for 10 consecutive days without instructor
    notification, the student may be withdrawn from class.                 Tuition & Fees
2. Students absent for 5 consecutive days during the first week of         all tuition and fees must be paid by the due date for the enrollment
    the program are considered a “no show” and may be withdrawn.           period. the college evaluates and adjusts the tuition and fees
    it is the student’s responsibility to determine if he/she has been     annually to conform with state legislative regulations and program/
    withdrawn by the college for non-attendance.                           course costs. adjustments in tuition and fees become effective at
                                                                           the time they are implemented. Because changes may be made
WITHDRAWAl pROCEDURE                                                       during the academic year, an up-to-date listing of tuition and fees for
1. Students should meet with their instructor to discuss plans for         any program is available from the admissions and the Registration
   withdrawal and potential plans for return. if appropriate, the          offices. all applicants should obtain a copy of the current tuition and
   student may also meet with a counselor to develop a plan for            fee schedule at the time of application and before payment is due.
   future enrollment.
2. Students must submit and process their withdrawal through the
   Registration & enrollment office to be official and to receive a
   refund, if eligible. Students receiving financial aid should contact
   the Financial aid office to give notification of intent to withdraw.
3. Refunds for payments made by cash or check will be processed
   through the Business office and mailed within three weeks. credit
   card refunds are processed within 24 hours.




                                                         Bellingham Technical College
14
                                                                                             GettinG Started                                             2008-2010 CaTalog

OTHER FEES
application Fee ............................................................................... $36.90
                                                                                                           Tax Credit Information
                                                                                                           note: the following information is general and is not for tax advice
application Fee for Practical nursing, Surgery technology,                                                 related to any taxpayer’s particular situation. Please contact your tax
and radiologic Technology ........................................................ $46.90                  advisor or iRS for questions or assistance.
Student Body card ............................................................................$7.00
Replacement Student Body card ................................................$5.00                        Beginning January 1, 1998, the iRS introduced two new tax credits,
official transcript ...............................................................................$4.00   the hoPe credit and the lifetime learning credit (education credits).
(no cost for unofficial copy - available on website)                                                       the hoPe credit may be claimed for the qualified tuition and related
Replacement Degree/certificate (per copy) ............................$4.00                                expenses of each student in the taxpayer’s family who is enrolled at
                                                                                                           least half-time in one of the first two years of postsecondary education
REFUND pOlICy                                                                                              and who is enrolled in a program leading to an undergraduate degree
Students who leave a course or program without official withdrawal                                         or other
will forfeit all claims to the refund of tuition and fees. official                                        recognized educational credential. the maximum credit a taxpayer
withdrawal will be defined as student submission to the Registration                                       may claim for a taxable year for out-of-pocket expenses for each
& enrollment office of a completed add/Drop form. the refund will                                          student’s qualified tuition and related expenses is $1,650 multiplied
be calculated based on the date the form is submitted rather than                                          by the number of students in the family who meet the enrollment
the last day of attendance. in accordance with RcW 28B.15.623, the                                         criteria described above. Read chapter 2 of Publication 960 tax
college may extend the refund period for students with medical                                             Benefits for education (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p970.pdf ) for
reasons or those called into military service of the United States.                                        complete information on eligibility and application for hoPe credit.
Written documentation must be provided for consideration of
exception.                                                                                                 the lifetime learning credit may be claimed for out-of-pocket
                                                                                                           qualified tuition and related expenses of the students in the taxpayer’s
Refunds for payments made by cash or check will be processed                                               family (i.e., the taxpayer, the taxpayer’s spouse, or an eligible
through the Business office and mailed within 3 weeks.                                                     dependent) who are enrolled in eligible educational institutions. the
                                                                                                           maximum credit a taxpayer may claim for a taxable year is $2,000.
Refunds for payments made by credit card will be processed within                                          Read chapter 3 of Publication 960 tax Benefits for education (http://
24 business hours.                                                                                         www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p970.pdf ) for complete information on
                                                                                                           eligibility and application for hoPe credit.
sElf-suPPort & non-cErtificAtE/non-dEgrEE ProgrAm coursEs
rEfund Policy: 100% refund if official withdrawal is submitted one                                         at the end of each tax year, students will receive a 1098t form from
day prior to 1st instructional day.                                                                        Btc that will list out-of-pocket tuition expenses. the 1098t is for
                                                                                                           information only. to claim the tax credit, students must obtain a copy
there are no refunds on or after the 1st instructional day.                                                of the iRS form 8863.

distAncE EducAtion/onlinE rEfund Policy: 100% refund if official
withdrawal is submitted through the 5th calendar day.

40% refund if official withdrawal is submitted between the 6th
calendar day and 20th calendar day.

there is no refund on or after the 21st calendar day.

ProgrAm & crEdit coursE rEfund Policy: 100% refund if official
withdrawal is submitted through the 5th instructional day.

40% refund if official withdrawal is submitted between the 6th
instructional day and 20th calendar day.

there is no refund on or after the 21st calendar day.

summEr rEfund Policy: 100% refund if official withdrawal is
submitted through the 3rd instructional day.

40% refund if official withdrawal is submitted between the 4th
instructional day and 10th calendar day.

there is no refund on or after the 11th calendar day.

ExcEPtions to thE rEfund Policy: in accordance with RcW
28B.15.623, the college may extend the refund period for students
with medical reasons or those called into military service of the United
States. Request for exceptions to the refund policy must be in writing
with documentation for consideration of exception included.

                            Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                               15
2008-2010 CaTalog    GettinG Started




                    Bellingham Technical College
16
                                                                   GettinG Started                                                             2008-2010 CaTalog



               Estimated Quarterly Program Costs 2008- 2009
               Tuition & Fee Estimates are based on Resident Status, 21 credits unless otherwise specified. Canadian Tuition is 35% higher.
               Online courses require an additional fee of $58 per course. TUITION & FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.


                                                                                                         Resident Tuition                          Quarterly Cost
                                                                                    Credits Estimate                           Fees Estimate
         General Education Classes                                                                          Estimates                                Estimate

3 Credit Gen Ed - English 092                                                                 3                    $211                    $0                $211
5 Credit Gen Ed - In Class - See List Below                                                   5                    $351                    $0                $351
5 Credit Gen Ed Online - ONLINE - See List                                                    5                    $351                   $58                $409
5 Credit General Education Courses: CAP199 /Computer Fundamentals, Chem&121 - Intro to Chemistry, COM170 - Oral & Written Communications, ENGL&101 -
English Composition, MATH100 - Occupational Math, MATH&107 - Math in Society, MATH098 Elementary Algebra, MATH099 - Intermediate Algebra, MATH130 -
Precalculus I, PSYC111 - Interpersonal & Organizational Psychology, PSYC&100 - General Psychology, PSYC&200 - Lifespan Psychology.



                         Special Notices                                                           2008-2009 Tuition Rates
TUITION & FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.                                 Rates per Credit             Resident            Canadian        Non-Resident

RUNNING START Students pay FEES only. Running Start Referral Form required.           1st 5 credits               $70.05               $94.05             $205.35
CANADIAN tuition is 35% higher than US Resident tuition.                             2nd 5 credits                $51.45               $68.05             $149.25
NON-RESIDENT is defined as students who are residents of countries other than
U.S. or Canada.                                                               11+ credits                   $44.05               $58.65               $127.35
PROGRAM & COURSE FEES address distinct and specified costs such as lab assistants, supplies, materials, equipment, rentals, software licensing, replacement
and upgrade, maintenance, and other operational costs.
FINANCIAL AID is available through BTC Student Financial Services. Tuition & Fees are the responsibility of the Student. Students eligible for Financial Aid must
contact the BTC Financial Aid Office to be sure file is complete.
CLASS CANCELLATIONS may occur due to low enrollment. Full Refunds will be granted if BTC cancels a course.
REFUND POLICY: Students in Programs/Credit Courses needing to drop or withdraw from courses, PLEASE REFER to the BTC REFUND POLICY printed in the
Bellingham Technical College Catalog and Quarterly Schedule.

MISSION STATEMENT: Bellingham Technical College delivers superior professional technical education for today's needs and tomorrow’s opportunities.
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION: Bellingham Technical College provides equal opportunity in education, employment and access to all persons. Inquiries regarding
compliance with access, equal opportunity and/or grievance procedures should be directed to Human Resources in A2, at (360) 752-8354 or 752-8515 (TTY).




                 Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                  H:\Registration\Tuition Fee Charts\ANNUAL 08-09 6/18/2008
2008-2010 CaTalog                                              GettinG Started
Financial Aid Programs                                                      APPLICATION FOR FINANCIAL AID
                                                                            to apply for financial aid, you will need to complete the following
pURpOSE OF FINANCIAl AID                                                    steps. applying for financial aid is always free.
For many students and families, the cost of attending college is too        1. apply for a Pin at www.pin.ed.gov. You will receive your Pin by
great to manage alone. For this reason, the Btc Student Financial              e-mail in 2-3 days or by mail in 7-10 days. if you are a dependent
Resources office is available to assist eligible students in obtaining         student, your parent will also need to apply for a Pin. if you are
financial aid so they may achieve their educational and career goals.          unsure if you are a dependent student, contact the Btc Financial
there are many types of financial aid available, including grants,             aid office or refer to Step three on the FaFSa.
loans, scholarships, work study, and other agency funding.                  2. complete the Free application for Federal Student aid (FaFSa)
                                                                               online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. include Btc’s Federal School code
Financial aid can be used to pay tuition, fees, books, supplies, and           (016227).
some living expenses.                                                       3. Review your Student aid Report, which will be mailed to you by the
                                                                               U S Department of education after they process your FaFSa. Make
to be sure that you receive the money you are eligible for, it is best to      corrections if needed.
plan ahead. the financial aid process can take up to three months.          4. Submit any additional paperwork including documentation that is
                                                                               requested by the Btc Student Financial Resources office.
We encourage you to contact our office for assistance with the              When these steps are complete, the Btc Student Financial Resources
financial aid process. Please stop by the Student Financial Resources       office will determine which types of financial aid you are eligible for
office or call 360-752-8351.                                                and notify you by mail.

ElIgIBIlITy REqUIREMENTS                                                    the U.S. Department of education has a toll-free number you can
to receive financial aid, students must:                                    use to check the processing status of your student aid applications
    • Submit the Free application For Federal Student aid (FaFSa)           (1.800.433.3243).
      and other paperwork that may be requested by the Student Fi-          applicants can also use this automated system to request duplicate
      nancial Resources office                                              copies of the Student aid Report.
     • Be a United States citizen or an eligible non-citizen
     • have a high School Diploma, GeD, or pass the ability to Benefit      AVAILABLE PROGRAMS
       test offered through Btc’s assessment center                         the two basic types of Financial aid are gift aid and self-help aid.
                                                                            Gift aid does not need to be repaid, as long as the student maintains
     • not owe a repayment on any grant, be in default on any student
       loan, or have borrowed in excess of the loan limits under title iv   Satisfactory academic Progress. Self-help includes Work Study and
       programs at any school                                               Stafford loans.
     • Be registered with Selective Service, if required
                                                                            gift Aid
     • Be accepted for enrollment as a regular student in an eligible         academic competitiveness Grant (acG)
       program of study and meet all admission requirements                   Btc Grant
     • Students who have received a bachelor’s degree are ineligible          Federal Pell Grant
       for Federal Pell Grants or FSeoG or State need Grants, but may         Scholarships
       be eligible for other federal student aid programs                     State need Grant
                                                                              Supplemental educational opportunity Grant (SeoG)
     • Students attending two schools in the same enrollment period
       must inform both financial aid offices. Students cannot receive      sElf-hElP Aid
       Federal Financial aid at both schools                                  Work Study--Students who demonstrate financial need, as
     • conviction of drug distribution or possession may render a stu-        reported on the Student aid Report, and who are enrolled for at
       dent ineligible for financial aid.                                     least six (6) credits may apply. if eligible, students must complete a
                                                                              Work Study application and paperwork necessary for employment
                                                                              in the State of Washington.
DETERMINING FINANCIAL AID AWARDS
the awarding of Financial aid takes into account three major elements.        Stafford Loans--Students may borrow a Stafford loan to help
First, there is the Student Budget, an estimate of what it will cost you      meet the costs of attending Btc. Stafford loans must be repaid
to attend school. this budget includes direct educational costs, such         at a future date after the student is no longer attending school. to
as tuition, fees, and books, as well as an estimate of living expenses,       apply for a Stafford loan, students must complete the FaFSa and
such as room and board, personal expenses, and transportation.                any additional paperwork requested by the Financial aid office.
                                                                              there is no credit check required but any loan borrowed and
next, there is the estimated Family contribution (eFc), which is a            payment history will appear on your credit report.
figure calculated by the Federal Processors when you submit your
FaSFa for processing. this eFc is what your family can contribute
toward your education based on a formula established by congress.
                                                                            OTHER AVAILABLE FINANCIAL AID
                                                                            Scholarships - Scholarships are available throughout the academic
Financial need is simply your Student Budget minus your eFc.
                                                                            year. the Student Financial Resources office has applications for Btc
Your financial need is what Btc will attempt to award you with a
                                                                            scholarships (available in Spring Quarter), and information on other
combination of financial aid funds.
                                                                            scholarship sources.

                                                                            veterans benefits - veterans who wish to use their va benefits for
                                                                            educational costs should contact the veterans coordinator in the

                                                           Bellingham Technical College
18
                                                             GettinG Started                                                         2008-2010 CaTalog

Student Financial Resources office prior to enrollment to ensure                   2. telephone, toll free 877.557.2575;
benefits will be paid in a timely manner.                                          3. mail,
                                                                                       U.S. Department of education
Other Agency Assistance - Btc encourages applicants to check                           FSa ombudsman
into eligibility for funding assistance from other agencies. Students                  830 First Street, ne
may be eligible for additional funding to supplement their Federal                     Fourth Floor
financial aid package. Some of the funding that may be available is                    Washington, Dc 20202-5144
listed below. information about agency funding is available in off-
campus offices and at the Student Financial Resources office in the
Btc Student Services Building.                                                RETURN OF TITlE IV FUNDS
                                                                              Financial aid recipients who withdraw from school or stop attending
On-Campus Funding                                                             classes may be required to repay all or part of the financial aid that
   Worker Retraining                                                          was received for the current quarter. Recipients may also be required
   WorkFirst                                                                  to repay all or a portion of tuition and fees to Btc.
    opportunity Grant
    Food Stamp employment and training (FSet)                                 SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS
                                                                              Students who receive financial aid at Bellingham technical college
                                                                              are required to make satisfactory academic progress in order to
off-campus Funding
                                                                              maintain financial aid eligibility. Satisfactory progress is defined
     Division of vocational Rehabilitation (DvR)
                                                                              as maintaining a minimum 2.0 cumulative grade point average
     employment Security
                                                                              and completion of a minimum of 67% of the enrolled course work
     labor and industries (l&i)
                                                                              each quarter. individual degree/certificate programs may require a
     northwest Workforce Development council (nWDc)                           higher level grades in a program or individual course requirements in
    tribal Funding                                                            defining satisfactory progress. these requirements will be published
                                                                              and made available to student upon enrollment.
ATTENDANCE
Financial aid awards are based upon the academic load for which a             a student who does not meet these minimum standards will be
student is enrolled each quarter. Most financial aid awards will be           placed on Financial aid Probation for the following quarter. During
based upon whether a student is enrolled full-time ( 12 or more               this quarter the student will still be eligible to receive financial aid.
credits), three-quarter time ( 9, 10, or 11 credits) or half-time ( 6, 7 or   however, if the student once again fails to meet the Satisfactory
8 credits).                                                                   academic Standards the student will be place on Financial aid
                                                                              Suspension and all aid for that quarter will be cancelled.
Financial aid award distributions are made each quarter in advance of
the student actually earning their awards. thus awards are normally           FINANCIAL AID APPEALS
made assuming that the student will be enrolled for a full-time               Students who are on Financial aid Suspension may petition the
academic load. if a student either enrolls for less than 12 credits or        Financial aid appeals committee for reinstatement of financial aid
drops one or more classes, which lowers their academic to less than           eligibility. this process is accomplished by writing a letter of appeal
full-time, their financial aid awards will be adjusted and the student        addressed to the Financial aid appeals committee and submitted to
will be required to return the portion of their aid.                          the Student Financial Resources office.

Students are required to start attending their classes and have their         the appeals committee will be convened and the student will
instructor document this attendance before distribution of financial          have the opportunity to present his or her petition. the appeals
aid that can be used for living expenses will be disbursed by the Btc         committee will then discuss the merits of the student’s petition and
cashier.                                                                      make a decision.

loan entrance interview--if you are interested in participating in the
                                                                              ESTIMATED COST OF ATTENDANCE
student loan program, stop by the Student Financial Resources office          The following budgets have been recommended by the Washington Financial Aid
to pick up information on applying. You will receive information on           Association and approved by the Student Financial Resources Office of Bellingham
how to complete your loan entrance interview. You will learn of your          Technical College for the 2008-2009 academic year. These are provided as a guide to
rights and responsibilities as a student borrower. after completing           estimate the cost to attend BTC for a nine month period (September through June).
the entrance interview you will apply for the loan itself from a lender
                                                                              Student Living With:                 Parent                Independently
who participates in the Stafford loan program. Most lenders have an           Allowance for Rent,
online loan application process. the Btc Student Financial Resources          Food and Utilities                   $2,601                $8,055
office has a list of lenders who have agreed to process Stafford loans        Allowance for Miscellaneous
for Btc students. You are not required to use any of the lenders on           Personal Expenses                    $1,593                $1,944
                                                                              Allowance for Transportation Costs   $1,413                $1,413
this list, and Btc does not receive any financial remuneration from
                                                                              Estimated Loan Fees                     $72                  $108
lenders on this list.                                                         Subtotal                              $5,679               $11,520
                                                                              Tuition and Fees                           *                     *
OMBUDSMAN                                                                     Books and Supplies                         *                     *
the office of the ombudsman at the Department of education                    ToTal                                      *                     *
responds to inquiries regarding financial aid.
                                                                              *Tuition and fees, books, supplies, and tools costs vary with each program. A Program
contact the ombudsman:                                                        Cost List for each program may be obtained at the Admissions and Advising Office.
    1. internet, http://fsahelp.ed.gov;
                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                              19
2008-2010 CaTalog                                        GettinG Started
Foundation Scholarships                                                   the veterans coordinator is located within the Student Financial
                                                                          Resources office. contact the coordinator at veteransaffairs@btc.ctc.
Bellingham technical college Foundation offers over 80 different
                                                                          edu
scholarship programs to new and/or returning students each year
in degree programs and continuing education courses. Students
                                                                          the veterans coordinator will certify students quarterly enrollment
needing financial assistance for continuing education courses
                                                                          with va. eligible students can be certified only for courses that apply
complete the specific scholarship application available at the
                                                                          to the declared degree or certificate program. all veteran benefit
Registration and enrollment office.
                                                                          recipients are required to report program changes, quarterly credit
                                                                          hour changes, and changes to marital and family status to Btc’s va
Who may apply for degree program scholarships?
                                                                          benefit office.
  2007 high school graduates planning to enroll at Btc plus new
  or returning students enrolled at Btc during the 2007/2008
                                                                          veteran benefit recipients are required to maintain academic
  academic year.
                                                                          progress according to the college’s policy. Failure to comply with va
                                                                          regulations may result in termination from the va benefit program.
how do i apply for degree program scholarships?
  Students must complete the Btc Foundation Scholarship
  application to be considered for the scholarships. Unless
  otherwise noted, there is only one application period and
                                                                          Worker Retraining Program
                                                                          the Worker Retraining program is designed to help unemployed
  students must submit a completed application by the application         workers in a variety of situations. the Worker Retraining program
  deadline to be eligible. Scholarship applications are available at:     may provide assistance for you if you have been laid off or if you
                                                                          have received a layoff notice; you currently receive or are eligible to
     Btc Student Financial Resources office,                              receive unemployment benefits; you have exhausted unemployment
     Btc Foundation office, or                                            benefits within the last two years; you are a displaced homemaker;
     online at:                                                           you were self-employed but are now unemployed due to economic
     www.btcfound.org                                                     conditions in our community; or you are a veteran having been
                                                                          honorably discharged within the past 2 years.
Tech Prep                                                                 Bellingham technical college can assist eligible students with an
tech Prep is a college preparatory program that offers high school
                                                                          opportunity to upgrade skills with one-quarter classes, or with the first
students an opportunity to earn college credit for approved high
                                                                          quarter of a full or part-time program. Financial assistance with living
school courses. Working together, high school and college instructors
                                                                          expenses may be available if a qualified student’s unemployment
have determined that certain high school career and technical
                                                                          benefits expire while the student is in training.
education courses meet the entry level course requirements of
comparable college courses. these courses are identified as tech
                                                                          to find out more, please contact the Bellingham technical college
Prep approved. Students enrolled in these courses may be eligible to
                                                                          Worker Retraining coordinator at 360.752.8492.
receive Btc credit through the schools’ articulation agreements with
the college.

Students who complete approved high school college tech Prep
                                                                          WorkFirst
                                                                          WorkFirst is part of the Washington State Welfare-to-Work program
courses with a grade of “B” or better may request college credit          and provides free tuition, books, and fees for qualified men and
by completing and submitting a Dual credit application form.              women as funding permits.
Registration instructions are available in the career and counseling
centers at each area high school. all college tech Prep courses           You may qualify if you are a WorkFirst parent who is receiving a tanF
accepted for credit at Btc will be transcripted with the grade earned     cash grant and who is working 20 or more hours a week; or if you are
in the student’s high school course. courses are only transcripted        a low-income parent whose household income is less than 175% of
within the academic year the student completes the course work.           the federal poverty level and you are not receiving any other financial
                                                                          assistance sufficient to pay all of the tuition, books, and fees.
award of articulated credits through Btc does not guarantee or
imply acceptance of such credits by other institutions. For more          Receiving WorkFirst funding requires that the student have a career
information, contact the Btc tech Prep coordinator via email at           plan that includes development of basic skills, better employability
techprep@btc.ctc.edu or visit Whatcom county’s tech Prep web site         skills, or a new career, in order to progress in wages.
at www.whatcomtechprep.org
                                                                          anyone inquiring about eligibility for this program should call the
                                                                          Bellingham technical college WorkFirst advisors at 360.752.8461
Veterans Benefits                                                         (located in college Services Building, Room 100).
Bellingham technical college offers degree and certificate programs
approved by the Washington State approving agency for the
enrollment of those students eligible under veteran administration
education Benefit programs. eligible veterans or dependents of
veterans must apply for admission to the college and should contact
the college veterans coordinator as early as possible before enrolling.



                                                        Bellingham Technical College
20
                                         Student Life                                                      2008-2010 CaTalog

                                                                   advising & counseling .............................. 22


  3                                                                associated Student Government .......... 22
                                                                   Basic academic Skills ................................. 23
                                                                   Bookstore ....................................................... 23
                                                                   Diversity/Multicultural............................... 23

Student life & Services
                                                                   Support Services.......................................... 23
                                                                   Food Service .................................................. 23
                                                                   insurance ........................................................ 23
                                                                   library.............................................................. 23
                                                                   Parking ............................................................ 24
                                                                   Phi theta Kappa ........................................... 24
                                                                   Program Services for the Public ............. 24




    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                        21
2008-2010 CaTalog                                              Student Life
Advising & counseling                                                       homemakers. this includes counseling and community resource
it is the goal of Btc advisors and counselors to facilitate access,         referral and may include limited funds for assistance with
retention, and success in workforce training and education                  transportation, childcare, uniforms, and tools. contact Student
by assisting students in overcoming barriers to success and in              Financial Resources at 360-752-8351 for funding assistance or the
planning, monitoring, and managing their own learning while                 counseling and career center at 360-752-8450 to schedule an
pursuing career and personal development.                                   appointment with a counselor.
Services available to students include
     • new student orientation                                              tutoring sErvicEs: Bellingham technical college provides a daily
     • Basic academic skills assessment                                     drop-in tutoring center during all quarters. tutors are recruited in all
                                                                            subjects where tutoring assistance is requested. additional individual
     • career & occupational counseling and advising
                                                                            tutoring may be arranged if the drop-in tutoring is not sufficient and
     • Degree/certificate program information & planning                    requires instructor approval. there is no charge for tutoring services.
     • Personal counseling                                                  contact the tutoring center for tutoring availability at 360-752-8499
     • Referral to community resources                                      or stop by Building a, Room 8. individual tutoring, if appropriate, may
     • Single parent/displaced homemaker services                           also be arranged for students with disabilities. contact the counseling
     • Disability support services                                          and career center for individual tutoring offered through Disability
     • career and job placement services                                    Support Services. individual tutoring by appointment is also available
                                                                            through the instructional assistant located in the learning center.
     • Running Start
     • career/vocational assessments
                                                                            cArEEr sErvicEs: career and job placement services are available
career Planning assessments: interest, aptitude, and other similar          to students and graduates of Bellingham technical college through
tests are administered by staff in the counseling and career center.        the counseling and career center. the types of services included are
Students should make an appointment to arrange testing at                   resume and cover letter development, critique or mock interviews,
360.752.8450.                                                               and job searching---all of which are provided on an appointment
                                                                            basis. contact the counseling and career center at 360.752.8450 to
gEd tEsting : GeD testing is conducted in the assessment center at          make an appointment.
scheduled times. there is one fee for the entire test battery of $75 and
a fee of $10 for each retest. Please contact admissions & advising at       the counseling and career center coordinates targeted career and
360.752.8345 for more information or to schedule testing. Students          employment fairs that are held in the winter and spring quarters.
must present state or federal issued picture iD each time they report       contact the counseling and career center for those dates.
for testing. candidates must be at least 16 years of age. at the time
of testing, those less than 19 years of age must bring a completed
Request for approval to test form signed by the designated employee
at their current high school of residence. this form is available at each   Associated Student government
high school. Registration one day in advance is required for testing.       the associated Students of Bellingham technical college (aSBtc)
100% of the GeD testing fee will be refunded, upon written request,         provides an opportunity for students to develop leadership skills and
prior to taking any tests within the GeD battery. no refunds are offered    to take an active role in issues affecting students and the campus
for remaining tests once a student has taken any test in the battery. a     community. in an effort to promote student leadership opportunities
retesting fee must be paid prior to retaking any individual tests. GeD      and to further promote the development of students at Bellingham
transcript Fee is $4.00. Persons needing testing accommodations             technical college, the aSBtc is encouraged and supported by the
should meet with the Btc Disability Support Services coordinator            faculty, staff, administration, and Board of trustees of the college.
in advance, 360.752.8367. Persons interested in preparation for GeD
testing should contact the Btc learning center at 360.752.8341.             the goals of the aSBtc are to
                                                                               • Provide a means of self-governance for the students of Btc;
                                                                               • Promote the educational, cultural, and social welfare of the stu-
disAbility suPPort sErvicEs: Bellingham technical college is                     dents of Btc;
committed to ensuring facility, program, and activities access to              • Guarantee an equal opportunity for student participation and
students with either permanent or temporary physical, sensory,                   representation; and
or psychological disabilities through a variety of services and                • Foster cooperation among students, faculty, administration, and
equipment. the Disability Support Services (DSS) office, located in              the community.
the counseling and career center, coordinates accommodations for
enrolled students with documented disabilities. accommodations
are determined on a case-by-case basis. DSS also provides needs             Membership is open to all persons currently enrolled in degree/
assessment, mediation, referrals, and advocacy as necessary and             certificate programs at Btc. the Student council consists of
appropriate. Requests for accommodations or services must be                representatives and alternates elected from each degree/certificate
arranged in advance and require documentation of the disability,            program. the duties of the program representatives are to represent
verifying the need for such accommodation or service. Requests              their programs in all matters coming before the council, to report
for accommodations cannot alter the essential abilities required to         council activities to their respective programs, to serve on council
perform an activity or program occupation. additional information is        committees, and to set an example of school spirit, leadership,
available by calling 360.752.8367 (voice); 360.752.8515 (ttY).              and citizenship. the Student council is governed by an executive
                                                                            committee. Students interested in participating in the Student
singlE PArEnt/disPlAcEd homEmAkEr sErvicEs: Bellingham Technical            council should contact the aSBtc at 360.752.8357.
college has support services for single parents and displaced
                                                          Bellingham Technical College
22
                                                              Student Life                                               2008-2010 CaTalog

Basic Academic Skills                                                      learning and that freely allows students to pursue and achieve their
the mission of the Basic academic Skills program is to prepare             academic and occupational endeavors. Students seeking assistance
students for lifelong success by facilitating basic academic learning      should contact the Director of Multi-cultural and Student Support
and workplace behaviors and attitudes.                                     Services at 360.752.8377.
                                                                           Food Service
lEArning cEntEr: the Basic academic Skills Program offers:                 Food service is available in Building G offering espresso and coffee
                                                                           service with fresh baked goods and limited breakfast/lunch items
   • adult Basic education (aBe) including reading, writing, and
                                                                           starting at 7:30 a.m. Monday-Friday. the Building G cafeteria opens at
     math
                                                                           11:00 a.m. on weekdays with a selection of hot entrees, a large variety
   • GeD preparation
                                                                           of hot and cold sandwiches, pizza, salad bar and other specialty
   • Study Skills/accuplacer preparation                                   favorites. the Food Service department also provides catering
   • english as a Second language (eSl)                                    for meetings and college events. conference/meeting rooms are
   • Basic computer skills                                                 available; for booking please call the Food Service department
   • i-BeSt programs
                                                                           the culinary arts program operates the café culinaire restaurant,
adults who seek Basic academic Skills classes should contact the           open to the public at selected times throughout the year.
learning center, Building e, Room 2/3 (360-752-8341) for information.
the learning center hours are Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to         vending machines are located in the college Services Building, Bldgs.
4:30 p.m. and Monday through thursday from 6:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m.          c and J, haskell center, Morse center, and the Mcardle center. Snack
Most classes are offered in the morning (8-11am), afternoon (12-3),        items can also be purchased in the campus bookstore.
and evening (6-9). See the Quarterly Schedule for details.

Basic academic Skills Program is open to adults who meet these             insurance
requirements for adult basic education:                                    voluntary student accident and health insurance is available for
                                                                           purchase by students enrolled at Bellingham technical college.
   • completion of basic academic skills assessment (caSaS)                Students may also enroll in the Washington Basic health plan,
   • Participation in orientation sessions                                 which has a sliding scale cost based on income. Students in degree/
   • commitment to regular attendance                                      certificate programs that require work with machinery, and who do
                                                                           not have personal accident insurance, are encouraged to purchase
   • ability to participate positively in an adult learning environ-
                                                                           the student insurance as Btc does not cover students with medical or
     ment
                                                                           accident insurance. insurance forms are available in the counseling
   • 16 years or older and not enrolled in a K-12 school                   & career center.
   • 16-18 year olds must submit “Request for approval to test GeD
     certificate” signed by high school representative
                                                                           library
                                                                           Bellingham technical college library, which is located in a Building,
Bookstore                                                                  functions as a technical information resource for Btc students, faculty,
the Btc Bookstore is located on the north side of campus overlooking       staff and the local community. its collections focus on technical and
the student parking lot. it provides for purchase of required textbooks    professional information to support Btc’s degree and certificate
and supplies for degree/certificate programs and courses. additionally,    programs, and includes books, journals, cDs, DvDs, videos and
the bookstore carries a variety of other goods, including office           software. the library’s homepage, http://www.btc.ctc.edu/library
supplies, software, flash drives, calculators, book bags, Btc apparel      includes a web-based catalog, full-text online journal and ebook
and other emblem items, as well as coffee, soda, pastries, candy, and      databases, and access to local area library collections.
other snacks. Services include a student-accessible photocopying
machine, outgoing fax service, phone and special orders. Students          the library’s information commons houses Btc’s only open computer
funded through an independent funding agency (DvR, labor and               lab. 34 computer workstations provide internet access, Microsoft
industries, etc.) or Workforce investment act (Wia) must work with         office applications, and a variety of specialized software programs
counselors from their agency and the admissions and advising               to support learning.
office prior to purchasing books and supplies. Students receiving
financial aid checks from Btc must pay for books and supplies at the       the library is a Wi-Fi hotspot for students with personal laptops or
time of purchase. the bookstore does not cash financial aid or other       for those who check out a library laptop. other resources available
two-party checks. viSa, Mastercard, most debit cards and personal          through the library include study rooms for quiet and group study,
checks with identification are accepted.                                   a copy machine, media viewing stations, as well as video and digital
                                                                           cameras and portable flashdrives.
Diversity / Multicultural Support Services                                 the Btc library has a reciprocal borrowing agreement with all
Diversity / Multicultural Support Services assists students with diverse
                                                                           Washington community and technical colleges. Students may borrow
cultural, ethnic, abilities, gender, and language of origin to access,
                                                                           materials from any of the participating libraries, including Whatcom
pursue, and attain success in achieving their educational goals.
                                                                           community college, Skagit valley college, Western Washington
consistent with the college mission, Diversity / Multicultural Support
                                                                           University, and northwest indian college. to access national and
Services has the mission to provide and promote an environment
                                                                           international library resources, ask about interlibrary loan.
for a diverse population that is safe, accessible, and conducive to



                 Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                               23
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            Student Life
Btc students, faculty and staff the community are encouraged to use       Phi theta Kappa provides opportunities for the development of
the many resources of the Bellingham technical college library for        leadership and service through chapter involvement and community
research, projects, and collaborative and independent learning. tours     service projects.
of the library and instruction in the use of its resources are given to
classes on request. library staff members are always available to help    information on Phi theta Kappa is available in the counseling &
you with your research, information, and technology questions. For        career center.
more information call: 360.752.8383 or email : library@btc.ctc.edu


Parking                                                                   Program Services for the Public
                                                                          Many of the college’s degree/certificate programs provide services or
visitor parking is located in front of the college Services Building at
                                                                          repairs for staff, students, and the general public, if the work needed
the east end of campus.
                                                                          applies to the training of students in the program and does not
                                                                          negatively impact community private enterprise. Services include
Student parking is provided in two student parking lots, located
                                                                          automotive, appliance, and electronic repair, as well as others.
north of the campus buildings. the parking lots are accessible from
the intersections of nome Street and West illinois and nome Street
                                                                          the Btc Dental clinic is open to the public and welcomes new patients
and West Maryland. there is no cost to the student for this parking.
                                                                          September through June. Dental care is provided by a licensed
                                                                          dentist from the community and dental assisting students under the
the entire upper level of the college campus is designated as
                                                                          direction of a certified faculty member. the clinic provides low cost
restricted parking and is not available for student use. the upper
                                                                          dental care on a cash-only basis. contact the clinic at 360.752.8349
level area is reserved for faculty, staff, program permits, visitor,
                                                                          for an appointment.
carpool, and handicap parking.

Students who require use of handicap parking will need a handicap
parking permit. contact the Whatcom county auditor (360.676.6740)
for information on obtaining a permit. For information on handicap
parking spaces at Btc, please contact 360.752.8468.

information on carpool parking spaces can be obtained at
360.752.8468.

the following situations will be subject to vehicle towing at the
owner’s expense:
any vehicle that receives three “Warning! Parking violation” tickets
will be subject to towing ($150) when the third violation is issued.
any vehicle parked in a fire lane or in handicap parking without a
handicap parking permit will be immediately subject to towing and
a parking citation by the Bellingham Police Department.
violations may also be forwarded to the vice President of Student
Services for disciplinary action.

cars or other vehicles not displaying an appropriate and current
permit will be subject to towing at the owner’s expense. vehicles
left overnight or through the weekend on college property may
be subject to towing. the college assumes no liability for vehicles
parked in the campus parking lots.


Phi Theta Kappa
Bellingham technical college is pleased to offer membership in Phi
theta Kappa to students who exhibit academic excellence in associate
degree programs. Phi theta Kappa is the international honor society
of the two-year college, which purpose is to recognize and encourage
scholarship among associate degree students. Btc’s Beta lambda
Beta chapter of Phi theta Kappa was chartered in 2002.

invitation to membership is extended by the chapter to students
without advanced degrees who have completed at least twelve
credits of course work leading to an associate degree in which they
have a grade point average of 3.5. Students pay a membership fee
and are given access to on-line services and activities provided by
Phi theta Kappa.


                                                        Bellingham Technical College
24
                        PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS                                              2008-2010 CaTalog




  4
                                                                  academic Requirements....................... 26
                                                                  Student Grades ........................................ 26
                                                                  academic achievement ........................ 27
                                                                  academic Standards & Progress ........ 27
                                                                  Student Records ...................................... 28
                                                                  Privacy of Records ................................... 28

Policies, requirements,                                           Releasing of information ...................... 28
                                                                  FeRPa ........................................................... 28

& records                                                         Student Rights & Responsibilities...... 30
                                                                  transferring & earning credits ............ 32




   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                     25
2008-2010 CaTalog                         PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS
Academic Requirements                                                     leadership and environmental awareness instruction are included in
                                                                          the specific degree and certificate program requirements.
DEGREE/CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS                                               challenge of some general education courses is permitted. Students
the associate in applied Science (aaS) degree is awarded for
                                                                          must be registered in the course to be eligible to challenge.
completion of a comprehensive program of study in professional
                                                                          Successful challenge of courses will be transcripted with a cR grade.
technical education designed to prepare graduates for technician
                                                                          challenge procedure directions are available in the Btc admissions or
level employment. Programs leading to the aaS degree are 90 or
                                                                          Registration offices or from the general education course instructor.
more credits in length.

a certificate of completion is awarded for successful completion of       Student Grades
an approved course of study totaling less than 90 credits within a
program of professional technical education.
                                                                          GRADING POLICY
                                                                          Btc uses the letter grading symbols listed below:
Students may elect to graduate under the provisions of the catalog                Grade                 Point value
in force either at the time of entry oR at the time of completion,
providing four (4) years have not lapsed anD the student has                      a                     4.0
remained continuously enrolled in the program. Students needing                   a-                    3.7
longer than four years to complete a given degree or certificate will             B+                    3.3
be subject to any updated completion requirements.
                                                                                  B                     3.0
the college provides assistance through faculty advisors, counselors,             B-                    2.7
and the college catalog, in determining if the requirements for
                                                                                  c+                     2.3
graduation have been met. however, the final responsibility for
meeting all completion requirements rests with the student. Students              c                     2.0
have the responsibility of verifying specific completion requirements             c-                    1.7
with their faculty advisor.
                                                                                  d+                    1.3

gENERAl COMplETION REqUIREMENTS                                                   d                     1.0
1. complete, with a passing grade, all technical and general education            D-                     0.7
   courses as listed on the program pages defining requirements for               F                      0.0
   individual degrees/certificates. Some degree/certificate programs
   may require minimum grades in required courses. See Program
   pages 8 through 60.                                                    INTERPRETATION OF GRADE SyMbOLS
2. complete the application for Degree or certificate for each            A (4.0) ExcEllEncE in AchiEvEmEnt of comPEtEncy
   degree or certificate requested and submit to the Registration and     in relation to the standards set for the course, the student has done an
   enrollment office.                                                     exceptionally high level of work and has achieved all competencies.
3. Meet all financial obligations to the college.
4. earn a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or above in the
                                                                          b (3.0) AbovE AvErAgE AchiEvEmEnt of comPEtEncy
   required program courses. individual programs may require a
                                                                          in relation to the standards set for the course, the student
   higher grade point average.
                                                                          has significantly exceeded the average and has achieved all
5. complete the last 50% of the required course work at Btc.
                                                                          competencies.

gENERAl EDUCATION REqUIREMENTS                                            c (2.0) AvErAgE AchiEvEmEnt of comPEtEncy
General education courses are included in the programs to prepare         in relation to the standards set for the course, the student
students with communication, computation, and interpersonal               accomplished an average level of work and, at a minimum, has
skills required for success. all candidates for degrees and certificate   achieved all competencies.
options of one year (45 credits) or longer in length must satisfy the
requirements for general education in communications, psychology,
                                                                          d (1.0) bElow AvErAgE AchiEvEmEnt of comPEtEncy
and mathematics.
                                                                          in relation to the standards set for the course, the student did not do
                                                                          average work and did not meet the minimum level competencies.
these requirements will be satisfied by completing coM 170 oral
and Written communications (5 credits) or enGl& 101 english
composition (5 credits); and PSYc& 100 General Psychology (5
                                                                          f (0.0) fAilurE to AchiEvE minimum comPEtEncy
                                                                          Failed to progress toward minimum competencies and performed at
credits) or PSYc 111 interpersonal & organizational Psychology (5
                                                                          exceptionally low level of skill. Student must repeat degree/certificate
credits); and Math 100 occupational Math (5 credits), Math& 107
                                                                          program course requirements in which an F grade has been earned.
Math in Society (5 credits), or Math 141 Pre-calculus i (5 credits); or
equivalent courses included within the program requirements.
                                                                          r - rEPEAt
Requirements for individual degrees/certificates are listed on the        indicates the course has been repeated. only the highest grade will
program pages of this catalog. the most current catalog infomation        compute in the cumulative GPa. this indicator appears after the letter
is located on the Btc website. appropriate safety, industrial safety,     grade of the lowest grade.


                                                        Bellingham Technical College
26
                                            PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS                                           2008-2010 CaTalog

notE: + and - symbols are used with traditional letter grades a through    w - withdrAwAl
D to differentiate level of achievement within a grade range.              this designation is a system-awarded grade for students who officially
the + symbol is not used with the letter grade a, nor is the +/- symbols   withdraw from a course or program prior to the end of the quarter.
used with the letter grade F.                                              it is also the designation of administrative withdrawal of the student
                                                                           by the college.

the following grades are also used when appropriate and are not            Academic Achievement
calculated in the grade point average.
                                                                           ACADEMIC AWARDS
   grade                                                                   dEAn’s list - Students who carried a 12-credit load or more in graded
   au               audit                                                  courses and who earned a quarterly grade point average of 3.75 or
                                                                           higher are placed on the Dean’s list for the quarter.
   cR               credit for prior experiential learning
   i                incomplete                                             PrEsidEnt’s list - awarded to each full-time student enrolled
   nP               no Pass                                                in a degree/certificate program with a cumulative grade point
                                                                           average of 3.75 or higher at the completion of all degree/certificate
   P                Pass                                                   requirements. Full-time is defined as being enrolled for a minimum
   t                transfer                                               of 12 credits per quarter.
   v                Unofficial Withdrawal                                  awarded only upon completion and noted on the student’s
                                                                           transcript.
   W                Withdrawal
                                                                           cErtificAtE of mErit - Full- or part-time degree/certificate program
                                                                           students who demonstrate academic and/or program excellence in
Au - Audit
                                                                           their program may be awarded the certificate of Merit at program
this designation is used for courses only and must be requested by
                                                                           completion by the program faculty. it is awarded at the discretion of
the student before the course begins or prior to the second class
                                                                           the program faculty, only upon completion.
session. this grade is not used for degree/certificate programs. no
credit or grade will be awarded for audit classes.
                                                                           Academic Standards & Progress
cr - crEdit for Prior ExPEriEntiAl lEArning
Prior experiential learning is credit granted toward the award of a        ACADEMIC PROGRESS
degree or certificate for prior learning experiences that can be shown     the primary objective of Bellingham technical college is to
through various means of assessment to be the equivalent of learning       prepare an educated workforce. in educating students, Bellingham
gained through formal collegiate instruction.                              technical college stresses equally the development of technical
                                                                           skills, communication and interpersonal skills, positive work habits,
i - incomPlEtE                                                             and attitudes that are required for employment. in light of this,
the student completed a significant portion of the course                  Bellingham technical college expects that students demonstrate
requirements but did not complete all requirements at the time of          academic progress.
exit. a “contract” with the instructor for completing the competencies
must be established and all work completed according to the contract,      in 2003, the legislature of the State of Washington established a law
within one year from the date the i grade was received, for a student      requiring colleges to develop policies “to ensure that undergraduate
to receive a letter grade.                                                 students complete degree and certificate programs in a timely
                                                                           manner in order to make the most efficient use of instructional
nP - no PAss                                                               resources and provide capacity within the institution for additional
in relation to the standards set for the course, the student did not       students.”
meet the requirements. Used for Pass/no Pass, internship courses,
workbased learning experiences, and clinical courses.                      ACADEMIC STANDARDS/CREDIT COMPLETION POLICY
                                                                           Students who wish to graduate and receive a degree or certificate
P - PAss                                                                   must earn a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better in the
in relation to the standards set for the course, the student met all       program course requirements for the specific degree or certificate.
requirements. Used for Pass/no Pass, internship courses, workbased         in order to demonstrate satisfactory progress,
learning experiences, and clinical courses.                                1. all students will maintain regular attendance for each enrollment
                                                                              period.
t - trAnsfEr crEdit                                                        this standard will be reflected in the grading policy within each
credit granted for coursework completed from other accredited                 degree/certificate program. Btc believes that attendance is a
institutions as determined by the program instructor or Dean through          critical workplace competency and is important to overall student
evaluation of official transcripts.                                           success.
                                                                           2. all students will demonstrate satisfactory progress toward meeting
v - unofficiAl withdrAwAl                                                     program objectives.
the student discontinued course and has not officially withdrawn. the      this standard is defined as maintaining a quarterly grade point
‘v’ grade may not be awarded for course requirements in certificate        average minimum of 2.0* and completing a minimum of 67% of the
and degree programs                                                        enrolled quarterly course work competencies.
.                                                                          * individual programs may require higher level grades in program
                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                             27
2008-2010 CaTalog                         PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS
or individual course requirements in defining satisfactory progress.       (2) The right to request the amendment of the student’s education
these requirements will be published and made available to students        records that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading.
upon enrollment in the program.
                                                                           Students may ask the college to amend a record they believe is
ACADEMIC AlERT/pROBATION/SUSpENSION/                                       inaccurate or misleading. Students should request forms for this
READMISSION                                                                purpose from the Director of Registration and enrollment. Students
Students who do not demonstrate satisfactory progress, as defined          should clearly identify the part of the record they want changed and
above, will be placed on academic alert. Students who do not               specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.
demonstrate satisfactory progress for the following quarter will be
placed on academic probation. Students will be suspended after             if the college decides not to amend the record as requested by
three consecutive quarters of unsatisfactory progress.                     the student, the college will notify the student of the decision and
                                                                           advise the student of his/her right to a hearing regarding the request
Students who have been suspended as a result of unsatisfactory             for amendment. additional information regarding the hearing
academic progress may petition for readmission. the suspended              procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right
student must meet with a counselor to complete a plan for                  to a hearing.
improvement. the academic Probation Readmission Plan form can
be obtained from the counseling & career center. once completed,           (3) The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable
the plan will need to be signed by the student’s instructor, and           information contained in the student’s education records, except
submitted to the appeals committee for consideration of approval.          to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent
all students readmitted following suspension will remain on                (see Exceptions Under FERPA below).
academic probation for one quarter.
                                                                           (4) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of
                                                                           Education concerning alleged failures of the college to comply
Privacy of Records                                                         with the requirements of FERPA.

Releasing of Information                                                   the name and address of the office that administers FeRPa is
                                                                           Family Policy compliance office
FERPA                                                                      U.S. Department of education
                                                                           400 Maryland avenue SW
Bellingham technical college policy on privacy of records and              Washington D.c. 20202-5920
releasing of information follows the directives outlined in the Family
educational Rights and Privacy act (FeRPa), the federal law governing
                                                                           excePTiOnS UnDer FerPA
the protection of educational records. Registered students will be
                                                                           Under certain conditions, as authorized by FeRPa, information can be
notified of this policy on an annual basis. others can find the policy
                                                                           released without student consent:
in the Bellingham Technical college catalog.
                                                                           DIRECTORy INFORMATION
Personally identifiable information will not be released from an
                                                                           the term directory information is a legal term applying to that
education record without the prior written consent of the student,
                                                                           information the college can release, without student consent, to any
unless an exception has been granted by FeRPa (see exceptions
                                                                           third party. the use of the term directory information does not imply
Under FeRPa section below).
                                                                           that the college actually has a document containing student directory
                                                                           information or that the college has any obligation to produce such a
                                                                           document.
rigHTS UnDer FerPA
FeRPa affords students certain rights with respect to their education      the college has defined Directory information as the following:
records:                                                                     • Student name
                                                                             • Student e-mail account
(1) The right to inspect and review the student’s education records          • Program of enrollment
within forty-five (45) days of the day the college receives a request        • Full-time or part-time status
for access.                                                                  • Period of enrollment
                                                                             • Date of completion
Students should present to the Director of Registration and                  • Degree/certificate awarded
enrollment a signed, written request that identifies the record(s)           • Photos/videos of student for use in college press releases,
they wish to inspect. the Director of Registration and enrollment              publications, and web sites
will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time
and place where the records may be inspected. if the records are           Students have the right to restrict the disclosure of directory
not maintained by the Director of Registration and enrollment, the         information at any time. to restrict the disclosure of directory
director shall advise the student of the college official to whom the      information, a student may file a signed written request with the
request should be addressed. at the time of viewing, the student           Director of Registration and enrollment. this request to restrict
will present some form of picture identification, such as a valid driver   disclosure of directory information will be honored until such time
license, before being allowed to view the record.                          as the student presents signed written notification to the Director of
                                                                           Registration and enrollment.



                                                         Bellingham Technical College
28
                                           PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS                                              2008-2010 CaTalog

U.S. MILITARy                                                              of the subpoena or judicial order not be disclosed, the college will
according to federal law, the college must release to the U.S. armed       comply, and notification to the student will be withheld.
Forces student name, address, phone number, date of birth, and field
of study.                                                                  GRIEvANCE HEARING
                                                                           information about a student or students involved in a grievance
AUTHORIzED FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES                           investigation or grievance hearing may be released to members of
Student authorization is not required for disclosure to an authorized      the grievance committee, including any students assigned to that
representative of the following individuals or entities:                   committee, if such information is germane to the investigation or
• the comptroller General of the United States                             hearing.
• the Secretary of the U.S. Department of education
• State educational authorities                                            DISCIPLINARy HEARING
• any party legitimately connected with the student’s application for      the results of a disciplinary hearing may be released to an alleged
   or receipt of financial aid                                             victim of a crime of violence without the permission of the accused.
• accrediting organizations
• agencies involving an audit or evaluation of compliance with             bELLINGHAM TECHNICAL COLLEGE FOUNDATION
   education programs                                                      Student names and addresses may be released to the Bellingham
• organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational         technical college Foundation for foundation-related activities. the
   institutions.                                                           foundation is considered part of the college and will hold confidential
                                                                           such information, using the information only in specific activities
OTHER INSTITUTIONS                                                         intended to aid and support the college. Release of such information
information can be released to other schools to which a student            to the foundation will be made only with the approval of the college
seeks or intends to enroll.                                                president or his/her designee.

EMERGENCy SITUATIONS                                                       U.S. PATRIOT ACT
information can be released to law enforcement personnel,                  the college must release, without consent or knowledge of the
emergency personnel, and college officials in an emergency in order        student, personally identifiable information from a student’s
to protect the health or safety of students or other persons.              education record to the attorney General of the United States or his/
                                                                           her designee in connection with the investigation or prosecution of
LEGITIMATE EDUCATIONAL INTEREST                                            terrorism crimes specified in sections 233b (g)(5)(B) and 2331 of title
officials of the college who are determined by the college to have a       18, u.S. code.
legitimate educational interest may have access to student records
without obtaining consent from the student. “officials of the college”     WRITTEN RELEASE
is defined as                                                              Personnel employed by the college who have consent in the form of
   • persons employed by the school in an administrative, supervisory,     a written release of information signed by the student may disclose
     academic, research, or support staff position;                        student information to appropriate outside agencies or persons.
   • persons serving on school governing bodies;
   • persons employed by or under contract to the college to perform       GRADES & TRANSCRIPTS
     a specific task, such as an attorney;                                 Quarterly grades for all graded programs and courses are available
   • auditors;                                                             online within five working days following the end of the quarter
   • persons or companies with whom the college has contracted             through the college website online Services. Students must have
     (such as attorneys; third party services, such as national Student    their Student iD number (see page 70 for more information about
     clearinghouse; auditors or collection agents/agencies);               SiDs) and a personal identification number (Pin) to access their
   • persons serving on the Board of trustees; and/or                      grades on their unofficial transcript. PinS are available by contacting
   • students serving on official committees (such as a disciplinary or    the Registration & enrollment office at 360.752.8348. an unofficial
     grievance committee) or who are assisting other school officials      transcript is an unsigned and unsealed copy of the student’s record.
     in performing their tasks.                                            there is no charge for unofficial transcript copies.

  an official of the college has a legitimate educational interest if      the official transcript is a sealed copy of the student’s academic record
   they need to                                                            bearing the college’s seal and the signature of the Registrar. Requests
  • perform duties specified in their job description or under terms       for official transcripts must be made in writing with signature and
   of contractual agreement;                                               accompanied by a $4.00 payment.
  • provide campus services related to a student, such as advising,
                                                                           to request a transcript by mail, include name, social security number
   financial aid, and counseling; and/or
                                                                           or student identification number, approximate dates of attendance,
  • conduct tasks related to a student’s education or campus
                                                                           signature, and appropriate fee payment.
   discipline.
                                                                           transcript request forms are available on the Btc website, online
JUDICIAL ORDER
                                                                           Services page. Submit the completed form with payment in person,
information must be released to comply with a judicial order or lawfully
                                                                           by mail, or by Fax.
issued subpoena. the college will make a reasonable effort to notify
the student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance so
                                                                           transcripts are withheld if all obligations to the college, financial or
that the student may seek protective action. however, if the court (or
                                                                           otherwise, are not fully filled.
other issuing agency) has ordered that the existence or the contents

                 Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                29
2008-2010 CaTalog                          PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS
                                                                               3. if resolution is not achieved at the supervisory level, the
Student Rights & Responsibilities                                                 student will ask the supervisor’s vice president to resolve the
HARASSMENT                                                                        grievance.
Bellingham technical college, as a place of work and study for
                                                                               4. if resolution is not achieved at this point, the student may
all members of its community, will be free of all forms of ethnic,
                                                                                  file a complaint using the appropriate complaint forms. (an
religious, or sexual harassment, intimidation, or exploitation. any
                                                                                  appointment must be made with the vice President of Student
student who is subjected to offensive behavior is encouraged to
                                                                                  Services or a designee to obtain the necessary forms and
pursue the matter in accordance with the Sexual harassment Policy
                                                                                  information.)
by contacting the affirmative action officer in the college’s human
Resources office at 360.752.8354. Sexual harassment complaints are          B. complaints must be filed with the vice President of Student
treated as sexual discrimination complaints under state and federal            Services or a designee.
regulations. complaints are confidential.
                                                                            c. complaints must be filed within twenty (20) school days of the
all students shall have access to due process in accordance with               date of the action causing the complaint.
the Student Grievance Procedure without fear of harassment or
intimidation.                                                               D. the student will receive acknowledgment of the filing of a formal,
                                                                               written complaint. the student may withdraw the complaint at
STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT                                                        any point during the formal procedure. the vice President of
all students are subject to the Bellingham technical college Student           Student Services or a designee will notify the person(s) against
code of conduct published in chapter 495B-120 of the Washington                whom the complaint has been filed (hereafter referred to as the
administrative code and as defined in this catalog.                            staff member). the staff member will also receive a copy of the
                                                                               complaint.
copies of the entire Student code of conduct are published and              e. a grievance committee will be appointed annually by the college
available to students and the campus community in the counseling               president and will consist of five individuals representing the
& career center, the office of the vice President of Student Services,         various college constituencies. the committee will be made up
distributed to new students at new Student orientation, and posted             of one administrator, two faculty members, and two support staff
in each degree/certificate program classroom.                                  members. the complainant may request student representation
                                                                               on the committee. if requested, the President may select two
enrollment in the college carries with it the requirement that the             students to substitute for a like number of existing members of
student will conduct himself or herself as a responsible member of             the committee. Members of the grievance committee will remove
the community. this includes an expectation that the student will              themselves from the process if they deem themselves biased or
obey appropriate laws, will comply with the rules of the college and           personally interested in the outcome of grievance.
its departments, and will maintain a high standard of integrity and
honesty. Sanctions for violations of college rules or for conduct that      F. the vice President of Student Services or a designee will serve as
interferes with the operation of college affairs will be dealt with by         the investigating officer in the complaint.
the college, and the college may impose sanctions independently of
any action taken by civil or criminal authorities. in the case of minors,   G. the investigating officer will
misconduct may be referred to parents or legal guardians.
                                                                               1. Meet with the student and the staff member;
Disciplinary action may be taken for a violation of any provision of           2. examine documentation and interview witnesses;
the student code or violation of other college rules.
                                                                               3. consult with the appropriate vice president, or equivalent unit
                                                                               head and/or other appropriate administrator; and
STUDENT COMplAINT OR gRIEVANCE pROCEDURES
DEFINITION OF GRIEvANCE                                                        4. Prepare a written investigative report.
a grievance is a complaint by a student against a policy or practice
of the college or college staff that is considered improper or unfair,      h. the investigating officer may meet individually with the student
or where there has been deviation from or misinterpretation or                 and the staff member to discuss the report in the hope that a
misapplication of a practice or policy.                                        resolution can be reached. if a resolution is not achieved, copies
                                                                               of the investigative report will be forwarded to the grievance
GRIEvANCE PROCEDURE                                                            committee, the student, the staff member, and the appropriate
a. a student wishing to pursue a grievance must take the following             administrator(s).
   steps to try to resolve the grievance prior to filling out an official   i. the grievance committee will review the complaint and the findings
   complaint form:                                                              of the investigating officer and determine whether or not the facts
                                                                                warrant a hearing. the committee’s decision will be limited to one
     1. the student will first try to resolve the matter with the
                                                                                of the following statements:
        appropriate Btc staff member.

     2. if resolution is not achieved between the student and the              1. Based on the evidence presented to us, we find probable cause
        Btc staff member, the student will ask the staff member’s                 for believing that an improper or unfair practice or act has
        immediate supervisor to resolve the grievance.                            been committed; or

                                                                             2. Based on the evidence presented, we find no probable cause
                                                                                for believing that an improper or unfair practice or act has
                                                                                been committed.
                                                          Bellingham Technical College
30
                                           PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS                                             2008-2010 CaTalog

  the committee will make its report in writing to the vice President            the student or the staff member to appear will be grounds for
  of Student Services or a designee after receipt of the report by               defaulting that party’s case. the student will have the burden
  the investigating officer. the deliberations of the committee will             of presenting the case and the staff member will have the
  not be disclosed to anyone except the vice President of Student                burden of challenging the evidence presented.
  Services or a designee who will hold them confidential.
                                                                             all parties will have the opportunity to present evidence, respond to
J. if no probable cause is found, the matter will be considered              evidence presented, and examine and cross examine witnesses.
   concluded. however, the student may submit a written appeal                    a. the hearing panel will be empowered to examine
   to the President within ten (10) working days from the date the                  witnesses and receive evidence; exclude any person(s) felt
   decision is made. the appeal must specify in detail what findings,               to be unreasonably disruptive of the proceedings; hold
   recommendations, or other aspects of the report or decision were                 conferences for the settlement of the issues involved;
   not acceptable. the appeal should also include what corrective                   make decisions or proposals for decisions; and take any
   action the student desires after consideration of the appeal by                  other actions authorized by the rule consistent with this
   the President. the President may uphold the decision of the                      procedure.
   committee, and at that point no further appeals within the college
   will be considered. or, the President may instruct the committee              b. no individual will be compelled to divulge information in
   to go forward with the grievance hearing process.                                any form that he/she could not be compelled to divulge in
                                                                                    or in connection with court proceedings.
K. if probable cause is found, a hearing will be held.
     1. the committee will select a chair. the chair of the committee            c. any legal opinion or interpretation given to the grievance
        will establish a date for the hearing. a notice establishing the            committee by the parties may be shared with all parties to
        date, time, and place of the hearing will be provided to all                the case.
        involved parties.
                                                                                 e. the grievance committee will file its findings and
   2. the hearing will be held within thirty (30) working days from                recommendations with the President, the vice President
      the date of the hearing notice.                                              of Student Services, the student, and the staff member
                                                                                   after the conclusion of the hearing. if the findings and
   3. the student and the staff member will each have the privilege to             recommendations of the grievance committee are acceptable
      challenge one member of the committee without cause (stated                  to the student and the staff member, the President may
      reason). Unlimited challenges may be issued if it is felt that a             direct implementation of the recommendations.
      member of the committee is biased. in the case of a challenge
                                                                           l. if the student or staff member objects to the findings and
      for bias, a majority of the grievance committee members must
                                                                              recommendations and wishes to appeal, a written appeal may
      be satisfied that a challenged member cannot hear the case
                                                                              be submitted to the President within ten (10) working days from
      impartially before the member can be disqualified. in the case
                                                                              the date the finding is issued. the appeal must specify in detail
      of removal of a member through the challenge process, the
                                                                              the findings, recommendations, or other aspects of the report or
      President will restore the committee to full membership.
                                                                              decision that are not acceptable. the appeal should also include
                                                                              what corrective action the student or staff member desires after
   4. the hearing will be conducted as expeditiously as possible and
                                                                              consideration of the appeal by the President.
      on successive days, if possible.
                                                                           M. after considering an appeal, the President will issue a written
   5. the student and the staff member and any others the committee          decision to the parties involved. the decision of the President
      deems necessary to the proceedings will make themselves                will be final and no further appeals within the college will be
      available to appear at the proceeding unless they can verify to        considered.
      the committee that their absence is unavoidable.

   6. the student and the staff member will be permitted to have
                                                                           STUDENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
                                                                           in accordance with Washington State law SB5509, Btc uses randomly
      with him/her a party of his/her own choosing to act as advisor
                                                                           assigned Student identification (SiD) numbers as the primary
      and counsel. the hearing may be monitored by the assistant
                                                                           identifier for student’s academic records. this law is intended to add
      attorney General assigned to the college.
                                                                           additional protection to student’s identity, records, and privacy.
   7. the hearing will be closed to all except those persons directly
                                                                           although the student’s social security number (SSn) will not be listed
      involved in the case as determined by the grievance committee.
                                                                           as the primary student identifier, the college will still need to record
      Statements, testimony, and all other evidence given at the
                                                                           it for a number of uses including financial aid, hope Scholarship and
      hearing will be confidential and will not be released to anyone
                                                                           lifelong learning tax credits (page 64), employment verification,
      and may be used by the committee only for the purpose of
                                                                           workforce or unemployment data, assessment/accountability
      making its findings and recommendations to the President.
                                                                           research projects authorized by the college and/or the state of
                                                                           Washington, transcripts, and other legitimate uses authorized under
   8. the chair of the grievance committee will convene and
                                                                           state law and/or federal law.
      regulate the proceeding. the student, the staff member, and
      the members of the hearing panel must be present during
      the proceeding, unless excused by the chair for good cause.          STUDENT BODy CARDS
      Repeated failure, without reasonable explanation, of either          Btc student body cards are available for a small fee at the Bookstore.
                                                                           the picture identification card includes the student identification

                 Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                               31
2008-2010 CaTalog                         PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS
(SiD) number, which is needed for registration, library usage and          gEnErAl EducAtion coursEs: Students must submit a completed
other campus functions. it may also entitle the student to some            transfer credit Request form with official transcripts to the admissions
community/retail discounts.                                                & advising office for evaluation and approval of credit granted for
                                                                           equivalent general education content. the form and the official
STUDENT RIgHTS                                                             transcript will be reviewed by the college-designated transcript
all students at Bellingham technical college shall have the right to       evaluator. When evaluated, and after the student has satisfied
pursue professional technical education in the area of their choice        requirements for admission into a program, the completed transfer
within the established college standards and policies.                     credit Request form and the official transcript will be returned to the
                                                                           Registration & enrollment office for posting of the transfer credit
STUDENT RIgHT TO kNOW AND CAMpUS                                           grade (t) and for filing.
SECURITy ACT
in compliance with Public law 101-542, the Student Right to Know           crEdit for Prior ExPEriEntiAl lEArning: Bellingham Technical
act and campus Security act, as amended by Public law 102-26               college recognizes credit for prior experiential learning. credit for
(higher education technical amendments act of 1991), Bellingham            prior experiences that can be shown through various means of
technical college provides students with information about the             assessment to be the equivalent of learning gained through formal
student completion rates for the institution, as well as substance         collegiate instruction may be granted toward the award of a degree
abuse prevention information, campus crimes, and security. this            or certificate. credit for prior experiential learning applies only to
information is provided to students at new Student orientation. it is      degree/certificate programs and may not exceed twenty-five percent
also available in the counseling & career center and at Registration.      (25%) of the total hours required for the degree or certificate.
the annual campus security report can also be located on the web at
http://ope.ed.gov/security.                                                credit for prior experiential learning will be granted only to currently
                                                                           enrolled program students. the credits granted will be based upon
the college is not responsible for lost or stolen articles. Students use
                                                                           procedures developed and published by the program faculty and
campus lockers at their own risk.
                                                                           approved by the instruction council in accordance with institutional
                                                                           policy. assessment must include theory and practicum if applicable.
Transferring & Earning Credits                                             the prior experiential learning cannot duplicate credit granted by
                                                                           transfer or previously graded course work.
CREDIT ACCEPTANCE POLICY                                                   Prior experiential learning credit will not be awarded in lieu of
trAnsfEr crEdit: transfer credit is credit that is granted for course      general education courses, including Math 100, Math &107, PSYc
work completed at other regionally accredited institutions. only
                                                                           &100, PSYc 111, enGl &101, coM 170, and other academic support
courses completed at a regionally accredited college or university
                                                                           courses. Professional technical faculty may consider professional/
with an earned grade of “c” or better will be considered for
                                                                           industry certifications for credit for prior experiential learning.
equivalent transfer credit. Recency of coursework will be considered
in acceptance of transfer credit as defined in the transfer credit
advising Guide. a course will be considered for transfer credit if it      ADVANCED PLACEMENT
matches in content a course and credits that is required for a Btc         the college may offer advanced placement into a professional
program.                                                                   technical program to eligible applicants/students with prior
                                                                           college technical coursework or recognized professional/ industry
course work equivalent to technical content in the degree/certificate      certification(s).
programs will be evaluated for acceptance based on the content of
the courses. Programs may establish higher grade requirements for          ProcEdurE
technical content transfer credit award.                                   1. advanced placement is initiated by the applicant/student, by
                                                                              meeting with an admissions advisor. the applicant must submit
trAnsfEr crEdit EvAluAtion ProcEdurEs: The college will maintain              official transcripts showing prior college course work and/or
transfer credit advising Guides that list courses that have been              copies of professional/industry certification(s) with the transfer
identified as equivalent for general education and academic support           credit Request form.
courses.                                                                   2. the request form and documentation is logged and routed to
                                                                              the appropriate person for evaluation. the professional technical
Students seeking transfer credit must submit to the admissions and            faculty member will conduct the evaluation of technical course
advising office a completed transfer credit Request form and official         equivalency. Professional technical faculty may consider
college transcripts documenting equivalent credit.                            professional/industry certifications for credit for prior experiential
                                                                              learning. the assigned college evaluator(s) will conduct the
For some courses, course syllabi or other descriptive information may         evaluation of general education or academic support courses.
be required in addition to an official transcript.                         3. the evaluation of transcripts and/or certification(s) will determine
                                                                              advanced placement, outline which coursework the applicant/
                                                                              student has completed (students will receive transfer credit for
tEchnicAl coursE rEquirEmEnts: Students seeking transfer credit
                                                                              college course work), and identify at what point in the program
for technical courses must submit a completed transfer credit
                                                                              the applicant/student is eligible for advanced placement.
Request form and official transcripts or equivalent documentation to
                                                                           4. the evaluated request form and documentation are returned to
the admissions & advising office. Program faculty will evaluate and
                                                                              the admissions & advising office, and students are notified of their
determine credit granted for equivalent technical content.
                                                                              eligibility for advanced placement.


                                                         Bellingham Technical College
32
                                           PoLicieS, requirementS, & recordS                                            2008-2010 CaTalog

5. the completed form is routed to the Registration & enrollment            ARTICUlATION AgREEMENTS
   office for processing and will be filed in the student’s permanent       through county-wide agreements with school district super-
   record.                                                                  intendents and Btc, students may enroll in classes to receive high
                                                                            school and college credit at the same time. these articulation
Students are accepted to enroll as advanced placed students based
                                                                            agreements are managed through the Whatcom county tech Prep
  on the date of completion of all program admission requirements
                                                                            consortium and provide opportunities for high school students
  and space availability.
                                                                            under five career pathways: science and natural resources, arts
                                                                            and communications, business and marketing, engineering and
DEGREE & CERTIFICATE PROGRAM TRANSFER                                       technology, and health and human services.
currently enrolled Bellingham technical college degree/certificate
program students may be considered for priority on the program              articulation agreements with public and private colleges and
list for admission in a related program if the student has completed        universities provide Btc students with transfer options to earn four-
portions of the technical content/competencies that are transferrable       year degrees related to specific programs of study and business
to the degree/certificate program.                                          and management. to view a current listing of colleges that Btc has
                                                                            developed articulation agreements with, please visit the Btc website
ProcEdurE                                                                   at: www.btc.ctc.edu/ transferoptions. city University offers courses
1. Student obtains an unofficial transcript (grade report) from the Btc     on Btc’s campus at a very competitive price.
   website, on-line services.
2. Student meets with a Btc counselor to discuss possibility of             Beyond the formalized degree articulation agreements, Btc has a
   transfer and obtains a Request for Program transfer Form.                number of transfer agreements with state colleges and universities
   Student’s accuplacer test scores will be evaluated to determine if       regarding courses. to check if Btc credits are transferable to other
   the student is eligible for acceptance in the program or if retesting    colleges, contact the Registrar at the receiving college.
   is necessary. Students receiving financial aid should determine
   the effect of transfer on financial aid status prior to initiating the
   transfer procedure.
3. Student meets with instructor of program into which the student
   desires to transfer for evaluation and to obtain approval if the
   transfer is appropriate.
4. Student presents completed Request for Program transfer Form
   (with all signatures affixed) to the Registration & enrollment office
   in the college Services Building.
5. the request will be processed and the student will be notified of
   permission to register or program list status.
6. Students transferring to another degree/certificate program
   are responsible for any additional tuition or fees at the time of
   registration. Running Start students transferring will be required
   to submit a new Running Start Referral form signed by the
   appropriate high school official.

TRANSFERABILITY OF BTC CREDITS
to determine transferability of credits earned at Bellingham technical
college, students must request an official Btc transcript be forwarded
to the college where they wish to have credits evaluated. the
receiving college will determine the value of course work completed
at Btc. credits, qualifications, or requirements waived by one college
may not necessarily be waived by another college. those decisions
are made at each institution.
contact the Registrar at any other college you wish to send transcripts
to for evaluation. official Btc transcripts are available through the
Registration & enrollment office.

“&” in the Btc course prefix designates Washington State community
and technical college “common course numbering (ccn)”. the
purpose of common course numbering is to identify those courses
common within the 34 community and technical colleges in
Washington State and make course transfer between and among
those institutions and to the four-year colleges and universities as
easy as possible for students, advisors, and receiving institutions.




                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                             33
2008-2010 CaTalog        ProGramS of Study
                                                  Accounting Technician ..................................................... 35



       5
                                                  Administrative Assistant .................................................. 36
                                                  Appliance & Refrigeration Technology......................... 37
                                                  Auto Collision Repair Technology .................................. 38
                                                  Automotive Technology................................................... 39
                                                  Bookkeeping Assistant ..................................................... 40
                                                  Building Construction Technology ................................ 40
                                                  Business & Supervision Management .......................... 41

  Programs of Study                               Child Development (CDA) ............................................... 42
                                                  Civil Engineering Technology ......................................... 43
                                                  Clerical Assistant ................................................................ 44
                                                  Commercial Driving .......................................................... 44
                                                  Computer Network Technology ..................................... 45
                                                  Computer Software Support .......................................... 46
                                                  Construction Management ............................................. 47
                                                  Culinary Arts ....................................................................... 47
                                                  Customer Service Management .................................... 48
                                                  Data Entry Specialist ......................................................... 49
                                                  Dental Assisting ................................................................. 49
                                                  Dental Hygiene .................................................................. 50
                                                  Diesel Technology ............................................................. 51
                                                  Education............................................................................. 53
                                                  Electrician ............................................................................ 54
                                                  Electro Mechanical Technology ..................................... 55
                                                  Electronics: Biomedical Equipment .............................. 56
                                                  Electronics: Computer Systems ...................................... 57
                                                  Electronics: Manufacturing ............................................. 58
                                                  Electronics: Telecommunications .................................. 58
                                                  EMT-Paramedic .................................................................. 59
                                                  Fisheries Technology......................................................... 60
                                                  Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning
                                                  & Refrigeration .................................................................. 62
                                                  Human Resource Management ..................................... 63
                                                  Hypnotherapy .................................................................... 63
                                                  Instrumentation & Control Technology ....................... 64
                                                  Leadership Management ................................................ 65
                                                  Legal Administrative Assistant ....................................... 65
                                                  Mechanical Engineering Technology ........................... 66
                                                  Medical Coding .................................................................. 67
                                                  Medical Coding & Billing Generalist.............................. 68
                                                  Medical Insurance Billing................................................. 68
                                                  Medical Receptionist ........................................................ 69
                                                  Medical Records Clerk ...................................................... 69
                                                  Medical Transcription ....................................................... 70
                                                  Nursing Assistant ............................................................... 70
                                                  Office Assistant / Receptionist........................................ 71
                                                  Operations Management ................................................ 72
                                                  Paraeducator....................................................................... 73
                                                  Parenting Education & Early Training ........................... 74
                                                  Personal Fitness Trainer.................................................... 75
                                                  Practical Nursing ................................................................ 75
                                                  Precision Machining.......................................................... 77
                                                  Process Technology ........................................................... 78
                                                  Project Management ........................................................ 79
                                                  Radiologic Technology ..................................................... 81
                                                  Registered Nursing: LPN To RN....................................... 82
                                                  Residential Home Inspection ......................................... 82
                                                  Retail Management........................................................... 82
                                                  Surgery Technology .......................................................... 83
                                                  Surveying & Mapping Technology ................................ 84
                                                  Veterinary Technician ....................................................... 85
                                                  Welding Technology ......................................................... 87

                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
34
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                             2008-2010 CaTalog



                  Accounting Technician                                                        aCCounTIng TEChnICIan
                                                                                                              Degree
DEgREE - aCCounTIng TEChnICIan                                                  ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                             5
CERTIFICaTE - aCCounTIng assIsTanT                                              ACCT 242 Financial Accounting II                            5
                                                                                ACCT 243 Financial Accounting III                           5
The Accounting program prepares students with the necessary techni-
                                                                                ACCT 245 Payroll Procedures                                 5
cal and professional skills to obtain employment in the accounting field.
                                                                                ACCT 246 Computerized Accounting I                          5
Students can earn a certificate or associate degree. The successful Ac-
                                                                                ACCT 254 Managerial Accounting                              5
counting Assistant certificate graduate will be able to analyze financial
                                                                                ACCT 270* Internship                                        3
transactions, use various types of office machines, and process transac-
                                                                                  *ACCT 273 may be taken in place of ACCT 270
tions using both manual and computerized systems. Accounting assis-
                                                                                BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                         3
tants may seek employment in the area of accounts receivable, accounts
                                                                                BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                             5
payable, or payroll.
                                                                                BUS 171 Technical Communications                             5
To be successful, accounting students should have an aptitude for work-         BUS 177 Business English I                                   3
ing with numbers, be detail oriented, and have the ability to concentrate       CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                            5
and communicate. Jobs in the area of accounting afford many opportuni-          CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                       2
ties for challenging and rewarding work. Accounting students are eligible       CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                              4
to join the North Cascades Chapter of American Society of Women Ac-             CAP 142 MS Excel                                             5
countants (ASWA).                                                               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
                                                                                  Suggested Departmental Electives                          37
Program outcomeS: The Accounting Technician degree prepares                     totaL: (approx. 5-6 quarters)                              107
students to seek employment in public, private, and/or governmental                                gEnERal EDuCaTIon
entities as accounting clerks, accounting technicians, bookkeepers, ac-
counting support personnel, or payroll assistants. Graduates of Account-                                        AAS
ing will be able to demonstrate with 80% accuracy effective skills using        BUS 171 Technical Communications                             5
computerized accounting software, computing payrolls, payroll taxes,            BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                             5
tax forms and the ability to apply Generally Accepted Accounting Prin-          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
ciples in locating and correcting errors made to the financial records of a     totaL:                                                      15
business. In a three minute timing, with a one error limit, graduates will                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
demonstrate effective 10-key skills. With a three error limit, graduates will                                  AAS-T
demonstrate basic keyboarding at 35 wpm.                                        ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
                                                                                MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                   OR
process.                                                                        MATH& 107 Math In Society
Students may enroll in Accounting at the start of each quarter. Admis-          PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
sion is offered on a space available basis. Students may enroll full-time         plUS
or part-time.                                                                     5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
                                                                                  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                                  These will vary by field of study in the degree.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by                    totaL:                                                      20
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are se-
                                                                                                 aCCounTIng assIsTanT
quential and have prerequisites. A schedule of course offerings can be
obtained from program advisors.                                                                             Certificate
                                                                                ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                             5
It is estimated that a full-time student can complete Accounting Assistant
                                                                                ACCT 242 Financial Accounting II                            5
in three quarters and Accounting Technician in five quarters. Because not
                                                                                ACCT 245 Payroll Procedures                                 5
all courses are offered every quarter, completion times may vary depend-
                                                                                ACCT 246 Computerized Accounting I                          5
ing on which quarter the student first enrolls.
                                                                                BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                        3
                                                                                BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                            5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                 BUS 171 Technical Communications                            5
plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree       BUS 177 Business English I                                  3
or a Certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and       CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                           5
standards. In order to earn an Accounting degree or certificate, students       CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                      2
must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no course grade below C            CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                             4
(2.0). Students may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Com-        CAP 142 MS Excel                                            5
puters, by passing the three IC3 Certification tests.                           PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
                                                                                  Suggested Department Electives                           10

oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources              totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                 67
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and
some of the required courses and electives are also offered online.




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                 35
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

                Administrative Assistant                                                       aDMInIsTRaTIvE assIsTanT
                                                                                                             Degree
DEgREE - aDMInIsTRaTIvE assIsTanT
                                                                               ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                                 5
This program prepares students for careers in a variety of business and        BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                            3
office settings. Students may achieve an Association Applied Science           BUS 123 Records Management                                      3
degree in Administrative Assistant. Coursework is taught using multiple        BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                                5
teaching methods. Students not only work independently but also learn          BUS 171 Technical Communications                                5
in structured class sessions. Emphasis is placed on hands-on learning and      BUS 177 Business English I                                      3
application. Skills needed for success in today’s workforce are interwoven     BUS 178 Business English II                                     3
throughout the program. With the help of a program advisor, students           BUS 225 Internship                                              6
declare their career goals when entering the program or after working          BUS 232 Office procedures                                       5
through course material and further identifying their personal strengths.      BUS 280 Assessment                                              1
Program content requires the application of basic math, technical read-        CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                               5
ing, and communication skills.                                                 CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                          2
Administrative Assistant students are eligible to join the International As-   CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                 4
sociation of Administrative Professionals (IAAP).                              CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding                  3
                                                                               CAP 109 Computerized Keyboard Skillbuilding II                  3
                                                                               CAP 110 Data Entry                                              3
Program outcomeS: Administrative Assistant graduates will dem-                 CAP 138 MS Word                                                 5
onstrate competency in touch keyboarding at 50 wpm on a three minute           CAP 142 MS Excel                                                5
timing; along with 80% competency in business document formatting,             CAP 146 MS Access                                               5
proofreading, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation           CAP 148 MS Powerpoint                                           3
graphics, data entry, 10-key proficiency, alphabetic and numeric filing,       CAP 200 Integrated Computer Applications                        5
and administrative assistant support to an employer.                           PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
                                                                                 Departmental Electives                                       20
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                totaL: (approx. 5-6 quarters)                                 107
process.
Students may enroll in this program at the start of each quarter. Admis-                          gEnERal EDuCaTIon
sion is offered on a space available basis. Students may enroll on a                                           AAS
full-time or part-time basis.                                                  Course     Title                                           Credits
                                                                               BUS 171    Technical Communications                              5
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by                   BUS 150    Mathematics For Business                              5
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are se-       PSYC 111   Interpersonal Psychology                              5
quential and have prerequisites. A schedule of course offerings can be         totaL:                                                         15
obtained from program advisors.
It is estimated that a full-time student can complete the degree require-                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
ments in five quarters. Because not all courses are offered every quarter,                                    AAS-T
completion times may vary depending on which quarter the student first         ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5
enrolls.                                                                       MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
                                                                                 OR
                                                                               MATH& 107 Math In Society
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
                                                                               PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
                                                                                 plUS
upon completion and verification of all requirementsand standards. In
                                                                                 5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5
order to earn an Administrative Assistant degree, students must maintain
                                                                                 in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
a 2.0 grade point averagewith no course grade below C (2.0). Students
                                                                                 These will vary by field of study in the degree.
may successfullychallenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers, by pass-
ing the three IC3 Certification tests.                                         totaL:                                                         20


oNLINe LearNINg:Students will use some online tools and resources
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and
some of the required courses and electives are also offered online.




                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
36
                                                            ProGramS of Study                                             2008-2010 CaTalog



   Appliance & Refrigeration Technology                                      APPL 116 Washers I
                                                                             APPL 117 Washers II
                                                                                                                                          7
                                                                                                                                          3
DEgREE - aPPlIanCE & REFRIgERaTIon TEChnology                                APPL 118 Washers III                                         7
                                                                             APPL 122 Dishwashers                                         8
CERTIFICaTE - aPPlIanCE REPaIR                                               APPL 124 Compactors/Disposers                                4
                                                                             APPL 126 Microwave Ovens                                     6
This program prepares students for an exciting and rewarding career in
                                                                             APPL 191 Leadership                                          1
the Appliance & Refrigeration trade. Program graduates have become
                                                                             APPL 201 Water Heaters                                       1
successful appliance technicians, service managers, and business own-
                                                                             APPL 202 Gas Fundamentals                                    2
ers and have also found careers in hotel/motel/apartment maintenance,
                                                                             APPL 203 Ranges/Ovens/Cooktops                              10
vending machine servicing, parts specialists, and refrigerant recovery
                                                                             APPL 204 Gas Labs                                            4
specialists. Skilled technicians are in high demand both regionally and
                                                                             APPL 205 Refrigeration Theory                                7
nationally. The program emphasizes the development of diagnostic skills
                                                                             APPL 207 Refrigeration Lab 1                                10
and effective customer service techniques. Students are expected to de-
                                                                             APPL 208 Refrigeration Lab II                                6
velop positive work ethics, technical skills, as well as interpersonal and
                                                                             APPL 209 Refrigeration Lab III                               6
communication skills required by the industry. The program also offers a
                                                                             APPL 210 Ice Makers                                          4
one year Appliance Repair certificate.
                                                                             APPL 212 Air Conditioners                                    4
Upon successful completion of either the Appliance & Refrigeration           APPL 216 Business Procedures/Practices                       1
Technology degree or certificate program, graduates applying to the          COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
Department of Labor & Industries to become an Appliance Repair (07D)         MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
Specialty Electrician can be credited with 1000 hours of supervised work     PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
experience per RCW 19.28.191 and WAC 296-46B-940. Under the auspices         totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                130
of the Professional Service Association (PSA), students completing the
AAS Degree take the Certified Appliance Professional (CAP) exam prior
to graduation. All graduating students are required to have Refrigerant                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
Handling Certification as part of the A.A.S. degree requirements (AHAM                                       AAS
/ NARDA).                                                                    COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
                                                                             MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate 70% or above com-               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
petency in: electrical safety, DC/AC circuits; meters/testing equipment,     totaL:                                                      15
electrical controllers, timers, electronic control boards, lab diagnostics
and a variety of control mechanisms. Graduates will demonstrate knowl-                          gEnERal EDuCaTIon
edge of application of EPA regulations regarding the use of refrigerants,                                   AAS-T
and will successfully complete the AHAM/NARDA Certification for sys-         ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
tems under five (5) lbs.                                                     MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
                                                                               OR
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions              MATH& 107 Math In Society
process.                                                                     PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
Students may enroll in the Appliance & Refrigeration Technology program        plUS
at the start of each quarter on a space available basis. Part-time enroll-     5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
ment is available for the morning section only with instructor approval.       in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                               These will vary by field of study in the degree.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: This program requires an admissions pro-              totaL:                                                      20
cess.
The Appliance & Refrigeration Technology student will complete a spe-                              aPPlIanCE REPaIR
cific course requirement sequence based on enrollment quarter. Students
                                                                                                         Certificate
                                                                             APPL 100 Introduction to Trade & Occupational Safety        1
will be advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and sched-
                                                                             APPL 105 Electrical Theory I                                8
ule of classes.
                                                                             APPL 106 Electrical - Practical I                           5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an (AAS) Associate in            APPL 109 Tool/Testing Equipment                             1
Applied Science degree or (AAS-T) Associate in Applied Science - Transfer    APPL 112 Motor Circuits                                     2
degree upon completion and verification of all requirements and stan-        APPL 114 Electrical Dryers                                  7
dards. Students may also apply for a one year certificate in Appliance       APPL 116 Washers I                                          7
Repair.                                                                      APPL 117 Washers II                                         3
                                                                             APPL 118 Washers III                                        7
                                                                             APPL 122 Dishwashers                                        8
      aPPlIanCE & REFRIgERaTIon TEChnology                                   APPL 124 Compactors/Disposers                               4
                                Degree                                       APPL 126 Microwave Ovens                                    6
                                                                             APPL 201 Water Heaters                                      1
  APPL 100   Introduction to Trade & Occupational Safety           1         APPL 202 Gas Fundamentals                                   2
  APPL 105   Electrical Theory I                                   8         APPL 203 Ranges/Ovens/Cooktops                             10
  APPL 106   Electrical - Practical I                              5         COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                       5
  APPL 109   Tool/Testing Equipment                                1         MATH 100 Occupational Math                                  5
  APPL 112   Motor Circuits                                        2         PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
  APPL 114   Electrical Dryers                                     7         totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                87

                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                              37
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

        Auto Collision Repair Technology                                        ACRT 135 Refinish Paint Defects
                                                                                ACRT 138 Restoring Corrosion Protection
                                                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                                                 3
CERTIFICaTE - auToMoTIvE CollIsIon REPaIR                                       ACRT 140 Drive Train, Fuel, Brakes, HVAC                         2
                                                                                ACRT 141 Outer Body Panel Repair                                 4
              TEChnology                                                        ACRT 142 Shop Practicum I                                        3
CERTIFICaTE - auToMoTIvE REFInIshIng                                            ACRT 143 Shop Practicum II                                       6
                                                                                ACRT 251 Structural Welding                                      4
The Auto Collision Repair Technology program is an I-CAR Industry               ACRT 253 Moveable Glass and Hardware                             2
Training Alliance member.                                                       ACRT 254 Structural Fixed Glass                                  2
                                                                                ACRT 255 Suspension and Steering                                 4
                                                                                ACRT 256 Unibody Inspection                                      4
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION                                                             ACRT 260 Shop Practicum III                                      6
The Auto Collision Repair Technology program prepares students for em-          ACRT 262 Frame Inspection and Repair                             4
ployment in the professional Auto Collision Repair and Refinishing indus-       ACRT 263 Restraint Systems                                       2
try. The Associate in Applied Science degree includes a combination of          ACRT 264 Plastics and Adhesives                                  4
classroom/laboratory instruction and hands-on experience. Using a vari-         ACRT 266 Electrical System Repair                                3
ety of the most current technological methods and equipment, students           ACRT 268 Refinishing Final Detail                                3
will learn how to repair and refinish a damaged vehicle (including auto-        ACRT 270 Shop Practicum IV                                      10
mobile and truck bodies, unibody, frames, plastic bumpers and glass) to         ACRT 275 Internship                                              7
its original condition per industry standards. By successfully completing       COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                            5
the Auto Collision Technology Program curriculum students may earn 8            MATH 100 Occupational Math                                       5
to 15 I-Car alliance points towards I-Car Gold Class or Platinum Status.        PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5
                                                                                totaL: (approx. 6 quarters & 1 Summer)                     131 crs
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate their knowledge
and skills to repair and refinish a damaged vehicle using teamwork
and methods and skills in structural repair and refinishing. Graduates                             gEnERal EDuCaTIon
will demonstrate their knowledge and skills to I-Car standards on non-                                          AAS
structural and structural repair, soft to semi-rigid plastic and MIG welding,   COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                           5
oxy-acetylene and plasma cutting, oxy-acetylene welding, spot welding           MATH 100 Occupational Math                                      5
(STRSW) and refinishing.                                                        PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
                                                                                totaL:                                                         15
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                    gEnERal EDuCaTIon
process.                                                                                                       AAS-T
Students may enroll in the Auto Collision Repair Technology program at          ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5
the start of fall or spring quarter on a space available basis.                 MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
                                                                                  OR
                                                                                MATH& 107 Math In Society
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Auto Collision Repair Technology stu-
                                                                                PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5
dent will complete a specific course requirement sequence based on date
                                                                                  plUS
of enrollment. Students will be advised by the program instructor regard-
                                                                                  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5
ing sequence and schedule of classes. Generally, classroom instruction is
                                                                                  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
held during morning hours with most lab activities occurring in the af-
                                                                                  These will vary by field of study in the degree.
ternoon.
                                                                                totaL:                                                         20

degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                                 auToMoTIvE REFInIshIng
plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree                                   Certificate
or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and       ACRT 101   Introduction to Auto Collision Repair                4
standards.                                                                      ACRT 110   Refinishing Safety                                   2
                                                                                ACRT 115   Non-structural Repair                                2
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources              ACRT 123   Non-structural Metal Finishing                       7
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-           ACRT 125   Refinishing Surface Preparation                      7
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.                           ACRT 133   Paint Matching and Blending                          7
                                                                                ACRT 135   Refinish Paint Defects                               3
                                                                                ACRT 138   Restoring Corrosion Protection                       3
                                                                                ACRT 142   Shop Practicum I                                     3
     auToMoTIvE CollIsIon REPaIR TEChnology
                                                                                ACRT 143   Shop Practicum II                                    6
                                 Degree                                         ACRT 268   Refinishing Final Detail                             3
  ACRT 101    Introduction to Auto Collision Repair                  4          ACRT 275   Internship                                           7
  ACRT 105    Non-structural Welding                                 8          COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                        5
  ACRT 110    Refinishing Safety                                     2          MATH 100   Occupational Math                                    5
  ACRT 115    Non-structural Repair                                  2          PSYC 111   Interpersonal Psychology                             5
  ACRT 123    Non-structural Metal Finishing                         7
  ACRT 125    Refinishing Surface Preparation                        7          totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                    69
  ACRT 130    Damage Analysis                                        3
  ACRT 133    Paint Matching and Blending                            7

                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
38
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                               2008-2010 CaTalog



                Automotive Technology                                          AUTO 141 Engine performance 1
                                                                               AUTO 151 Electricity/Electronics 1
                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                           10
DEgREE- auToMoTIvE TEChnology                                                  AUTO 161 Steering And Suspension                             6
CERTIFICaTE - gEnERal auToMoTIvE REPaIR                                        AUTO 213 HVAC                                                4
                                                                               AUTO 219 Applied Automotive Concepts I                      12
CERTIFICaTE - vEhIClE sERvICE TEChnICIan                                       AUTO 229 Applied Automotive Concepts II                      4
                                                                               AUTO 250 Automatic Transmission/Transaxle                    7
The Automotive Program is a Master NATEF/ASE Certified Program.                AUTO 255 Electricity/Electronics 2                           7
                                                                               AUTO 259 Applied Automotive Concepts III                     4
The Automotive Technology program prepares students for employment             AUTO 260 Manual Transmission/ Drive Train                    3
in the automotive trade. Instructional time is divided between classroom       AUTO 265 Engine performance 2                                3
theory, practical application in the lab, and time spent in a work-based       AUTO 275 Engine performance 3                               10
learning situation. The program utilizes current diagnostic equipment          AUTO 279 Applied Automotive Concepts IV                      4
and techniques to prepare students to meet the challenge of this highly        COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
technical industry. Students have classroom theory and shop experience         MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
in all major automotive systems. Students must participate in a work-          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
based learning component as an employee in an automotive shop. The             TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                   5
program emphasizes safety, proper work habits, human relations skills, as      TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                  5
well as the technical ability necessary for employment.                        TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                 5
                                                                               totaL: (approx. 7 quarters)                                124
Program outcomeS: Graduates will use appropriate clothing and                                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
protective gear and practice ergonomically correct actions to safeguard                                        AAS
against injuries in the workplace. They will research and utilize vehicle      COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
repair information from web based programs such as, Alldata, Mitchell          MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
On Demand, the iATN and manufacturer specific programs to perform ve-          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
hicle repairs in a professional and timely manner utilizing all information    totaL:                                                      15
resources available. Graduates will be able to diagnose accurately and
critically across all major automotive systems and repair common vehicle                          gEnERal EDuCaTIon
problems using appropriate tools, equipment and procedures, adhering                                          AAS-T
to standard time and quality standards. They will perform common ve-           ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
hicle service (maintenance) procedures using appropriate tools, equip-         MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
ment and procedures, adhering to standard time and quality standards.            OR
Finally, graduates will obtain ASE certification; review, interpret and con-   MATH& 107 Math In Society
vey written, verbal and graphic information to communicate effectively         PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
with co-workers, management and customers; and act responsibly and               plUS
ethically as an employee by being punctual, following industry accepted          5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
practices, adhering to company policies and interacting positively and           in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
appropriately with co-workers, supervisors and customers.                        These will vary by field of study in the degree.
                                                                               totaL:                                                      20
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
process.                                                                                    gEnERal auToMoTIvE REPaIR
                                                                                                           Certificate
Students may enroll in the Automotive Technology program at the start          AUTO 103 Engines                                            8
of fall or winter quarter on a space available basis.                          AUTO 107 Brakes                                             6
                                                                               AUTO 122 Basic Drive Train                                  4
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students may enter Automotive Technol-                  AUTO 141 Engine performance 1                               2
ogy fall or winter quarter. For the first quarter students enroll in TRANS     AUTO 151 Electricity/Electronics 1                         10
101, 102, and 103 plus at least one General Education class (MATH 100,         AUTO 161 Steering And Suspension                            6
COM 170 or PSYC 111). We recommend enrolling in a morning MWF or               AUTO 213 HVAC                                               4
an evening General Education class during the first quarter. Full-time stu-    COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                       5
dents will finish in seven quarters; summer is required.                       MATH 100 Occupational Math                                  5
                                                                               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree         TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
or a Certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and      TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
standards. Automotive Technology AAS graduates must receive a 2.0 cu-          totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                70
mulative grade point average with no required course below a grade of
D (1.0).
                                                                                            vEhIClE sERvICE TEChnICIan
                                                                                                           Certificate
                 auToMoTIvE TEChnology                                         TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
                                 Degree                                        TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
  AUTO 103 Engines                                                  8          TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
  AUTO 107 Brakes                                                   6
  AUTO 122 Basic Drive Train                                        4          totaL: (approx. 1 quarter)                                  15

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                39
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           ProGramS of Study

                 Bookkeeping Assistant                                               Building Construction Technology
CERTIFICaTE - BookkEEPIng assIsTanT                                           DEgREE- BuIlDIng ConsTRuCTIon TEChnology
                                                                              CERTIFICaTE - ConsTRuCTIon TEChnICIan
The Bookkeeping Assistant program will prepare students for entry level
employment in a bookkeeping position in a wide variety of businesses          The Building Construction Technology program prepares students for
or agencies.                                                                  employment in a wide range of construction and building maintenance
                                                                              industry positions. The Associate in Applied Science degree focuses on
Program outcomeS: The Bookkeeping Assistant Certificate prepares              training students in the use of tools, materials, and techniques to be
students to seek employment in public, private, and/or governmental en-       problem solvers and provides theory and practice through class projects
tities. Certificate completers will be able to demonstrate effective skills   and internships in all aspects of the construction trade. The program em-
using computerized accounting software, computing payrolls, payroll           phasizes that graduates have the necessary trade skills, academic compe-
taxes, tax forms and the ability to apply Generally Accepted Accounting       tencies, and industry/work attitudes to become competent and efficient
Principles in locating and correcting errors made to the financial records    tradespersons employable in the industry or through self-employment.
of a business, under the direction of a bookkeeper, CPA or other financial    Students are able to complete the (AAS) degree program in 5 quarters.
supervisor.                                                                   The program also offers a Construction Technician certificate.


aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding                   Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
sklils.                                                                       their ability to use and work safely with hand tools of the trade, common
                                                                              power tools, i.e. circular saws, electric drills, power planers, etc; demon-
Program application and admission are not required. Students begin the
                                                                              strate their ability to plan and execute projects to completion, read and
program by registering for the required evening courses on a space avail-
                                                                              interpret architectural drawings, plans, and light frame construction
able basis. It is recommended that students have good basic academic
                                                                              methods.
skills. A program brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Cen-
ter.
                                                                              aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                              process.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, generally
from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. Some courses may be offered in the afternoon.          Students may enroll in the Building Construction Technology program at
See Quarterly Schedule for specific information.                              the start of each quarter on a space available basis. Part-time enrollment
                                                                              is available for the morning section only with instructor approval.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Building Construction Technology
                                                                              student will complete a specific course requirement sequence based on
                                                                              quarter of enrollment. Students will be advised by the program instructor
                   BookkEEPIng assIsTanT                                      regarding sequence and schedule of classes.
                               Certificate
                                                                              Classroom instruction is scheduled during morning hours. Lab activities
  ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                         5                   occur during the afternoons. Lab activities include group and individual
  BUS 184 Customer Service                                3                   projects. A weekly schedule is distributed to students in class.
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                       5
  MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics                 3
                                                                              degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an (AAS) Associate
  CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding          3
                                                                              in Applied Science degree or an (AAS-T) Associate in Applied Science -
  CAp 154 Computerized Accounting level A Using quickbooks3
                                                                              Transfer degree upon completion and verification of all requirements and
  CAp 155 Computerized Accounting level B Using quickbooks3
                                                                              standards. Students may also apply for Construction Technician Certifi-
    Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills
                                                                              cate.
  totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                      25

                                                                                     BuIlDIng ConsTRuCTIon TEChnology
                                                                                                               Degree
                                                                                BCT 111     Career Opportunities and Industrial Safety            1
                                                                                BCT 112     Construction Materials and Application                2
                                                                                BCT 113     Hand Tool Use and Operations                          2
                                                                                BCT 114     portable power Tools Use and Operations               4
                                                                                BCT 115     Stationary power Tool Use and Operations              4
                                                                                BCT 116     Building Layout                                       2
                                                                                BCT 117     Concrete and Concrete Forming                         3
                                                                                BCT 121     Blueprint Reading                                     4
                                                                                BCT 122     Framing Methods - Floor Framing                       4
                                                                                BCT 123     Framing Methods - Wall Framing                        4
                                                                                BCT 124     Framing Methods - Ceiling Framing                     4
                                                                                BCT 125     Truss Roof Framing                                    4
                                                                                BCT 130     Roof Framing                                          5
                                                                                BCT 132     Stair Framing                                         2

                                                   PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
40
                                                           ProGramS of Study                                        2008-2010 CaTalog


BCT 134 Exterior Walls and Roof Coverings                     2
BCT 135 Interior Wall Covering Insulation & Trim
BCT 136 Intro to House Wiring and Plumbing
                                                              4
                                                              3
                                                                        Business & Supervision Management
BCT 137 Roof Sheathing/Coverings                              2     CERTIFICaTE - BusInEss & suPERvIsIon ManagEMEnT
BCT 138 Exterior Doors Windows and Skylights                  4
BCT 241 CAD Drafting Fundamentals                             8     The Business Supervision & Management certificate program is a series of
BCT 242 Building Plan Drafting                                8     courses and seminars designed to provide essential practical skills for em-
BCT 243 Estimating Materials and Labor                        5     ployment in Supervision, Office Management, Small Business Operation.
BCT 245 Project Tracking                                      2
                                                                    This evening program can be completed in four to five quarters, and can
BCT 251 Internship Building Construction                     11
                                                                    benefit those who want to improve their managerialskills, seek career ad-
COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5
                                                                    vancement, or gain professional recognition.
MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                 109     Program outcomeS: The Business and Supervision Management pre-
                                                                    pares the student for entry level supervision, supervisory advancement,
                                                                    or entry into an entrepreneurial venture. Completers must demonstrate
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                an affective knowledge of: labor laws, general accounting principles,
                                AAS                                 various leadership styles, effective employee discipline, development of
COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5     a business plan, customer service, busines ethics and general concepts in
MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5     human resource management.
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
totaL:                                                       15     aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                    are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                quired evening courses on a space available basis. It is recommended that
                               AAS-T                                students have good basic academic skills. A program brochure is avail-
ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5     able at the Counseling and Career Center.
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
  OR                                                                SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are generally held each quarter in
MATH& 107 Math In Society                                           the afternoon, evenings, and some are held on Saturdays. Courses are not
PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5     sequential. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information
  plUS
  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5
  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.            degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
  These will vary by field of study in the degree.                  completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
totaL:                                                       20
                                                                             BusInEss & suPERvIsIon ManagEMEnT
             ConsTRuCTIon TEChnICIan                                                               Certificate
                            Certificate                               ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                                   5
BCT 111 Career Opportunities and Industrial Safety            1       BUS 140 Supervision & Management                                  3
BCT 112 Construction Materials and Application                2         OR     HRM 201 Management Of Human Resources:
BCT 113 Hand Tool Use and Operations                          2                An Overview                                              3
BCT 114 portable power Tools Use and Operations               4       MGMT 152 Small Business Management                                3
BCT 115 Stationary power Tool Use and Operations              4       BUS 184 Customer Service                                          3
BCT 116 Building Layout                                       2       MGMT 101 Conflict Management                                      1
BCT 117 Concrete and Concrete Forming                         3       MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics                           3
BCT 121 Blueprint Reading                                     4       HRM 210 Employment Law & Labor Relations                          3
BCT 122 Framing Methods - Floor Framing                       4       BUS 141 Total quality Management                                  2
BCT 123 Framing Methods - Wall Framing                        4       MGMT 102 The Leadership Process                                   3
BCT 124 Framing Methods - Ceiling Framing                     4       HRM 220 Training & Staff Development                              3
BCT 125 Truss Roof Framing                                    4       totaL: (approx. 4-5 quarters)                                    29
BCT 130 Roof Framing                                          5
BCT 137 Roof Sheathing, and Coverings                         2
BCT 132 Stair Framing                                         2
BCT 138 Exterior Door Windows and Skylights                   4
BCT 134 Exterior Walls and Roof Coverings                     2
BCT 135 Interior Wall Covering Insulation & Trim              4
BCT 136 Intro to House Wiring and Plumbing                    3
COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5
MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                  75




                Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                            41
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study
              Child Development (CDA)                                          Each course includes field work as well as coursework and ten hours of
                                                                               mentored activities. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.
CERTIFICaTE - ChIlD DEvEloPMEnT (CDa)
                                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
The Child Development Essentials (CDA) Program prepares students for           completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
work in the early childhood care and education field. This coursework
can lead to a certificate in Child Development from Bellingham Techni-         oNLINe LearNINg: All three courses required for the certificate are of-
cal College and provides the coursework for the national credential as a       fered fully on line as well as a group class. Students will use some on-line
Child Development Associate. The three CDA Essentials courses are also         tools and resources throughout the program in the group classes.
transferable to most community and technical colleges for twelve credits
towards a certificate or degree in Early Childhood Education.
                                                                                                 ChIlD DEvEloPMEnT (CDa)
Core competencies covered in this program prepare early childhood edu-                                        Certificate
cators to work effectively with young children and their families. Major         ECED 120 CDA Essentials 1: Intro To ECE/Health, Safety &          4
topic areas include introduction to early childhood, ways children learn,          Nutrition
healthy environments, social and emotional development, physical and             ECED 121 CDA Essentials 2: Child Development/Learning             4
intellectual competency, curriculum development, family relationships,             Environments
and professionalism.                                                             ECED 122 CDA Essentials 3: Working With                           4
                                                                                   Families/Professionalism
Courses are offered as group courses or fully on line. Participants must be      Optional Electives
working with young children regularly either in a paid or volunteer posi-        ECED 123 Prep For Child Development Associates (CDA)              1
tion to fulfill their coursework requirements.                                     Assessment
                                                                                 BAS/ABE Basic Academic Skills Courses
                                                                                 totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                       12
Program outcomeS:
  Plan safe, healthy environments to invite learning.
  Facilitate steps to advance children’s physical and intellectual develop-
   ment.
  Create positive ways to support children’s social and emotional devel-
   opment.
  Develop strategies to establish productive relationships with families.
  Facilitate strategies to manage an effective program operation.
  Maintain a commitment to professionalism.
  Observe and record children’s behavior.
  Apply principles of child growth and development.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Prerequisite: Students must be work-
ing with young children regularly either in a paid or volunteer position to
fulfill their coursework requirements.

Program application and admission are not required. It is best for stu-
dents to begin the program by registering for ECED 120—CDA Essentials:
Intro to ECE/Health, Safety & Nutrition fall quarter on a space available
basis. However, students can begin the courses in winter or spring as well.
It is recommended that students have good basic academic skills or enroll
in the CDA I-BEST to work on improving their reading, writing, and math
skills. A program brochure is available from the Counseling and Career
Center.

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: This program consists of three required
courses that are offered either as a group class or fully on line. The group
class meets one evening a week and one Saturday per quarter. The on-
line course is offered through WAOL. The group courses are I-BEST ap-
proved and students participating in the group courses have the option
of attending class a second evening each week to work on improving
their basic skills in reading, writing, and math.




                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
42
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                              2008-2010 CaTalog

                                                                                           CIvIl EngInEERIng TEChnology
           Civil Engineering Technology                                                                        Degree
DEgREE- CIvIl EngInEERIng TEChnology                                             COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                     5
                                                                                 ENGT 127 Civil/Survey CAD 1                                  7
DEgREE- CIvIl ConsTRuCTIon ManagEMEnT                                            ENGT 128 Civil/Survey CAD 2                                  7
                                                                                 ENGT 132 MS Office Applications                              5
Western Washington Student Chapter of the American Society of Certi-             ENGT 152 Estimating And Scheduling                           5
fied Engineering Technicians (WWSC - ASCET)                                      ENGT 153 Intermediate GIS                                    7
                                                                                 ENGT 156 Earthmoving Fundamentals                            5
                                                                                 ENGT 251 Land Desktop - Survey Add-On                       13
The Civil Engineering Technology program prepares students for op-               ENGT 252 Land Desktop - Civil Add-On                        12
portunities in diverse professions including Civil Drafting/Design, Junior       ENGT 256 Standards, Specifications, And Codes                3
Construction Management. The AAS degree in Civil Engineering Technol-            ENGT 258 Construction Materials                              7
ogy prepares the student in the theory and application of civil engineer-        MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
ing principles in civil drawing, civil design, construction engineering,         MATH& 142 Precalculus II                                     5
geographic information systems (GIS) production, and field engineer-             PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
ing. In addition, the program includes Survey and Mapping Technology             SURV 102 Fundamentals of Surveying I                         7
coursework to prepare the Civil Engineering Technology graduate for a            SURV 104 Construction and Highway Surveys                    6
profession that integrates with the surveying profession. Desktop Map-           SURV 116 Survey Data Systems                                 4
ping (Geographic Information, Systems - GIS), Construction Materials             SURV 140 Fundamentals of gIS & gpS                           4
Testing, Construction Estimating and Inspection, and Surveying. These            SURV 152 Zoning, permitting and platting                     4
jobs can be found at the Department of Transportation, County & City             SURV 191 professional Development and Safety                 3
Public Works, various private civil engineering and surveying firms, and         SURV 205 Advanced gIS Applications                           7
civil construction companies.                                                    totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                126
Students learn these skills in classroom lectures; the Computer Aided                    CIvIl ConsTRuCTIon ManagEMEnT
Drafting (CAD) lab and field measurement with surveying instruments                                            Degree
and the workplace internship. The coursework utilizes hands-on projects          COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                     5
to simulate the work environment. All students are expected to develop           CONST 110 Civil Construction Estimating                      7
and demonstrate positive work ethics, technical skills, interpersonal and        CONST 112 Construction Resource Accounting                   5
communication skills as required by the industry.                                CONST 114 Civil Construction Scheduling                      3
This program also offers an AAS degree and a one year certificate in Civil       CONST 201 Contracts and Construction Law                     3
                                                                                 CONST 210 Civil Project Documentation                        4
Construction Management. Students completing the AAS or AAS-T in civil
                                                                                 CONST 214 Civil Construction Project Controls                7
Engineering may obtain the AAS or a certificate in Civil Construction Man-       CONST 216 Construction Safety Management                     5
agement by completing the additional courses.                                    ENGL 175 Technical Communications                            5
                                                                                 ENGT 127 Civil/Survey CAD 1                                  7
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in                       ENGT 130 Technical Organization And Work Skills              2
Land Desktop, basic CAD, ArcView (GIS), preparing roadway and utilities          ENGT 132 MS Office Applications                              5
plans and profile drawings for a Long Plat, plan and profile layout of civil     ENGT 156 Earthmoving Fundamentals                            5
improvements, and an accurate map integrating field gathered GPS data            ENGT 215 Statics                                            11
into Arcview.                                                                    ENGT 256 Standards, Specifications, And Codes                3
                                                                                 ENGT 258 Construction Materials                              7
                                                                                 ENGT 259 Environmental Technology                            5
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                                 MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
process. Directions for application are on page XX. Note: This program           MATH& 142 Precalculus II                                     5
contains advanced mathematics that may require preparatory course-               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
work. Students may enroll in the Civil Engineering Technology program            SURV 102 Fundamentals of Surveying I                         7
at the start of the fall quarter and at other times during the year with         SURV 104 Construction and Highway Surveys                    6
instructor permission, but only as advanced placement. Program course-           SURV 152 Zoning, permitting and platting                     4
work is structured so that each course is offered once per year during a         totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                122
specific quarter in a sequential order. Admission is offered on a space
available basis.                                                                                    gEnERal EDuCaTIon
CAP 101 - Introduction to Computers is a required prerequisite for stu-                                          AAS
dents to enroll in this program. Students may test out of this requirement       COM 170   Oral & Written Communications                      5
by passing the three IC3 exams (Living Online, Computer Fundamentals,            MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
and Key Applications - Word and Excel). These tests may be taken at BTC          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
or any other CertiPort Testing Center.                                           totaL:                                                      15
                                                                                                    gEnERal EDuCaTIon
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Civil Engineering Technology student                                                 AAS-T
will complete a specific course requirement sequence. Students will be           ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and schedule of             MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
classes. Generally, a full-time student will be enrolled for six (6) hours per   PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
day. Instructor permission is required for a part-time student.                    plUS
                                                                                   5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
                                                                                   in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree           totaL:                                                      20
upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                  43
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

                      Clerical Assistant                                                           Commercial Driving
CERTIFICaTE - ClERICal assIsTanT                                               CERTIFICaTE - CoMMERCIal DRIvIng
The Clerical Assistant program will prepare the student for an entry level     Bellingham Technical College and locally owned Pegasus Corporation
position in almost any office environment. Students will learn basic com-      have combined efforts to provide students with a high quality, fast-track
puter skills, light filing, accounting support, and customer service skills.   training program to prepare for a career in commercial truck driving. This
                                                                               is a two quarter certificate program. It includes preparation of the writ-
                                                                               ten and driving tests. In addition to driving skills, students will also take
Program outcomeS: Students will be able to perform the clerical                courses, in financial management, first aid, and customer service .
support functions in a office environment to include fililng, light account-
ing, typing and front office customer service.                                 Students will learn to perform the essential skills of professional truck
                                                                               driving tasks in a safe and efficient manner. Students who successfully
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission                  pass the class will be allowed to use Pegasus vehicles for their on-the-
are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-        road tests. Students may enroll in the program at the beginning of each
quired afternoon or evening courses on a space available basis. It is rec-     month.
ommended that students have good basic academic skills. A program
brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Center.                     Based on DOT regulations, all students who wish to enroll in this program
                                                                               must:
                                                                                  Possess a current valid Washington State driver’s license and a driving
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, geneally                  record that is free of serious violations within the past three years.
from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. Some courses may be offered in the afternoon.
See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.                                Pass a pre-admission drug screen test.
                                                                                  Obtain a DOT physical examination.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                 There is a non-refundable application fee of $167.70, which includes the
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                 cost of drug screening and current MVR from the Department of Licens-
                                                                               ing.

                       ClERICal assIsTanT                                      Program outcomeS: Graduates will be able to pass the commercial
                               Certificate                                     drivers license (CDL) written and on-the-road test and complete an on-
  ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                         5                    the-job internship.
  BUS 177 Business English I                              3
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                       5                    aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
  BUS 184 Customer Service                                3                    process.
  CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding          3                    The students may enroll in the Commercial Driving Program on a space
  CAp 154 Computerized Accounting level A Using quickbooks3                    available basis at the start of every month, excluding December. Please
  MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics                 3                    contact the Registration Department for the Application and Drug
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                            25                    Screening procedure.

                                                                               SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The student must complete the CDL prep-
                                                                               aration course and obtain a “driving permit” from WA DOL prior to start
                                                                               of hands-on truck driving courses. Students, who have already obtained
                                                                               “driving permit” from DOL can be admitted to other courses in this pro-
                                                                               gram with proper driving screen test, DOT physical exam and satisfactory
                                                                               MVR Report.

                                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
                                                                               completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

                                                                                                     CoMMERCIal DRIvIng
                                                                                                              Certificate
                                                                                 CODR 101 Commercial Drivers License Prep                          2
                                                                                 CODR 104 Customer Service for Truck Drivers                       2
                                                                                 CODR 105 Financial Basics For Truckers                            1
                                                                                 CODR 109 Truck Driving Internship                               12
                                                                                 CODR 245 Commercial Driving Practicum                           12
                                                                                 HLTH 150 First Aid Industrial                                     1
                                                                                 OpTIONAl COURSES:
                                                                                 Students enrolled in CODR 245 who wish to pursue a Passenger
                                                                                 Endorsement for their class A CDL will be invited to enroll in CODR
                                                                                 250 Commercial Driver Passenger Endorsement Preparation.
                                                                                 Optional Elective
                                                                                 CODR 250 Bus Driving Practicum                                    2
                                                                                 CODR 146 Driving Skills Upgrade                                   1
                                                                                 totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                                      33

                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
44
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                             2008-2010 CaTalog



          Computer Network Technology                                           IT 261
                                                                                IT 262
                                                                                          Advanced Topics In Networking I
                                                                                          Advanced Topics In Networking II
                                                                                                                                             5
                                                                                                                                             5
DEgREE- CoMPuTER nETwoRk TEChnology                                             IT 270    Internship                                         9
                                                                                IT 272    Capstone Project                                   5
CERTIFICaTE- CoMPuTER nETwoRk suPPoRT                                           MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
                                                                                PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
Bellingham Technical College is a Microsoft IT Academy member.                  TOTAL: (Approx. 6 quarters)                                128
Bellingham Technical College is a CompTIA member.

The program offers an Associate in Applied Science degree in Computer                              gEnERal EDuCaTIon
Network Technology and a certificate in Computer Network Support. Stu-                                          AAS
dents are prepared to manage computer network systems through a com-            COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
bination of classroom theory and practical application. They develop the        MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
knowledge and skills to troubleshoot and repair computer systems and            PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
design, install, and maintain Local Area Networks (LANs). This program          totaL:                                                      15
prepares students for obtaining industry standard certifications such as
Microsoft Certified Professional (MCP), A+, Network +, and Linu+x.
                                                                                                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
Program outcomeS: Graduates earn the industry standard Micro-
soft Certified Professional (MCP) along with CompTIA A+, Network +,                                            AAS-T
Security+, and Linux+ certifications or may pass an internal exam that          ENGL& 101 English Composition I                              5
measures equivalent skills. Graduates will design and implement a team          MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
project including a report and will install, configure, and administer a Li-      OR
nux server and Microsoft Windows Network.                                       MATH& 107 Math In Society
                                                                                PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                 5
                                                                                  plUS
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                   5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted     5
process.                                                                          in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
Students may enroll in the Computer Network Technology program at                 These will vary by field of study in the degree.
the start of fall, winter, or spring quarter on a space available basis. Non-   totaL:                                                      20
program students may enroll in program classes if space is available.
                                                                                            CoMPuTER nETwoRk suPPoRT
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Computer Network Technology stu-                                                 Certificate
dent will complete a specific course requirement sequence. Students will        CAP 101    Introduction to Computers                        5
be advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and schedule            COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                    5
of classes.                                                                     IT 102     IT Ethics And Careers                            5
                                                                                IT 112     PC Hardware A+                                   8
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                 IT 121     Introduction To Programming                      5
plied Science or an Association in Applied Science - Transfer degree or         IT 140     Command Line Operating Systems                   5
a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and          IT 141     Operating Systems A+                             8
standards. Students may successfully challenge CAP 101 Introduction to          IT 142     Client/Desktop Operating Systems II             10
Computers, by passing the three IC3 Certification tests.                        IT 160     Networking Technologies                          8
                                                                                MATH 100   Occupational Math                                5
                                                                                PSYC 111   Interpersonal Psychology                         5
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and               totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                 69
some of the required courses and electives are also offered online.


           CoMPuTER nETwoRk TEChnology
                                 Degree
  CAP 101     Introduction to Computers                              5
  COM 170     Oral & Written Communications                          5
  IT 102      IT Ethics And Careers                                  5
  IT 112      PC Hardware A+                                         8
  IT 121      Introduction To Programming                            5
  IT 140      Command Line Operating Systems                         5
  IT 141      Operating Systems A+                                   8
  IT 142      Client/Desktop Operating Systems II                   10
  IT 160      Networking Technologies                                8
  IT 210      Network Security Fundamentals                         10
  IT 220      Network Communication Infrastructure                   5
  IT 240      UNIX Administration & Configuration                   10
  IT 242      Windows Server Administration                          5
  IT 243      Windows Server Network Infrastructure                  5

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                 45
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

            Computer Software Support                                                      CoMPuTER soFTwaRE suPPoRT
                                                                                                             Degree
DEgREE- CoMPuTER soFTwaRE suPPoRT                                              BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                            5
CERTIFICaTE- CoMPuTER aPPlICaTIons sPECIalIsT                                  BUS 171 Technical Communications                            5
                                                                               CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                           5
Bellingham Technical College is a Microsoft IT Academy member.                 CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                      2
                                                                               CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                             4
                                                                               CAP 138 MS Word                                             5
The Computer Software Support Technology program prepares students             CAP 142 MS Excel                                            5
for employment in the computer technology field in jobs such as Com-           CAP 146 MS Access                                           5
puter Support Specialist, Technical Support, Computer Software Special-        CAP 148 MS Powerpoint                                       3
ist, or Help Desk Technician. It also prepares them for obtaining industry     CIS 145 Website Development                                 5
certifications such as Microsoft Certified Professional (MCP), A+, and Net-    CIS 160 Computer User Support I                             5
work+. Students will gain a working knowledge of a variety of computer         CIS 251 Script Programming                                  5
software and fundamental office and customer service skills as well as         CIS 276 Internship                                          6
specialized computer skills and knowledge outlined in the outcomes be-         IT 112    PC Hardware A+                                    8
low.                                                                           IT 141    Operating Systems A+                              8
                                                                               IT 160    Networking Technologies                           8
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in                     PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
word processing, customer service, spreadsheets, databases, presenta-             Departmental Electives                                  15
tion graphics, introductory programming concepts, web design, hard-            totaL: (approx. 5-6 quarters)                              104
ware, operating systems, and networking.
                                                                                                  gEnERal EDuCaTIon
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                                AAS
process.                                                                       BUS 171 Technical Communications                            5
                                                                               BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                            5
Students may enroll in Computer Software Support Technology at the
                                                                               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
start of each quarter. Admission is offered on a space available basis. Stu-
dents may enroll full-time or part-time.                                       totaL:                                                      15

                                                                                                  gEnERal EDuCaTIon
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with their program advi-
sor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are sequential and have                                        AAS-T
prerequisites.                                                                 ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
                                                                               MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
Classes are scheduled between 8:00am-11:00am, 12:00pm-3:00pm, and
                                                                                 OR
3:15pm-6:15pm. Degree-seeking students may need to attend several
                                                                               MATH& 107 Math In Society
quarters from 3:15pm- 6:15pm. Certificate students may need to attend
                                                                               PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
at least one quarter from 3:15pm-6:15pm. A schedule of course offerings
                                                                                 plUS
can be obtained from program advisors.
                                                                                 5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
It is estimated that a full-time student can complete the certificate re-        in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
quirements in three or four quarters. The degree requirements can be             These will vary by field of study in the degree.
completed in five to six quarters. Because not all courses are offered ev-
ery quarter, completion times may vary depending on when the student           totaL:                                                      20
first enrolls.
                                                                                        CoMPuTER aPPlICaTIons sPECIalIsT
                                                                                                           Certificate
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                            5
plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree      BUS 171 Technical Communications                            5
or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and      CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                           5
standards. In order to earn a Computer Software Support Degree or Com-         CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                      2
puter Applications Certificate, students must maintain a 2.0 grade point       CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                             4
average with no course grade below C (2.0).                                    CAP 138 MS Word                                             5
Students may successfully challenge CAP101, Introduction to Computers,         CAP 142 MS Excel                                            5
by passing the three IC3 Certification tests.                                  CAP 146 MS Access                                           5
                                                                               CAP 148 MS Powerpoint                                       3
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources             CIS 160 Computer User Support I                             5
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and              IT 112    PC Hardware A+                                    8
some of the required courses and electives are also offered online.               OR
                                                                               IT 141    Operating Systems A+                              8
                                                                                  OR
                                                                               IT 160    Networking Technologies                           8
                                                                               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
                                                                                  Departmental Electives                                   5
                                                                               totaL: (approx. 3-4 quarters)                               62


                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
46
                                                            ProGramS of Study                                                   2008-2010 CaTalog



             Construction Management                                                                   Culinary Arts
CERTIFICaTE - ConsTRuCTIon ManagEMEnT                                        DEgREE - CulInaRy aRTs
                                                                             CERTIFICaTE- PasTRy
This certificate is designed to meet the needs of the working student who    CERTIFICaTE - CulInaRy aRTs
has experience in some phase of the construction industry and wants
to specialize in construction management. Most courses are offered in
the evening; some may also be offered in the afternoon. The program          The Culinary Arts Program is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of
prepares people for careers in construction management, including su-        the American Culinary Federation Foundation.
perintendents, project managers, field engineers, estimators, foremen,
and other administrators. Students learn estimating, scheduling, project     The Culinary Arts program, which is taught by an award-winning faculty,
management, safety, and other skills that are critical in the construction   is designed to provide graduates with the skills and knowledge neces-
management field.                                                            sary to function as a professional in the hospitality industry in a sous chef,
                                                                             line cook, prep cook, or management position. The fast-growing food
Program outcomeS: Upon successful completion of the Construc-                service industry is one of top ten employers in the country. The American
tion Management program, you will be able to:                                Culinary Federation has recognized the program as one that meets the
   • Determine personnel, material, and financial resources necessary to     high educational standards set forth by the American Culinary Federa-
      manage construction projects.                                          tion Foundation. Students in an ACF accredited program receive the best
   • Synthesize information from building codes, zoning and other laws,      possible culinary arts training. Course work consists of theory, lab skill
      and manufacturers’ specifications.                                     development, and internships.
   • Communicate effectively with supervisors, subordinates, subcontrac-
      tors, customers, and regulatory personnel orally and in writing.       Program outcomeS: Culinary graduates will demonstrate knowl-
   • Write bids, contracts, and other construction management docu-          edge and skills of standards in sanitation, safety, personal hygiene, and
      ments in accordance with industry standards.                           pass the National Restaurant Association Educational Foundation Serve-
   • Use technology to obtain, organize, and distribute information.         Safe Managerial Certification. Graduates will prepare, cook, bake, and
    - Draw conclusions and make management decisions based on avail-         present a variety of foods in a flavorful and artistic manner; demonstrate
      able information.                                                      effective customer service, human relations and communication skills
                                                                             with co-workers, customers, and supervisors.
   • Demonstrate leadership, motivation, and problem solving skills in
      diverse and complex work situations.
   • Apply ethical business principles to construction management set-       aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
      tings.                                                                 process.
   • Describe under what conditions it would be appropriate to use vari-     Students may enroll in the Culinary Arts program at the start of fall or
      ous construction materials, methods, and systems.                      spring quarter on a space available basis.
   • Create schedules, budgets, and plans that can be monitored to keep
      projects going smoothly.                                               SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Specific courses will be offered each quar-
   • Demonstrate responsibility for safety planning and productivity in      ter. The sequence and schedule are available from the program instructor.
      construction management settings                                       Most first year classes will be offered from 8:00am to 4:00pm.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission                degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-      plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
quired evening courses on a space available basis. A program brochure is     or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and
available at the Counseling and Career Center.                               standards.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, generally
from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. Some courses have prerequisites.                      oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
                                                                             throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon               troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

              ConsTRuCTIon ManagEMEnT                                                                   CulInaRy aRTs
                              Certificate                                                                      Degree
  CONST 100 Computers in Construction                              3           CAP 101     Introduction to Computers                               5
    or CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                       COM 170     Oral & Written Communications                           5
  CONST 141 Blueprint Reading                                      3           CUl 110     Sanitation                                              3
  CONST 200 Basic Estimating                                       3           CUl 112     Introduction to the Hospitality Industry                3
  CONST 201 Contracts and Construction Law                         3           CUl 114     Culinary Skill Development I                            6
  CONST 220 Project Planning and Scheduling                        3           CUl 116     Meat Identification and Fabrication                     3
  CONST 250 Safety and Accident Prevention                         3           CUl 120     International and American Regional Cuisine             6
  CONST 251 Safety Plan Administration                             3           CUl 122     Culinary Skill Development II                           6
  CONST 260 Construction Project Management                        3
                                                                               CUl 124     Banquet and Catering Management                         3
  CONST 280 Building Codes                                         3
                                                                               CUl 140     garde Manger                                            6
  ENGR 101      Computer-Aided Design Level 1                      3
                                                                               CUl 142     Nutrition                                               3
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                     30
                                                                               CUl 144     Introduction to a la Carte Cookery                      5

                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                         47
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

  CUl 150 Culinary Arts Internship or Team Competition
  CUl 212 Breads, Cookies, and Tarts
                                                                 8
                                                                 7             Customer Service Management
  CUl 214 pies, Cakes, and Desserts                              7
  CUl 216 Introduction to Chocolates and Sugar Work              2
                                                                      CERTIFICaTE - CusToMER sERvICE ManagEMEnT
  CUl 220 Restaurant Management                                  7
                                                                      Customer service, or lack of it, is one of the hottest topics in business to-
  CUl 222 Hospitality Supervision                                4
                                                                      day. Quality customer service is now expected, no matter what type of
  CUl 224 Food and Beverage Service                              3
                                                                      business/service you are involved in. Quality customer service is expected
  CUl 230 A la Carte Restaurant                                  8
                                                                      whether the business is transacted on the phone, in person, or via the
  CUl 232 Food and Beverage Service lab                          5
                                                                      Internet. Various resources are available in one-day seminars, which can
  CUl 234 Capstone project and practical Exam                    3
                                                                      give some direction towards improving customer service, but managing
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                     5
                                                                      on a constant basis needs a more complete exploration. This short certifi-
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5
                                                                      cate is designed for the person who is currently in a lead, training, or su-
  totaL: (approx. 7 quarters)                                  118
                                                                      pervisory role, or whose career path involves a heavy emphasis on quality
                                                                      customer service. Students will learn to define areas in which customer
                                                                      service can be increased and to pinpoint areas where they never realized
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                      customer service is expected.
                                  AAS
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                          5
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                     5    Program outcomeS: Graduates will be able to demonstrate high
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5    quality customer principles and assist offices and other business entities
  totaL:                                                        15    in improving customer service and satisfaction.

                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                 AAS-T                                are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5     quired evening courses on a space available basis. It is recommended that
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5     students have good basic academic skills. A program brochure is avail-
    OR                                                                able at the Counseling and Career Center.
  MATH& 107 Math In Society
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5
    plUS                                                              SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, generally
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5     from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. Some courses may be offered in the afternoon.
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.            See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
  totaL:                                                        20    degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
                                                                      completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
                                PasTRy
                              Certificate
  CUl 110 Sanitation                                             3                 CusToMER sERvICE ManagEMEnT
  CUl 212 Breads, Cookies, and Tarts                             7                                   Certificate
  CUl 214 pies, Cakes, and Desserts                              7      BUS 140 Supervision & Management                       3
  CUl 216 Introduction to Chocolates and Sugar Work              2      MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics                3
  totaL: (approx. 1 quarter)                                    19      MGMT 101 Conflict Management                           1
                                                                        BUS 184 Customer Service                               3
                                                                        HRM 201 Management Of Human Resources: An Overview 3
                          CulInaRy aRTs                                 MGMT 104 Defining & Managing Quality Customer Service  3
                              Certificate                               BUS 141 Total quality Management                       2
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                          5      totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                           18
  CUl 110 Sanitation                                             3
  CUl 112 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry               3
  CUl 114 Culinary Skill Development I                           6
  CUl 116 Meat Identification and Fabrication                    3
  CUl 120 International and American Regional Cuisine            6
  CUl 122 Culinary Skill Development II                          6
  CUl 124 Banquet and Catering Management                        3
  CUl 140 garde Manger                                           6
  CUl 142 Nutrition                                              3
  CUl 144 Introduction to a la Carte Cookery                     5
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                     5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                   59




                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
48
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                                  2008-2010 CaTalog



                   Data Entry Specialist                                                              Dental Assisting
CERTIFICaTE - DaTa EnTRy sPECIalIsT                                            CERTIFICaTE - DEnTal assIsTIng

This program prepares students for careers in data entry. Students not         The Dental Assisting Program is accredited by the Commission on Dental
only work independently, but also learn in structured                          Accreditation. The Commission is a specialized accrediting body recog-
                                                                               nized by the U.S. Department of Education.
class sessions. Emphasis is placed on hands-on learning and application.
Skills needed for success in today’s workforce are interwoven throughout
the program. With the help of a program advisor, students declare their        The Dental Assisting program prepares the student to be a key member
career goals when entering the program or after working through course         of the dental team and assist the operator chair-side during diagnostic,
material and further identifying their personal strengths                      preventive and operative dental procedures, including exposing x-rays,
Program content requires the application of basic math, technical read-        placing sealants, polishing teeth, preparing dental materials and placing
ing, and communication skills.                                                 temporary restorations. The college operates a dental clinic that is open to
                                                                               the public on Thursdays and Fridays, and is staffed with a dentist, dental
                                                                               hygienist, clinic manager, clinical instructor and certified dental assistant.
Program outcomeS: Graduates will be able to enter data into spread-            The clinic provides students with clinical experiences, including 4-hand-
sheets and databases in a timely and accurate manner.                          ed expanded function chair-side practice and equipment maintenance
                                                                               using a variety of delivery systems. The clinic fully incorporates the appli-
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                cation of infection control, digital x-ray and dental software. Students are
process. Directions for application are on page XX.                            expected to complete the national certification exam (Dental Assistant
                                                                               National Board) or meet other comparable certification requirements by
Students may enroll in this program at the start of each quarter. Admis-       program completion.
sion is offered on a space available basis. Students may enroll full-time or
part-time.
                                                                               Program outcomeS: Apply academic, technical and professional
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by                   skills to effectively contribute to the dental health team;
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are se-       Apply cognitive retention of dental terminology, theory and science;
quential and have prerequisites. A schedule of course offerings can be         Expose and evaluate intraoral and extraoral radiographs implementing
obtained from program advisors.                                                radiation safety and processing skills;
It is estimated that a full-time student can complete Data Entry Special-      Verify critical thinking, problem solving and positive work ethics as they
ist in two quarters. Because not all courses are offered every quarter,        directly relate to the dental assistant profession; and
completion times may vary depending on which quarter the student first         Validate the importance of National Certification and participation in pro-
enrolls.                                                                       fessional activities and education opportunities.

degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                 aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
completion and verification of all requirements and standards. In order        process.
to earn a Data Entry Specialist certificate, students must maintain a 2.0
                                                                               To be eligible for admision to the Dental Assisting program, applicants
grade point average with no course grade below C (2.0). Students may
                                                                               must meet college admission requirements and submit additional ma-
successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by passing
                                                                               terials, including evidence of high school graduation or its equivalent.
the three IC3 Certification tests.
                                                                               Acceptable documents include a copy of your high school diploma, high
                                                                               school transcript, or GED certificate. Applicants must also prove evidence
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources             of taking the HOBET (Health Occupations Basic Entrance Test).
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
                                                                               To be eligible for the program ready list, all general education courses
                                                                               must be completed. Students may take the general education courses
                     DaTa EnTRy sPECIalIsT                                     in any quarter. Transcripts must be submitted for all general education
                                                                               courses to be eligible for the program ready list.
                               Certificate
  BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                              3
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                 5          After acceptance to be on the program ready list for the Dental Assisting
  CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                            2          program, and prior to the beginning of the dental courses, students are
  CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                   4          required to:
  CAP 110 Data Entry                                                3             - Be 18 years of age
  CAP 142 MS Excel                                                  5             - Demonstrate satisfactory oral health by dental examination
  CAP 146 MS Access                                                 5
                                                                                  - Demonstrate satisfactory health status by physical examination and
    Departmental Electives                                         13
                                                                                     current immunization status
  totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                                      40
                                                                                  - Provide evidence of negative test for tuberculosis from physician or
                                                                                     health department
                                                                                  - Complete hepatitis B immunization series. (Students should note
                                                                                     that the cost of this immunization is estimated to be approximately
                                                                                     $150.00.)
                                                                                  - Possess and maintain a current CPR card. Minimum CPR required is

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                         49
2008-2010 CaTalog                                          ProGramS of Study
     HO 127 - Healthcare Provider (6 hr).

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students begin by completing their gen-
eral education courses. The Dental Assisting program is a three quarter
sequence with fall and spring entry. Students are generally in class from
                                                                                                    Dental Hygiene
8:00am-3:00pm. All students will have the summer quarter off. General        DEgREE - aas-T DEnTal hygIEnE
education courses must be taken first to be elibible for the program ready
list.                                                                        The Dental Hygiene program is designed to prepare students to become
Extramural clinical experience requires a minimum of 200 clinical hours      Dental Hygienists. The Dental Hygiene program is designed as sequential
by the end of the final quarter. The clinical schedule varies according to   courses that fulfill the educational objectives established be the American
the dental office hours and students must be available to meet the ar-       Dental Association (ADA) Commission on Dental Accreditation. The pro-
ranged schedule.                                                             gram consists of classroom instruction and clinical experiences including
                                                                             dental hygiene clinical experience in an on-campus patient care clinic.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon               Upon successful completion students will earn an Associate of Applied
completion and verification of all requirements and standards. Students      Science—Transfer degree from Bellingham Technical College and will be
must receive a minimum of (B) 3.0 in all clinical courses and a (C) 2.0 or   eligible to take the National Board Examination.
above in all academic courses to receive a certificate. Students wanting
transferable credits can replace BIO 105 with the following 3 courses:       Program outcomeS:
BIOL& 160, BIOL& 241, and BIOL&242.                                            • Demonstrate current dental hygiene techniques, the use and applica-
                                                                                 tion of dental materials, and safety and health standards;
                        DEnTal assIsTIng                                       • Demonstrate cognitive retention of dental terminology, theory and
                              Certificate                                        science;
  COM 170      Oral & Written Communications                       5           • Demonstrate positive work ethics, team skills, and professionalism;
    OR                                                                         • Demonstrate a foundation in professionalism through participation
  ENGL& 101    English Composition I                               5             in professional activities and education opportunities;
  MATH& 107    Math In Society                                     5           • Incorporate into dental hygiene practice professional laws, regula-
    OR                                                                           tions and policies established by the licensing state and regulatory
  MATH 100     Occupational Math                                   5             agencies;
  PSYC 111     Interpersonal Psychology                            5
    OR                                                                         • patient/Client Care: planning - Formulate a comprehensive dental
  PSYC& 100    General Psychology                                  5             hygiene care plan in collaboration with the client and other health
  BIO 105      Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                  5             professionals & evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented client/
  DEN 105      Head & Neck Anatomy                                 2             patient dental hygiene care plan, modify as needed.
  DEN 100      Introduction to Dental Assisting                    1           • patient/Client Care: Implementation - provide preventive and thera-
  HLTH 133     HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional                   1             peutic services that promote oral health according to the needs of
  HO 127       Healthcare Provider CPR                           0.6             the patient/client.
  DEN 110      Dental Foundations                                  5
  DEN 112      Chairside Assisting                                 7         aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
  DEN 114      Dental Sciences                                     4         process.
  DEN 115      Dental Clinic Practicum I                           6
                                                                             To apply for consideration for admission to the program, applicants must
  DEN 120      Patient Assessment                                  8
                                                                             submit a complete application packet. Incomplete application packets
  DEN 122      Chairside Assisting II                              6
                                                                             will not be considered. Information and application packets and applica-
  DEN 124      Radiography                                         3
                                                                             tion deadlines are posted on the BTC website at: www.btc.ctc.edu. The
  DEN 125      Dental Clinical Practicum II                        4
                                                                             following application packet materials are required:
  DEN 130      Preventive Dentistry                                3
  DEN 132      Dental Specialties                                  1            • Completed BTC admissions application and pay $76.90 fee
  DEN 134      Laboratory Procedures                               2            • Official transcripts containing evidence of successful completion of
  DEN 135      Dental Clinic Practicum III                         4              prerequisite courses with a 2.7 or better
  DEN 137      Extramural Practicum                              10             • HOBET score sheet
  totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                     87            • Dental Hygiene Application
                                                                                • Student prerequisite History form
                                                                                • Dental Hygiene Observation form
                                                                                • Candidate Information form
                                                                                • Copy of Dental Assistant (CDA) certificate (optional)

                                                                               Submit complete application packets to:
                                                                                  Bellingham Technical College
                                                                                  Admissions – Dental Hygiene
                                                                                  3028 Lindbergh Avenue
                                                                                  Bellingham, WA 98225-1599




                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
50
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                                 2008-2010 CaTalog




After acceptance into the Dental Hygiene program and prior to register-                              Diesel Technology
 ing for the first quarter the student is required to:                          DEgREE - DIEsEl TEChnology
   • Demonstrate satisfactory health status by a physical examination,          CERTIFICaTE - DIEsEl DRIvE TRaIn/BRakEs/
     including current immunization status; provide documentation of             susPEnsIon/sTEERIng/ElECTRICal ElECTRonIC
     negative PPD testing, negative chest x-ray, or appropriate treatment;
     complete hepatitis B immunization series within the first 6 months of       sysTEMs
     the program; and current tetanus vaccination                               CERTIFICaTE - DIEsEl EngInE & ElECTRICal
   • Be 18 years of age                                                          ElECTRonIC sysTEMs
   • Demonstrate satisfactory oral health by dental examination                 CERTIFICaTE - DIEsEl hyDRaulICs PREvEnTaTIvE
   • Submit Criminal Disclosure questionnaire for a background check             MaInTEnanCE
     verifying that there is not a history of child or adult abuse, financial
     exploitation of vulnerable adults, or other crimes against persons as      The Diesel Technology Program is a NATEF/ASE Certified Program.
     defined in RCW 43.43
                                                                                Diesel Equipment Technology is certified by ASE (Automotive Service Ex-
The Dental Hygiene Program will have a selective admissions process.            cellence) as a Medium/Heavy Duty Truck Training Program.
Students, who submit a complete application packet and meet the                 This assures that the curriculum follows the stringent standards identi-
prerequisite requirements with a 2.7 or above, will be considered for           fied by NATEF (National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation).
admission to the program. It is estimated that a full time student will         BTC has one of only three ASE certified training programs in Washington
complete the program in 7 quarters.                                             State.
BTC DENTAl HygIENE pREREqUISITES                                                The AAS degree program combines current technology in the classroom
  • English Composition I (ENgl& 101)*                                          and computer lab, with self-paced instruction and practicum/shop expe-
  • English Composition II (ENgl& 102)*                                         rience.The Caterpillar Basics Library is used in a modern 24 station com-
  • general psychology (pSyC& 100)*                                             puter lab as an important component
  • Intro to Sociology (SOC& 101)*                                              in this program. This is just one of the enhancements as a result of a recent
  • Introduction to Speech Communication (SpCH 100)                             facility renovation of over one million dollars. Modules in Electrical/Elec-
  • pre-Calculus I (MATH& 141)* or Math in Society (MATH& 107)*                 tronics, Hydraulics, Failure Analysis, and Diesel Engines are included in a
  • Human A & p 1 (BIOl& 241)*                                                  self-paced CD-ROM format. A Clayton 1000 HP dynamometer is utilized in
  • Human A & p 2 (BIOl& 242)*                                                  engine testing with computer diagnostics for understanding of modern
  • Intro to Chemistry (CHEM& 121)*                                             fuel and control systems. Notebook computers and engine simulators are
  • Intro to Organic Chemistry                                                  used in conjunction with the dynamometer.
  • Microbiology (BIOl& 260)*                                                   Program content follows the ASE areas of Electrical/Electronics, Preven-
  • Human Nutrition (NUTR 150)*                                                 tive Maintenance, Brakes, Steering/Suspension, Drive Train, and Diesel
                                                                                Engines, plus modules in welding and hydraulics. Great emphasis is given
  *Courses offered at Bellingham Technical College. Courses not                 to leading edge technologies in the diesel field.The program emphasizes
  marked with an asterisk may be taken at Whatcom Community                     the development of appropriate work habits and attitudes, leadership,
  College (WCC) or Skagit Valley College (SVC).                                 interpersonal communications and teamwork skills, customer service
                                                                                competencies, as well as the technical skills necessary for employment.
SequeNce & ScheduLe:The Dental Hygiene program will begin                       Students will be required to participate in work-based learning where
winter quarter 2009. It is estimated that a full-time student will              they will be working in an actual shop under the guidance of experienced
complete the program in 7 quarters. Classes are held between the hours          technicians and the instructor. They may be employed in the transporta-
of 8am-6pm and students may have a varying schedule.                            tion, construction, marine, agricultural, public transportation, and equip-
                                                                                ment rental industries.
                     DEnTal hygIEnE aas-T
                                  AAS-T                                         Program outcomeS: Graduates will use appropriate clothing and
                                                                                protective gear and practice ergonomically correct strategies/technolo-
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                    5          gies to safeguard against injuries in the workplace. They will read and
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5          interpret a variety of schematics from a variety of sources to repair die-
    OR                                                                          sel equipment; troubleshoot and repair common problems using ap-
  MATH& 107 Math In Society                                          5          propriate testing equipment, procedures and information systems; act
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                       5          responsibly and ethically as an employee by being punctual, adhering to
    plUS                                                                        company policies and interacting positively and appropriately with co-
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted           5          workers, supervisors and customers; research, train and stay current with
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.                      new and emerging heavy equipment technologies; and review, interpret
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.                            and convey written, verbal and graphic information to communicate ef-
  totaL: (approx. 7 quarters)                                 120 crs           fectively with co-workers, management and customers.




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                         51
2008-2010 CaTalog                                              ProGramS of Study

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                       gEnERal EDuCaTIon
process.                                                                                                           AAS
Students enroll in the program at the start of fall, winter, or spring quar-       COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                       5
ter. Other enrollment times may be available by instructor                         MATH 100 Occupational Math                                  5
permission. Part-time enrollment may be available during the morning               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
section with instructor permission. Students must have a valid driver’s li-        totaL:                                                     15
cense and be insurable to participate in Applied Diesel Concepts courses.
Safety glasses (required), tools, coveralls, and work boots are not supplied                          gEnERal EDuCaTIon
and are the students’ responsibility. A tool list is available from the in-                                       AAS-T
structors. It is advisable that students be 18 years of age by the start of the    ENGL& 101 English Composition I                            5
second quarter for the work-based learning component.                              MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                    5
                                                                                     OR
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: You may enter Diesel Equipment Technol-                     MATH& 107 Math In Society
ogy fall, winter or spring quarter. For your first quarter you will enroll in      PSYC& 100 General Psychology                               5
Trans 101, 102, and 103 plus at least one Gen Ed class (PSYC 111, COM 170            plUS
or MATH 100). The preferred sequence is to take PSYC 111 first, then COM             5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted   5
170, and lastly MATH 100. While taking the Transportation Core during                in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
your first quarter, we recommend that you register into a morning MWF                These will vary by field of study in the degree.
or an evening Gen Ed class so we can schedule your afternoons for lab              totaL:                                                     20
sessions. Lab sessions will be scheduled Tuesday and Thursday afternoon.
Students who start winter quarter will need to take other Gen Ed class in         DIEsEl DRIvE TRaIn/BRakEs/susPEnsIon/sTEERIng/
spring quarter, outside of the normal Diesel courses. Students who wish
to take one Diesel course per quarter must start in fall quarter in Trans
                                                                                          ElECTRICal ElECTRonIC sysTEMs
101, Basic Transportation Service & Systems I.                                                                 Certificate
                                                                                   DET 126 Electrical/Electronics III                          4
Full-time students will generally finish in seven quarters; summer is re-
                                                                                   DET 203 Drive Train                                         3
quired.
                                                                                   DET 204 Air Brakes                                          5
                                                                                   DET 205 Suspension/Steering                                 5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                    TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
plied Science degree, an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree            TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and          TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
standards.                                                                         totaL: (approx. 2-3 quarters)                              32

oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources                DIEsEl EngInE & ElECTRICal ElECTRonIC sysTEMs
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-                                          Certificate
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.                              DET 104 Hydraulic Brakes                                    2
                                                                                   DET 106 Electrical/Electronics I                            4
                                                                                   DET 202 Diesel Engines                                     13
                       DIEsEl TEChnology
                                                                                   TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
                                  Degree                                           TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                                5           TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
  DET 104 Hydraulic Brakes                                             2           totaL: (approx. 2-3 quarters)                              34
  DET 106 Electrical/Electronics I                                     4
  DET 116 Electrical/Electronics II                                    4
  DET 126 Electrical/Electronics III                                   4                        vEhIClE sERvICE TEChnICIan
  DET 129 Applied Diesel Concepts I                                   12
  DET 139 Applied Diesel Concepts II                                  12
                                                                                                               Certificate
                                                                                   TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
  DET 201 Hydraulics                                                   8
                                                                                   TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
  DET 202 Diesel Engines                                              13
                                                                                   TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
  DET 203 Drive Train                                                  3
  DET 204 Air Brakes                                                   5           totaL: (approx. 1 quarter)                                 15
  DET 205 Suspension/Steering                                          5
  DET 208 Preventive Maintenance                                       6
  DET 239 Applied Diesel Concepts III                                 13
                                                                                   DIEsEl hyDRaulICs PREvEnTaTIvE MaInTEnanCE
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                           5                                       Certificate
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                    5           DET 116 Electrical/Electronics II                           4
  TRANS 101Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                            5           DET 201 Hydraulics                                          8
  TRANS 102Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                           5           DET 208 Preventive Maintenance                              6
  TRANS 103Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                          5           TRANS 101 Basic Trans. Service & Systems I                  5
  totaL: (approx. 7 quarters)                                        121           TRANS 102 Basic Trans. Service & Systems II                 5
                                                                                   TRANS 103 Basic Trans. Service & Systems III                5
                                                                                   totaL: (approx. 2-3 quarters)                              33




                                                      PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
52
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                              2008-2010 CaTalog



                             Education                                         Students may apply for an Associate in Applied Science-Transfer degree
                                                                               upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards. The
DEgREE - PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon                                      application process is listed on page 74. Students must maintain a 2.0
                                                                               grade point average with no course grade below C (2.0) to earn a de-
CERTIFICaTE - CaREER & TEChnICal EDuCaTIon                                     gree.

The Professional Technical Education Associate in Applied Sciences Trans-      oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
fer degree will provide a structured degree pathway in education for           throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
post-secondary professional-technical educators, providing them with           troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
an educational continuum toward a baccalaureate in education. The de-
gree structure—designed around the Washington State Skill Standards
for Professional-Technical College and Customized Trainers—will provide                 PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
leadership and technical skills beyond those required for professional-
                                                                                                              Degree
technical certification.
The curriculum for this program is entirely competency based, with skills        pROFESSIONAl TECHNICAl CORE EDUCATION COURSEWORk:
and their associated tasks mirroring industry and Skill Standards re-            EDUC 200 Introduction To Teaching professional Technical  3
quirements. The curriculum is designed as a series of discreet extended            Education
learning courses, thusly, is not offered as a full-time immersion program.       EDUC 207 Teaching & Facilitating learning: level I        3
Students are rated according to their mastery of these skills/tasks at pre-      EDUC 209 Teaching & Facilitating learning: level II       3
determined industry standards of performance.                                    EDUC 211 planning For Instruction                         3
This program is designed specifically for post-secondary professional-           EDUC 216 Assessment For learning                          3
technical educators who are employed on a 50 percent or greater basis.           EDUC 231 learning Environment Management                  3
Approval of the Dean overseeing the education courses is required.               EDUC 175 Achieving Information literacy                   1
Program goaL: The program will provide students with a blend of                  HLTH 150 First Aid Industrial                             1
academic, professional-technical teaching, and experiential learning op-           Required: 20                                           20
portunities needed to be an effective faculty member and professional-
technical teacher.                                                               pROFESSIONAl TECHNICAl ApplICATIONS COURSEWORk:
                                                                                 EDUC 251 Teaching practicum 1                      12
                                                                                 EDUC 299 professional Technical Education Capstone  5
Program outcomeS:                                                                  Required:17
Facilitate well-organized learner-centered instructional activities and les-
  sons that actively engage students and promote achievement of stu-             RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES: (33 CREDITS CHOSEN FROM
  dent learning outcomes;                                                        FOLLOWING:)
Create quality instructional materials in support of curriculum outcomes         EDUC 252 Teaching practicum 2                               12
  and diverse learning styles;                                                   CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                            5
Design authentic, appropriate assessment tools as part of the learning           EDUC 199 professional Technical Specialization              12
  process linked to student learning outcomes;                                   EDUC 261 Industry Based professional Development             5
                                                                                 EDUC 262 Advanced Industry Based professional Development6
Analyze instructional strategies implemented in career and technical pro-
                                                                                 EDUC 221 leadership Development                              3
  grams;
                                                                                 EDUC 226 learning Styles                                     3
Analyze leadership styles, strategic planning, program development us-           EDUC 236 Occupational Analysis                               3
  ing a DACUM, and total quality management;                                     EDUC 241 learning & Adapting New Technologies                5
Manage and maintain an effective learning environment; and                       EDUC 246 The Adult learner                                   3
Perform faculty administrative functions.                                        EDUC 256 program Management, promotion, and Recruitment 5
                                                                                 EDUC 257 Current Topics For professional Technical Educators 6
                                                                                 EDUC 275 Career & Technical Education Internship             3
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                    Degree total: 90
process.
Students may enroll in this degree or certificate program at the start of          Note: List of electives is not all-inclusive. Students
each quarter. Admissions is offered on a space available basis. Approval           should seek guidance regarding other coursework or
of the Dean overseeing the education courses is required. Students may             acceptability of courses taken previously.
enroll full-time or part-time.                                                   totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                  90

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Some classes are se-
quential and have pre-requisites. A schedule of course offerings can be
obtained from program advisors.
 It is estimated that a student can complete the degree requirements in
six quarters and the certificate program in three quarters. Not all courses
are offered every quarter so completion times may vary depending on
which quarter the student first enrolls.

degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for the certificate upon
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                          Education Requirements continued on next page

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                   53
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                 AAS-T
                                                                                                  Electrician
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5     DEgREE - ElECTRICIan
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
    OR                                                                The Electrician program prepares students for the electrical industry, in-
  MATH& 107 Math In Society                                           cluding residential, industrial, and commercial jobs. The AAS degree pro-
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5     gram emphasizes the development of electrician skills along with com-
    plUS                                                              munication and interpersonal skills to be successful at the workplace.
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5     The curriculum starts with basic math and electrical theory and advances
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.            to complex systems building upon the knowledge and skills acquired
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.                  throughout the program. Classroom instruction and practicum/lab in-
  totaL:                                                        20    struction provide opportunities for students to achieve the competencies
                                                                      to maintain existing electrical systems, new electrical construction and
                                                                      other electrical jobs.
            CaREER & TEChnICal EDuCaTIon                              Graduates applying to the Department of Labor and Industries for a spe-
                                                                      cialty electrical license can be credited with supervised work experience
                              Certificate                             per RCW 19.28.191 and WAC 296-46B-940 as follows: Residential (02) -
  EDUC 175 Achieving Information literacy                       1     1,752 hours of work experience; Nonresidential Maintenance (07) - 1,752
  EDUC 200 Introduction To Teaching professional Technical      3     hours of work experience and Equipment Repair (07E) - 1,000 hours of
    Education                                                         work experience. According to Department of Labor and Industries
  EDUC 207 Teaching & Facilitating learning: level I             3    guidelines, this credit may be applied towards the necessary hours of
  EDUC 209 Teaching & Facilitating learning: level II            3    work experience for only one of the licenses listed above.
  EDUC 211 planning For Instruction                              3
  EDUC 216 Assessment For learning                               3
  EDUC 231 learning Environment Management                       3    Program outcomeS:
  HLTH 150 First Aid Industrial                                  1      Successful program graduates will:
  totaL: (approx 3 quarters)                                    20      Design, analyze, and diagnose basic electrical systems through the ap-
                                                                        plication of electrical theory fundamentals;
                                                                        Ensure safe work practices and installations through compliance with
                                                                        national, state, and local regulations and industry standards including
                                                                        the National Electrical Code and WAC/RCW;
                                                                        Use proper tools and test equipment to construct and maintain power,
                                                                        lighting, signaling, and control systems in residential, commercial and
                                                                        industrial settings;
                                                                        Install new and modify existing electrical systems and components uti-
                                                                        lizing appropriate wiring methods and materials;
                                                                        Estimate costs of labor and material for small electrical projects;
                                                                        Exhibit professional and personal conduct and appearance appropri-
                                                                        ate to the workplace; and
                                                                        Communicate clearly with team members, supervisors, and others in
                                                                        the workplace, effectively using oral communication as well as draw-
                                                                        ings, blueprints, and other documents.

                                                                      aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                      process.
                                                                      Students may enroll in the Electrician program at the start of each quarter
                                                                      on a space available basis.

                                                                      SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Electrician student will complete a
                                                                      specific course requirement sequence based on date of enrollment. Stu-
                                                                      dents will be advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and
                                                                      schedule of classes. Currently, classes are held in two separate cohorts
                                                                      from 8:00am to 3:00pm pm and 12:00pm to 6:30pm.

                                                                      degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
                                                                      plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science-Transfer degree
                                                                      upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.




                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
54
                                                           ProGramS of Study                                          2008-2010 CaTalog


                          ElECTRICIan
                              Degree
                                                                              Electro Mechanical Technology
COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5     DEgREE - ElECTRo MEChanICal TEChnology
ELEC 100 Introduction to Electrician Trade                    1     CERTIFICaTE - CaREER & TEChnICal TEChnology
ELEC 101 Electricity I                                       14
ELEC 102 Electricity II                                      13     The Electro Mechanical Technology (EMTEC) program prepares stu-
ELEC 103 Electricity III                                     12     dents with the knowledge and skills required for success as an industrial
ELEC 104 Electricity IV                                      14     maintenance technician (often referred to as industrial electricians, mill-
ELEC 105 Occupational Safety                                  1     wrights, or stationary engineers). The EMTEC graduate will have a broad
ElEC 119 Electric Zone Heating                                1     range of knowledge and skills as they work with mechanical, electrical
ELEC 123 Soldering                                            1     and electronic systems. This program will appeal especially to students
ELEC 160 Environmental Awareness                              1     who want a broad knowledge about various industrial processes includ-
ELEC 191 Leadership                                           1     ing electricity, hydraulics, pneumatics, engineering graphics, welding,
ELEC 192 Job Preparation                                      1     boilers, etc. The program uses hybrid online instruction, classroom lec-
ELEC 201A Residential Wiring                                 13     tures and labs. Graduates will have the opportunity to work in a variety
ELEC 205 Motor Control Diagrams I                             3     of industrial settings including advanced manufacturing operations, par-
ELEC 207 Motor Control Diagrams II                            7     ticularly petrochemical, refining, pharmaceuticals, chemical, value-added
ELEC 208 Programmable Controllers                             7     wood products, pulp and paper, power generation and utilities, waste-
ELEC 209 Conduit I                                            1     water treatment facilities as well as in smaller facility maintenance. The
ELEC 210 Conduit II                                           1     program is offered in late afternoon and evening classes. The program
ELEC 211 Solid State Devices                                  1     consists of common core courses with two options in Electrical or Me-
ELEC 213 Warehouse Work                                       1     chanical maintenance with some elective courses.
MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                 109     Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in the
                                                                    fundamentals of electrical safety, electrical and electronic repair, basic hy-
                                                                    draulics and pneumatic circuits, programmable controls, mechanics and
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                welding. Demonstrate competency in oral and written communication
                                AAS                                 and interpersonal relations.
COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5
MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5     aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5     process.
totaL:                                                       15     Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may require
                                                                    preparatory coursework. Students may enroll in the Electro Mechanical
                                                                    Technician program at the start of each quarter.
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                               AAS-T
ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5       SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The EMTEC student will complete a
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5       course requirement sequence based on date of enrollment. Students
  OR                                                                  will be advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and
MATH& 107 Math In Society                                             schedule of classes
PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5     Many classes will have a combination of in class and hybrid online con-
  plUS                                                              tent or simulation. Generally, classroom instruction is offered in the after-
  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5     noon & evening.
  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
  These will vary by field of study in the degree.                  degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
totaL:                                                       20     plied Science or Association of Applied Science - Transfer degree upon
                                                                    completion and verification of all requirements and standards and a one
                                                                    year certificate.

                                                                    DEgREE STUDENTS must complete general education requirements (15-
                                                                    20 credits) and quarters one and two (38 credits), plus a minimum of 60
                                                                    additional degree credits.

                                                                    CERTIFICATE STUDENTS must complete general education requirements
                                                                    (15 credits) and quarters one and two (38 credits), plus a minimum of 12
                                                                    additional degree credits

                                                                               ElECTRo MEChanICal TEChnology
                                                                                                      Degree
                                                                      CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                   5
                                                                      COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                               5
                                                                      EMTEC 101 Basic Electricity                                         5
                                                                      EMTEC 103 Electrical Circuits                                       5

                Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                              55
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

                                                                           Electronics - Biomedical Equipment
  EMTEC 105 Trade Safety / CPR / First Aid               3
  EMTEC 121 Fundamentals Of Hydraulic & Pneumatics       5
  EMTEC 123 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Circuits           5
  EMTEC 125 Applied Mechanics                            3            DEgREE - ElECTRonICs - BIoMEDICal EquIPMEnT
  EMTEC 126 Engineering Graphics                         3
  EMTEC 173 EMTEC Basic Welding                          3            The Electronics-Biomedical Equipment Technician program prepares stu-
  MATH 100       Occupational Math                       5            dents for employment as technicians in the biomedical equipment indus-
  PSYC 111       Interpersonal Psychology                5            try. Biomed equipment technicians work in hospitals and clinics repair-
    Electrician Option                                                ing, calibrating and performing preventative maintenance on a variety of
  EMTEC 201 AC Components and Measurements               5            medical equipment. Biomed techs may also be field service technicians,
  EMTEC 203 Electricity IV                               3            traveling to clinics and hospitals, or be involved in the manufacturing
  EMTEC 205 Programmable Logic Controllers               4            process. Training in the growing NANO/Micro Systems field is included
  EMTEC 206 Making PLC’s Work for You                    3
  EMTEC 211 Electrical Controls I                        5            Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
  EMTEC 212 Electrical Controls II                       5            electrical/electronic safety, direct current, alternating current, basic test
  EMTEC 214 Electronic Circuits I                        5            equipment, semiconductors, op-amps, digital systems, and troubleshoot-
  EMTEC 215 Electronic Circuits II                       5            ing along with competency in biomedical equipment technology.
  EMTEC 217 Instrumentation                              5
  EMTEC 218 Introduction to National Electrical Code     3
  EMTEC 250 Capstone Project                             9            aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
    Electrician Option Electives                                      process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may
  EMTEC 133 Introduction to Machinery Skills             4            require preparatory coursework.
  EMTEC 135 HVAC Basics                                  4            Students may enroll in the Electronics-Biomedical Equipment Technician
  EMTEC 136 Introduction to Residential Wiring           4            program at the start of fall, winter or spring quarter or at other times with
  EMTEC 137 Renewable Energy Source                      4            instructor permission.
    Mechanical Options
  EMTEC 131 Rigging                                      3            SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students must complete courses in a spe-
  EMTEC 175 EMTEC Advanced Welding                       4            cific sequence based on date of program entry. Program instructors will
  EMTEC 221 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Systems            5            advise students regarding the scheduling of required courses.
  EMTEC 223 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Analysis and
                 Maintenance                             5
  EMTEC 231 Bearings and Drives                          5            degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
  EMTEC 232 Drive Alignment-Conveyors and Machining Systems           plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
                                                         5            upon completion and verification of required courses and standards. Stu-
  EMTEC 234 Valves, Pumps and Traps                      5            dents may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by
  EMTEC 235 Boilers and Combustion Technology            5            passing the three IC3 Certification tests.
  EMTEC 237 Computerized Maintenance and Management
                 Systems                                 5            oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
  EMTEC 250 Capstone Project                             9            throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
    Mechanical Option Electives                                       troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
  EMTEC 133 Introduction to Machinery Skills             4
  EMTEC 135 HVAC Basics                                  4
  EMTEC 136 Introduction to Residential Wiring           4                     ElECTRonICs - BIoMEDICal EquIPMEnT
  EMTEC 137 Renewable Energy Source                      4                                             Degree
  totaL: (approx. 9-12 quarters part-time)             112              CAP 101     Introduction to Computers                              5
                                                                        COM 170     Oral & Written Communications                          5
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                  CTE 290     Job Search                                             4
                                  AAS                                   ELTR 100    DC 1                                                   4
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                          5      ELTR 105    DC 2                                                   4
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                     5      ELTR 110    AC 1                                                   4
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5      ELTR 115    AC 2                                                   4
  totaL:                                                        15      ELTR 120    Semiconductors 1                                       5
                                                                        ELTR 125    Semiconductors 2                                       5
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                  ELTR 130    OP-AMPS 1                                              3
                                 AAS-T                                  ELTR 135    OP-AMPS 2                                              3
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
    OR
  MATH& 107 Math In Society
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5
    plUS
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
  totaL:                                                        20

                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
56
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                               2008-2010 CaTalog


  ELTR 140 Digital 1                                                 5          Sequence and Schedule: Students must complete courses in a specific se-
  ELTR 145 Digital 2                                                 5          quence based on date of program entry. Program instructors will advise
  ETEC 152 Microprocessors                                           6          students regarding the scheduling of required courses.
  ETEC 201 Test Equip & Trouble-Shooting                             5
  ETEC 205 Troubleshooting                                           5          degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
  ETEC 210 Electronic Communications                                10          plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
  ETEC 214 Nano Technology                                           5          upon completion and verification of required courses and standards. Stu-
  ETEC 236 Photonics 1                                               5          dents may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by
  ETEC 241 Photonics 2                                               5          passing the three IC3 Certification tests.
  ETEC 245 Sensors, Transducers, & Control Circuits                  6
  ETEC 270 Biomedical Equipment                                      6          oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
  ETEC 272 Biomedical Certification Test Prep                        5          throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
  HT 126    Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                      5          troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5
    Optional                                                                               ElECTRonICs - CoMPuTER sysTEMs
  ETEC 294 Work Based Learning                                       3                                          Degree
  ETEC 295 Work Based Learning                                       6            CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                              5
  totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                      129            COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                          5
                                                                                  CTE 290 Job Search                                             4
                                                                                  ELTR 100 DC 1                                                  4
                      gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                           ELTR 105 DC 2                                                  4
                                   AAS                                            ELTR 110 AC 1                                                  4
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                              5            ELTR 115 AC 2                                                  4
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5            ELTR 120 Semiconductors 1                                      5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5            ELTR 125 Semiconductors 2                                      5
                                                                                  ELTR 130 OP-AMPS 1                                             3
  totaL:                                                            15
                                                                                  ELTR 135 OP-AMPS 2                                             3
                      gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                           ELTR 140 Digital 1                                             5
                                                                                  ELTR 145 Digital 2                                             5
                                  AAS-T                                           ETEC 152 Microprocessors                                       6
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                    5            ETEC 201 Test Equip & Trouble-Shooting                         5
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5            ETEC 205 Troubleshooting                                       5
    OR                                                                            ETEC 210 Electronic Communications                            10
  MATH& 107 Math In Society                                                       ETEC 214 Nano Technology                                       5
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                       5            ETEC 230 Intro To Routers And Switches                         5
    plUS                                                                          IT 112     PC Hardware A+                                      8
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted           5            IT 141     Operating Systems A+                                8
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.                        IT 160     Networking Technologies                             8
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.                              MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                        5
  totaL:                                                            20            PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5
                                                                                     Optional

         Electronics - Computer Systems                                           ETEC 294 Work Based Learning
                                                                                  ETEC 295 Work Based Learning
                                                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                                                 6
DEgREE - ElECTRonICs - BIoMEDICal EquIPMEnT                                       totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                  126

The Electronics-Computer Systems Technician program prepares stu-                                    gEnERal EDuCaTIon
dents for employment as technicians in the computer industry. Computer                                            AAS
systems are a vital part of nearly every business. This degree option offers
A+, NET+, and Cisco Certified Network Administrator training. By gaining          COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                           5
a solid foundation in electronics, including Electronic Communications            MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
and NANO Technology, graduates become well-rounded computer sys-                  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
tems technicians.                                                                 totaL:                                                         15

Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in                                           gEnERal EDuCaTIon
electrical/electronic safety, direct current, alternating current, basic test                                    AAS-T
equipment, semiconductors, op-amps, digital systems, and troubleshoot-            ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5
ing along with competency in computer systems technology.                         MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
                                                                                    OR
                                                                                  MATH& 107 Math In Society
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                                  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5
process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may
                                                                                    plUS
require preparatory coursework.
                                                                                    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5
Students may enroll in the Electronics-Biomedical Equipment Technician              in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
program at the start of fall, winter or spring quarter or at other times with       These will vary by field of study in the degree.
instructor permission.
                                                                                  totaL:                                                         20
                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                      57
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

             Electronics - Manufacturing                                          ETEC 282 Certified Electronics Technician Test Prep
                                                                                  MATH& 141 Precalculus I
                                                                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                                                                     5
DEgREE - ElECTRonICs - ManuFaCTuRIng                                              PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5
                                                                                    Optional
                                                                                  ETEC 294 Work Based Learning                                       3
The Electronics-Manufacturing Technician program prepares students for            ETEC 295 Work Based Learning                                       6
employment as technicians in the manufacturing industry. Manufactur-              totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                      125
ing is a vital part of the U.S. economy and highly skilled, trained techni-
cians are recruited by many companies. The Electronics-Manufacturing
Technician program offers training in NANO/Micro Systems, Robotics,
                                                                                                      gEnERal EDuCaTIon
Lasers, Fiber Optics, and Electronic Communications.                                                               AAS
                                                                                  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                              5
                                                                                  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in                        PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5
electrical/electronic safety, direct current, alternating current, basic test     totaL:                                                            15
equipment, semiconductors, op-amps, digital systems, and troubleshoot-
ing along with competency in manufacturing technology.
                                                                                                      gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                                                                  AAS-T
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                   ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                    5
process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may                MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5
require preparatory coursework .                                                    OR
Students may enroll in the Electronics-Biomedical Equipment Technician            MATH& 107 Math In Society
program at the start of fall, winter or spring quarter or at other times with     PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                       5
instructor permission.                                                              plUS
                                                                                    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted           5
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students must complete courses in a spe-                     in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
cific sequence based on date of program entry. Program instructors will             These will vary by field of study in the degree.
advise students regarding the scheduling of required courses.                     totaL:                                                            20

degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
upon completion and verification of required courses and standards. Stu-
                                                                                        Electronics - Telecommunications
dents may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by          DEgREE - ElECTRonICs - TElECoMMunICaTIons
passing the three IC3 Certification tests.
                                                                                The Electronics-Telecommunications Technician program prepares stu-
              ElECTRonICs - ManuFaCTuRIng                                       dents for employment as technicians in the telecommunication industry.
                                 Degree                                         Communication systems (wired, wireless, data, text, VOIP, etc.) are critical
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                  5          in today’s business world. Technicians who understand the many proto-
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                              5          cols and technologies are in demand. Graduates may work for a local tele-
  CTE 290 Job Search                                                 4          phone company or as a field service technician for a national company.
  ELTR 100 DC 1                                                      4          Telecommunications technicians play an important role in the installa-
  ELTR 105 DC 2                                                      4          tion of fiber optics equipment and other high tech system components.
  ELTR 110 AC 1                                                      4
  ELTR 115 AC 2                                                      4          Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
  ELTR 120 Semiconductors 1                                          5          electrical/electronic safety, direct current, alternating current, basic test
  ELTR 125 Semiconductors 2                                          5          equipment, semiconductors, op-amps, digital systems, and troubleshoot-
  ELTR 130 OP-AMPS 1                                                 3          ing along with competency in telecommunications technology.
  ELTR 135 OP-AMPS 2                                                 3
  ELTR 140 Digital 1                                                 5
                                                                                aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
  ELTR 145 Digital 2                                                 5
                                                                                process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may
  ETEC 152 Microprocessors                                           6
                                                                                require preparatory coursework.
  ETEC 201 Test Equip & Trouble-Shooting                             5
  ETEC 205 Troubleshooting                                           5          Students may enroll in the Electronics-Biomedical Equipment Technician
  ETEC 210 Electronic Communications                                10          program at the start of fall, winter or spring quarter or at other times with
  ETEC 214 Nano Technology                                           5          instructor permission.
  ETEC 236 Photonics 1                                               5
  ETEC 241 Photonics 2                                               5          SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students must complete courses in a spe-
  ETEC 245 Sensors, Transducers, & Control Circuits                  6          cific sequence based on date of program entry. Program instructors will
  ETEC 276 Intro To Electronic CAD                                   1          advise students regarding the scheduling of required courses.
    ENGT 911 may be taken in place of ETEC 276
  ETEC 281 Robot Technology                                          5
                                                                                degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
                                                                                plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree


                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
58
                                                             ProGramS of Study                                               2008-2010 CaTalog


upon completion and verification of required courses and standards. Stu-
dents may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by                             EMT-Paramedic
passing the three IC3 Certification tests.                                 DEgREE - EMT - PaRaMEDIC

oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources         The EMT-Paramedic program is designed to meet the demand of emer-
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-      gency medical services with advanced life support skills, primarily in the
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.                      area designated by the Department of Health as the North Region. This
                                                                           is an exciting career opportunity that will prepare men and women to
                                                                           function as an integral part of the emergency services team of healthcare
         ElECTRonICs - TElECoMMunICaTIons
                                                                           practitioners, providing immediate advanced life support care to the pa-
                                Degree                                     tient in a pre-hospital setting. The EMT-P is under the supervision of the
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                          5             designated Medical Program Director and specific county advanced life
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                      5             support protocols.
  CTE 290 Job Search                                         4
  ELTR 100 DC 1                                              4
  ELTR 105 DC 2                                              4             The program prepares students to develop expertise in the theory and
  ELTR 110 AC 1                                              4             application of advanced life support and combines knowledge of human
  ELTR 115 AC 2                                              4             anatomy, pharmacology, airway/respiratory management, cardiology,
  ELTR 120 Semiconductors 1                                  5             various medical emergencies, trauma, psychology and sociology. Addi-
  ELTR 125 Semiconductors 2                                  5             tionally, the program prepares competent entry-level EMT-Paramedics in
  ELTR 130 OP-AMPS 1                                         3             the cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavior)
  ELTR 135 OP-AMPS 2                                         3             learning domains.
  ELTR 140 Digital 1                                         5
  ELTR 145 Digital 2                                         5             Students learn how to implement various advanced life support tech-
  ETEC 152 Microprocessors                                   6             niques in a pre-hospital setting under the guidance of a physician. Stu-
  ETEC 201 Test Equip & Trouble-Shooting                     5             dents will spend a significant portion of the training program in clinical
  ETEC 205 Troubleshooting                                   5             and field practice, coordinated by the instructor.
  ETEC 210 Electronic Communications                       10
  ETEC 230 Intro To Routers And Switches                     5
  ETEC 236 Photonics 1                                       5             Clinical practice will take place mainly in regional hospitals in the OR, ED,
  ETEC 241 Photonics 2                                       5             and other various specialized areas. Field sites will be in areas as allowed
  ETEC 250 Principles Of Electronic Communications/Telephony 3             by other ALS Provider agencies and as close to their home response area
  ETEC 256 Telephone Systems                                 4             as possible. Students are responsible for providing their own transporta-
  ETEC 262 Federal Communications Commission Test Prep       3             tion to clinical and field sites.
  IT 160     Networking Technologies                         8
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                    5             Students, before sitting for the National Registry Exam, must complete
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                          5             and pass all requirements during an intense and comprehensive Field In-
     Optional                                                              ternship, which prepares them for success in the pre-hospital field.
  ETEC 294 Work Based Learning                               3
  ETEC 295 Work Based Learning                               6
  totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                             125              Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate field competency
                                                                           in emergency response in the pre-hospital setting with basic and ad-
                                                                           vanced life support skills, communication skills, and personal/profes-
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                     sional responsibility as a member of an emergency response team, EMT-
                                  AAS                                      Paramedic knowledge and critical thinking. Graduates will demonstrate
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                          5         entry level competence on the National Registry Exam for EMT-Paramed-
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                        5         ics (NREMTP).
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5
  totaL:                                                        15
                                                                           aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN:This program requires an admissions
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                     process.
                                 AAS-T                                     To be eligible for admission to the Bellingham Technical College EMT-
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                5         Paramedic program, applicants must meet college college admission re-
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                        5         quirements and complete a Criminal History Background Check verifying
    OR                                                                     that there is not a history of child or adult abuse, financial exploitation
  MATH& 107 Math In Society                                                of vulnerable adults, or other crimes against persons as defined in RCW
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                   5         43.43.
    plUS
                                                                           As part of the application process or prior to registration for the first quar-
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted       5
                                                                           ter of EMT-Paramedic, students must provide evidence of high school
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                           graduation or equivalent.
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
  totaL:                                                        20




                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                      59
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           ProGramS of Study

Along with an application to the EMT-Paramedic program, and prior to               qUARTER 4
enrollment in the first quarter of study, the student is required to            EMTP 231 Paramedic Applied Principles III                     11
  Demonstrate satisfactory health status by a physical examination within       EMTP 237 Paramedic Clinical III                                3
     the preceding year, including current immunizations.                       EMTP 259 Paramedic Field Exp III                               4
  Complete a urine test for prohibited substances. The test must screen for     EMTP 240 Paramedic Capstone Exam                               1
     the following five drugs: amphetamines, cocaine, marijuana, opiates           qUARTER 5
     and PCP.                                                                   EMS 245 Field Internship Evaluation                           10
                                                                                Completion of AAS or AAS-T General Education Courses are pre-
  Possess and maintain a current EMT-B card. Minimum State requirement          requisites.
     is to be an EMT-Basic for a minimum of one year.                           NOTE: State and NREMTP requirements specify that the National
  Show proof of personal health insurance (student accident insurance is        Registry Exam is not considered classroom hours and is not included
     available)                                                                 in the program credits.                                        0
  Be twenty-one (21) years of age prior to the start of the coursework. A       totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                  112
     photocopy of Washington State Driver’s License is required as proof
     of age                                                                                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
  Show proof they are currently sponsored by a Washington State-ap-                                             AAS
     proved ALS trauma verified agency or, in special circumstance, by          COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
     request of the county MPD in which the student will be practicing.         MATH 100 Occupational Math                                        5
In addition to the above requited documentation, students must also             PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                 5
submit transcripts, with a minimum 2.0 GPA the followign pre-requisites:        totaL:                                                           15
   BTC EMT-Paramedic:
                                                                                                    gEnERal EDuCaTIon
   General Education - AAS
                                                                                                               AAS-T
   Oral and Written Communications (COM 170)                                    ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                   5
   Occupational Math (MATH 100)                                                 MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                           5
   Interpersonal & Organizational Psychology (PSYC 111)                           OR
   General Education - AAS-T                                                    MATH& 107 Math In Society
                                                                                PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                      5
   English Composition (ENGL& 101)                                                plUS
   Pre-Calculus I (MATH& 141)* or Math in Society (MATH& 107)*                    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted          5
   General Psychology (PSYC& 100)                                                 in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                                  These will vary by field of study in the degree.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The EMT-Paramedic is five to six quar-                   totaL:                                                           20
ters long and the student will complete a specific course requirement
sequence. Students will be advised by the program instructor regarding
sequence and schedule of classes.                                                               Fisheries Technology
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-               DEgREE - FIshERIEs TEChnology
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree        CERTIFICaTE - FIshERIEs REsouRCEs
upon completion and verification of all requirementsand standards.
                                                                              The Fisheries Technology program prepares students for employment in
Students must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no course below         a variety of fisheries occupations with emphasis on fish culture and aqua-
C (2.0) to earn a degree or certificate.                                      culture. The program offers an Associate in Applied Science degree or a
                                                                              certificate in Fisheries Resources.
                         EMT - PaRaMEDIC                                      The Fisheries Technology program operates the Whatcom Creek Hatch-
                                 Degree                                       ery at the Maritime Heritage Park in Bellingham. The hatchery provides
                                                                              an actual work site for the instructional “laboratory.” This complements
    qUARTER 1                                                                 the classroom theory and related instruction components. The Fisheries
  BIO 105 Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                       5          Technology program operates in partnership with several regional and
  EMTP 103 Intermediate Life Support And Airway                   12          statewide industries and agencies.
  EMTP 115 Intermediate Life Support Clinical Practicum            4
    qUARTER 2                                                                 Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
  EMTP 111 Paramedic Applied Principles I                         18          hatchery methods, and apply appropriate techniques to spawn, incubate,
  EMTP 117 Paramedic Clinical I                                    1          rear and release fish. They will utilize proper use of tools, equipment and
  EMTP 239 Paramedic Field Experience I                            3          protective devices to safeguard against injury to self, others and work-
  EMS 261 Advanced Cardiac Life Support                            2          place facilities; and will act responsibly and ethically as an employee by
    qUARTER 3                                                                 being punctual, adhering to company policies and interacting positively
  EMTP 221 Paramedic Applied Principles II                        11          and appropriately with co-workers and supervisors. Graduates will re-
  EMTP 225 Paramedic Clinical II                                   3          ceive, interpret, and convey written, verbal, and graphic information to
  EMTP 249 Paramedic Field Exp II                                  3          communicate effectively with co-workers, management, and the general
  EMS 262 Pediatric Advanced Life Support                          2          public; compute, calculate, and convert standard and metric measure-
  EMS 263 Pre-Hospital Trauma Life Support                         2          ments for the purposes of disease treatment and prevention, and rearing
  EMS 264 Pediatric Education Paramedic                            2

                                                   PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
60
                                                             ProGramS of Study                                             2008-2010 CaTalog


of fish; and observe and comply with environmental laws and regulations         other instructor approved industry related courses
related to fish rearing and the use and disposal of chemicals and drugs.      FISH 194 Fisheries Current Topics                            4
They will use current and emerging computerized systems and software          FISH 196 Fisheries Current Topics                            4
to operate equipment, calculate results, keep records, and enter data on      FISH 197 Fisheries Current Topics                            4
proper forms and records and will attend industry workshops and confer-       FISH 198 Fisheries Current Topics                            8
ences to stay current with new and emerging research, equipment, and          totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                124
techniques.
                                                                                                 gEnERal EDuCaTIon
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                               AAS
process.                                                                      COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                        5
Students may enroll in the Fisheries Technology program at the start of       MATH 100 Occupational Math                                   5
the fall or winter quarter and at other times during the year with instruc-   PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
tor permission. Admission is offered on a space available basis. Students     totaL:                                                      15
may enroll full-time or part-time. Part-time enrollment requires instructor
permission.                                                                                      gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                                                             AAS-T
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Course requirements are scheduled for                  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
specific quarters. Students will be advised by the program instructor re-     MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
garding sequence and schedule of classes.                                       OR
Generally, classroom instruction is held during morning classroom hours       MATH& 107 Math In Society
with most lab activities occurring in the afternoon.                          PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
                                                                                plUS
                                                                                5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                 in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
plied Science degree, an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree         These will vary by field of study in the degree.
or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and     totaL:                                                      20
standards.
                                                                                                 FIshERIEs REsouRCEs
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources                                        Certificate
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-         CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                           5
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.                         COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                       5
* This degree program is available entirely online for people currently       CTE 290 Job Search                                          4
employed in the fish culture industry. Contact the instructor, Earl Steele    FISH 100 Introduction To Safety                             2
for details.                                                                  FISH 105 Water Quality                                      1
                                                                              FISH 111 Salmonid Biology                                   3
                    FIshERIEs TEChnology                                      FISH 125 Sampling Techniques                                3
                                                                              FISH 133 Hatchery Operations I                              5
                                 Degree                                       FISH 136 Spawning Techniques I
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                5          FISH 146 Fish And Shellfish Biology                         3
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                            5          FISH 155 Environmental Awareness                            3
  CTE 290 Job Search                                               4          FISH 161 Aquaculture Techniques                             6
  FISH 100 Introduction To Safety                                  2          FISH 170 Hatchery Operations II                             4
  FISH 105 Water Quality                                           1          FISH 186 Hatchery Operations III                           10
  FISH 111 Salmonid Biology                                        3          FISH 195 Fisheries Internship                               6
  FISH 125 Sampling Techniques                                     3          FISH 236 Spawning Techniques II
  FISH 133 Hatchery Operations I                                   5          MATH 100 Occupational Math                                  5
  FISH 136 Spawning Techniques I                                   6          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
  FISH 146 Fish And Shellfish Biology                              3
                                                                              totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                82
  FISH 155 Environmental Awareness                                 3
  FISH 161 Aquaculture Techniques                                  6
  FISH 170 Hatchery Operations II                                  4
  FISH 186 Hatchery Operations III                                10
  FISH 195 Fisheries Internship                                    6
  FISH 236 Spawning Techniques II                                  6
  FTEC 200 Applied Concepts I                                     10
  FTEC 205 Field Projects I                                        4
  FTEC 250 Applied Concepts II                                    10
  FTEC 255 Field Projects II                                       4
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                       5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5
    Electives 14
    Electives may include Fisheries Current Topics or




                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                               61
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           ProGramS of Study

 Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning &                                     To be eligible for the Associate in Applied Science degree, students must
                                                                              pass the ARI Commercial Refrigeration and Light Commercial A/C and
                                                                              Heating certification tests. Students must also hold EPA certification for
        Refrigeration Technology                                              at least TYPE I and II Section 608 of the Clean Air Act.
DEgREE - hEaTIng, vEnTIlaTIon, aIR ConDITIonIng
          & REFRIgERaTIon TEChnology                                                hEaTIng, vEnTIlaTIon, aIR ConDITIonIng
                                                                                                & REFRIgERaTIon
Student Chapter of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air                                       Degree
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)                                                 COM 170  Oral & Written Communications                      5
                                                                                CREF 122 Fundamentals of Refrigeration                      5
                                                                                CREF 123 Refrigeration Fundamentals Lab I                   5
The Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration program pre-         CREF 126 Basic Electricity for HVAC/R                       4
pares students for employment as technicians in the design, operation,          CREF 127 Refrigeration Fundamentals Lab II                  5
service, repair, installation and sales of these systems and equipment.         CREF 132 Commercial Self Contained Systems                  4
The program combines theory with extensive practical hands-on training          CREF 133 Commercial Self Contained Systems Lab              5
designed to simulate the actual work environment and skills needed to           CREF 135 Commercial Ice Systems Theory & Application        3
excel in this challenging field. Labs afford the student the opportunity        CREF 137 Commercial Ice Systems Lab                         4
to install, repair and/or operate a wide variety of actual field equipment,     CREF 139 Commercial Ice Systems Interactive Learning        2
such as commercial coolers; warm air, hydraulic, electric, gas, and oil         CREF 141 Air Properties and Psychometrics                   3
furnaces; package and split system A/C; rooftop commercial gas packs;           CREF 143 HVAC System Design                                 3
refrigerated sea water systems; liquid chillers; industrial ice machines;       CREF 145 Duct Layout and Fabrication                        3
centrifugal chillers; cascade refrigeration; pneumatic controls; and direct     CREF 147 Applied Air Conditioning Systems                   4
digital controls.                                                               CREF 149 Applied Heat Pump Systems                          4
Prospects for employment are excellent, with high paying jobs. Students         CREF 221 Electric Heating Technology                        3
learn CFC refrigerants, Indoor Air Quality requirements and increased use       CREF 223 Gas Heating Technology                             7
of computerized building controls. Employers in this industry include           CREF 225 Fuel Oil Heating Technology                        4
heating contractors, refrigeration contractors, controls contractors, com-      CREF 227 Hydronic Heating Technology                        4
mercial food storage facilities, property management firms, wholesale           CREF 231 Commercial/Industrial Refrigeration Applied        5
vendors, hotels, schools, industrial processing plants, and many others.                 Components
The AAS degree emphasizes the development of technical skills as well as        CREF 233 Comm/Industrial Refrig App Components Lab          5
diagnostic, problem solving and customer service skills.                        CREF 236 Large Tonnage Chillers                             5
                                                                                CREF 237 Cooling Towers & Introduction to Industrial Water 1
Graduates of the AAS Degree can apply to the Department of Labor and
                                                                                         Treatment
Industries to become an HVAC/Refrigeration (06A) specialty electrician
                                                                                CREF 238 Cascade/Transport Refrigeration Systems            3
and are credited with 1476 hours of supervised work experience per RCW
                                                                                CREF 239 Absorption Refrigeration Systems                   1
19.28.191 and WAC 296-46B-940.
                                                                                CREF 242 Control Theory for HVAC Automation Systems         4
                                                                                CREF 243 Pneumatic Controls                                 4
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate knowledge and                      CREF 244 Distributed Digital Control Systems                6
application of E.P.A. regulations and procedures applied to refrigeration       CREF 245 Intro to Industrial Boilers & Water Treatment      2
and environmental awareness and will successfully complete and obtain           CREF 246 Control System Design & Commissioning              2
E.P.A. Type 1 and 2 certification under section 608 for refrigerant usage.      MATH 100 Occupational Math                                  5
Graduates will demonstrate competency in Light Commercial Heating               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                           5
and Air Conditioning and successfully complete the A.R.I. competency in         totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                               125
Light Commercial Heating and Air Conditioning.
                                                                                                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                                 AAS
process.                                                                        COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                            5
Students may enroll in the Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning & Refrig-     MATH 100 Occupational Math                                       5
eration program on a space available basis at the start of fall and spring      PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5
quarters. Part-time enrollment is available for the morning section only        totaL:                                                          15
with instructor permission.
                                                                                                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe; Course requirements are scheduled for                                                   AAS-T
specific quarters. Students will be advised by the program instructor re-       ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                  5
garding sequence and schedule of classes.                                       MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                          5
Generally, classroom instruction is held during morning classroom hours           OR
with most lab activities occurring in the afternoon. Students must com-         MATH& 107 Math In Society
plete MATH 100, PSYC 111, and COM 170 prior to entering the second              PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                     5
year.                                                                             plUS
                                                                                  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted         5
                                                                                  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                   These will vary by field of study in the degree.
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree          totaL:                                                          20
upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
                                                   PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
62
                                                             ProGramS of Study                                                2008-2010 CaTalog



         Human Resource Management                                                                    Hypnotherapy
CERTIFICaTE - huMan REsouRCE ManagEMEnT                                       CERTIFICaTE - hyPnoThERaPy

The management of Human Resources has continued to be a growing               The Hypnotherapy program instructs students in the process of using
field. With the increasing legal issues involved in personnel and the need    hypnosis techniques in a professional setting for such purposes as pain
for companies to carefully select and maintain their employment force,        management, behavior modification, and many other psychological and
this occupation field will continue to grow in jobs and importance. The       social concerns clients may have. The Hypnotherapy program also ex-
Human Resource Management certificate program is an evening pro-              tensively covers the legal and ethical issues involved. Along with private
gram for people who are currently working in an office that has human         practice, hypnotherapists also work in a variety of healthcare settings, as
resources/personnel responsibilities, individuals who wish to refine exist-   doctors, dentists, nurses, psychologists and psychiatrists, just to name a
ing skills and move up within the organization, individuals wanting to        few.
move into the field of Human Resources, employees or managers who
are assigned human resource responsibilities as part of an existing job,
and/or small business owners who need human resource information to           Program outcomeS: Completers of this program will be able to ap-
operate their company effectively.                                            ply legal and ethical issues of healthcare workers and use hypnosis tech-
                                                                              niques in a professional setting for such purposes as pain management,
                                                                              behavior modification, and many other psychological and social concerns
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to ap-               clients may have.
ply legal principles and human resource practice in the role of human
resource manager, assistant or other support role.
                                                                              aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                              are not required. Students begin the program by registering in the Basic
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission                 Hypnosis course in order to begin the sequence on a space available ba-
are not required. Students begin the program by registering in HRM 201        sis. It is recommended that students have good basic academic skills. A
Human Resource Management or other Human Resource Management                  program brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Center.
courses with previous experience and instructor approval on a space
available basis. It is recommended that students have excellent basic
academic skills. A program brochure is available at the Counseling and        SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, generally
Career Center.                                                                from 6:00pm to 9:00pm one evening per week. Courses must be taken in
                                                                              sequence: HYPN 101, HYPN 102, and HYPN 103. See a Quarterly Schedule
For those not seeking to obtain the Human Resource Management cer-            for specific course offered.
tificate, courses can be taken individually and the perquisite HRM 201 is
suggested, but not required.
                                                                              degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
                                                                              completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: One to three courses are offered quarterly
in the evening, generally from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. HRM 201 or previous
experience with instructor permission is the prerequisite for all HRM                                   hyPnoThERaPy
courses beyond HRM 201. Students may complete the program in one
                                                                                                             Certificate
to two instructional years. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific informa-
                                                                                HLTH 103 CPR: Adult Heartsaver                                  0.5
tion.
                                                                                HLTH 131 HIV/AIDS For Counselors                                0.5
                                                                                HYPN 101 Basic Hypnosis                                           5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                  HYPN 102 Intermediate Hypnotherapy                                5
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                  HYPN 103 Advanced Hypnotherapy                                    5
                                                                                totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                      16
             huMan REsouRCE ManagEMEnT
                               Certificate
  HRM 201 Management Of Human Resources: An Overview 3
  HRM 235 Human Resource Info Systems                  2
  HRM 240 Risk Management & Safety                     3
  HRM 205 Recruitment & Staffing Policies & Practices  3
  HRM 220 Training & Staff Development                 3
  MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics              3
  HRM 245 Diversity In The Workplace                   1
  HRM 207 Fundamentals Of Employee Benefits &          3
  HRM 210 Employment Law & Labor Relations             3
  HRM 260 Conducting Internal Investigations           1
  HRM 255 Strategic Human Resources                    3
  totaL: (approx. 4-5 quarters)                       28




                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                      63
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

   Instrumentation & Control Technology                                         InsTRuMEnTaTIon & ConTRol TEChnology
                                                                                                             Degree
DEgREE - InsTRuMEnTaTIon & ConTRol                                             COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                    5
        TEChnology                                                             ELTR 100   DC 1                                             4
                                                                               ELTR 105   DC 2                                             4
                                                                               ELTR 110   AC 1                                             4
The Associate in Applied Science degree in Instrumentation & Control           ELTR 115   AC 2                                             4
Technology prepares students for employment to maintain, repair and            ELTR 120   Semiconductors 1                                 5
troubleshoot instrumentation and control systems in such industries as         ELTR 125   Semiconductors 2                                 5
petroleum refining, pulp and paper, pharmaceuticals, aluminum, food            ELTR 130   OP-AMPS 1                                        3
processing, chemical manufacturing, semiconductor manufacturing, and           ELTR 135   OP-AMPS 2                                        3
power generation. A combination of theory and hands-on training offers         ELTR 140   Digital 1                                        5
a variety of modern process measurement and control instrumentation            ELTR 145   Digital 2                                        5
with actual working processes and computer simulations. The program            ETEC 152 Microprocessors                                    6
applies math and physics and duplicates conditions and industry stan-          INST 200   Intro to Instrumentation Profession              2
dards that technicians experience. Approximately half of the instructional     INST 205   Job Preparation I                                1
time is laboratory experience to develop knowledge and skills with elec-       INST 206   Job Preparation II                               1
tronic circuits, test equipment, individual instruments, multiple instru-      INST 240   Pressure and Level Measurements                  7
ment control systems, and practical computer applications.                     INST 241   Temperature and Flow Measurements                7
BTC’s Instrumentation & Control Technology program is an active member         INST 242   Analytical Measurements                          5
of the Industrial Instrumentation & Controls Technology Alliance (iicta).      INST 250   Final Control Elements                           6
This is an organization with educational and industry partners across the      INST 251   PID Controllers and Tuning                       6
nation. The IICTA’S mission is to “promote the partnership of education,       INST 252   Process Optimization and Control Strategies      5
industry and businesses in developing activities to assure the existence of    INST 260   Data Acquisition Systems                         4
a sufficient quantity of highly qualified instrument & controls technicians    INST 261   Programmable Logic Controllers                   6
who are highly sought after by the industry.” These activities include: set-   INST 262   DCS and Field Bus                                6
ting educational standards, promote networking, provide funding for            INST 269   AutoCAD Applications                             5
scholarships and programs.                                                       OR
                                                                               CAP 101    Introduction to Computers                         5
                                                                               INST 290   Internship (Optional)                            10
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate basic knowledge                   MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
and critical thinking in the field of Instrumentation and Control; be able     PHYS& 121 General Physics I                                  5
to design, build, and test functioning AC, DC, semiconductor, analog, and      PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
digital electronic circuits; demonstrate basic troubleshooting skills and
                                                                               totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                134
apply basic computer application skills.
                                                                                                  gEnERal EDuCaTIon
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                                                               AAS
process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may
                                                                               COM 170        Oral & Written Communications                 5
require preparatory coursework.
                                                                               MATH& 141      Precalculus I                                 5
Students may enroll in the Instrumentation & Control Technology pro-           PSYC 111       Interpersonal Psychology                      5
gram at the start of fall quarter and at other times with instructor permis-   totaL:                                                      15
sion. Admission is offered on a space available basis. Part-time enrollment
is available with instructor approval.
                                                                                                  gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                                                              AAS-T
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Instrumentation & Control Technol-                  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
ogy student will complete a specific course requirement sequence based         MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
on date of enrollment. Students will be advised by the program instructor      PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
regarding sequence and schedule of classes.                                      plUS
                                                                                 5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree           These will vary by field of study in the degree.
upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards. Stu-       totaL:                                                      20
dents must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no course (including
related instruction) below C- (1.7) to earn the degree.




                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
64
                                                                ProGramS of Study                                                  2008-2010 CaTalog



               Leadership Management                                                        Legal Administrative Assistant
CERTIFICaTE - lEaDERshIP ManagEMEnT                                               DEgREE - lEgal aDMInIsTRaTIvE assIsTanT
                                                                                  CERTIFICaTE - lEgal assIsTanT
Good leaders are developed, not born. Everyone is placed in a position of
responsibility or a leadership role at various times in his or her life. Devel-   The Legal Administrative Assistant Program prepares students to work in
oping leadership qualities in yourself, coworkers, and/or subordinates is         law firms, corporations, real estate, and law-related government offices
a desired outcome, but not one without frustration. This short certificate,       as legal assistants, receptionists, or clerks. Legal terminology, legal docu-
Leadership Management, was created for anyone who desires to develop              ment preparation, and legal office procedures, as well as word process-
a more effective leadership style, whether in themselves or those with            ing and computer applications are emphasized to prepare students for
whom they work.                                                                   today’s high-tech law offices. Successful students will complete an intern-
                                                                                  ship and are eligible to join the International Association of Administra-
Program outcomeS                                                                  tive professionals (IAAP). The program offers a Legal Administrative As-
                                                                                  sistant Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree or a Legal Assistant
  - Completers will have increased leadership skills and gain the follow-         Certificate.
     ing:
  - Clear understanding of the difference between leadership and man-
     agement;                                                                     Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
  - Clear understanding of the link between leadership behavior and               touch keyboarding at 55 wpm on a 3 minute timing; along with 80%
     bottom-line results;                                                         competency in business document formatting, proofreading, word pro-
                                                                                  cessing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, alphabetic and numeric
  - Acceptance of personal accountability for results;                            filing, legal proofreading, legal terminology, legal keyboarding, and ten-
  - Ability to effectively lead in a changing, turbulent environment;             key proficiency.
  - Confidence and courage to lead in ambiguous situations;
  - Development of a personal plan for on-going leadership growth and             aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
     development;                                                                 process.
  - Awareness of leadership theory and exposure to leading-edge lead-             Students may enroll in the Legal Administrative Assistant program at the
     ership practices;                                                            start of each quarter. Admission is offered on a space available basis. Stu-
  - Passion for leadership learning;                                              dents may enroll full-time or part-time.
  - Understanding of personal philosophy of leadership; and
  - Full commitment to the organization.                                          SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with their program advi-
                                                                                  sor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are sequential and have
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission                     prerequisites. A schedule of course offerings can be obtained from the
are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-           program advisor.
quired evening courses on a space available basis. It is recommended that         It is estimated that a full-time student can complete the certificate re-
students have good basic academic skills. A program brochure is avail-            quirements in three quarters. The degree can take up to six quarters.
able at the Counseling and Career Center.                                         Since not all courses are offered every quarter, completion times may
                                                                                  vary depending on which quarter the student first enrolls.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are held in the evening, generally
from 6:00pm to 9:00pm. Some courses may be offered in the afternoon.              degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.                                plied Science degree or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
                                                                                  or a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and
                                                                                  standards.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                    In order to earn a legal administrative assistant degree or certificate, stu-
                                                                                  dents must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no course grade be-
                                                                                  low C (2.0). Students may successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to
                   lEaDERshIP ManagEMEnT                                          Computers, by passing the three IC3 certification tests. .
                                Certificate
  BUS 140 Supervision & Management                    3                           oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
  MGMT 100 Business & Professional Ethics             3                           throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
  MGMT 152 Small Business Management                  3                           troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
  HRM 201 Management Of Human Resources: An Overview 3
  MGMT 102 The Leadership Process                     3
  MGMT 101 Conflict Management                        1                                         lEgal aDMInIsTRaTIvE assIsTanT
  BUS 141 Total quality Management                    2                                                            Degree
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                        18                             ACCT 141    Financial Accounting I                                 5
                                                                                    BUS 100     Electronic Math Applications                           3
                                                                                    BUS 123     Records Management                                     3
                                                                                    BUS 150     Mathematics For Business                               5
                                                                                    BUS 171     Technical Communications                               5
                                                                                    BUS 177     Business English I                                     3
                                                                                    BUS 178     Business English II                                    3

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                           65
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

  BUS 200 Business law
  BUS 280 Assessment
                                                                  5
                                                                  1         Mechanical Engineering Technology
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                               5
  CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                          2
                                                                       DEgREE - MEChanICal EngInEERIng
  CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                 4    CERTIFICaTE - MEChanICal EngInEERIng DRaFTIng
  CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding                  3
  CAP 109 Computerized Keyboard Skillbuilding II                  3    The Associate in Applied Science degree in Mechanical Engineering Tech-
  CAP 138 MS Word                                                 5    nology is based on theory with specialized applications in manufacturing,
  CAP 142 MS Excel                                                5    process piping, structural detailing, and engineering drawing and design.
  CAP 148 MS Powerpoint                                           3    Coursework provides multilevel training in Computer Aided Drafting
  LGL 127 Legal Office Procedures                                 5    (CAD) and solid modeling using specialized 3D graphics software. Knowl-
  LGL 132 Legal Terminology/Transcription                         5    edge of national drawing standards and common industry practices are
  LGL 211 Legal Document Processing                               5    acquired through instruction and class projects, providing the necessary
  LGL 226 Internship                                              6    background for transferring skills to specific industrial design projects.
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
                                                                       A wide variety of companies employ graduates, including structural
    Departmental Electives                                       18
                                                                       engineering companies, architectural firms, commercial and residential
  totaL: (approx. 5 - 6 quarters)                               107    construction firms, petroleum refineries, equipment wholesalers/distrib-
                                                                       utors, and numerous manufacturing industries such as: electronics, air-
                                                                       craft, industrial equipment, and wood products (e.g., truss, cabinet, door,
                              Certificate                              and furniture manufacturers).
  Course   Title                                             Credits
  BUS 123 Records Management                                       3   Program outcomeS: Graduates will develop a parametric solid
  BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                                 5   model of an existing assembly or one of their own design, and then cre-
  BUS 171 Technical Communications                                 5   ate a set of working drawings including exploded assembly views and
  BUS 177 Business English I                                       3   dimensioned individual part drawings; demonstrate proficiency in us-
  BUS 178 Business English II                                      3   ing CAD software command functions to generate engineering drawing;
  BUS 200 Business law                                             5   create fully dimensioned orthographic and isometric CAD drawings (of
  BUS 280 Assessment                                               1   various machine parts) that adhere to national standards and industry
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                5   conventions; design and evaluate the stress, strain, and deflection lev-
  CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                           2   els of engineering components subjected to deformations, axial loads,
  CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                  4   and shear loads; apply static’s principles including force equilibrium and
  CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding                   3   force resultants to determine the member forces for structural elements
  LGL 127 Legal Office Procedures                                  5   that comprise trusses, machines, and frames; apply knowledge of vari-
  LGL 132 Legal Terminology/Transcription                          5   ous pipes, fittings, connections, and process piping equipment (such as
  LGL 211 Legal Document Processing                                5   valves, pumps, tanks, etc.) to draft single line, double line, and isometric
  LGL 225 Internship                                               3   depictions of industrial piping systems and demonstrate the ability to un-
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5   derstand and interpret structural steel framing plans and detail all struc-
    Departmental Electives                                         5   tural steel beams for a single floor level according to AISC specifications.
  totaL: (approx. 3 & 1/2 quarters)                              67
                                                                       aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                       process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may
                                  AAS                                  require preparatory coursework.
  Course     Title                                           Credits
                                                                       Students may enroll in the Mechanical Engineering Technology program
  BUS 171    Technical Communications                              5
                                                                       at the start of the fall quarter on a space available basis. Part-time enroll-
  BUS 150    Mathematics For Business                              5
                                                                       ment is available with instructor approval.
  PSYC 111   Interpersonal Psychology                              5
  totaL:                                                         15    CAP 101 - Introduction to Computers is a required prerequisite for stu-
                                                                       dents to enroll in this program. Students may test out of this requirement
                                                                       by passing the three IC3 exams (Living Online, Computer Fundamentals,
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                 and Key Applications - Word, Excel and PowerPoint). These tests may be
                                 AAS-T                                 taken at BTC or any other CertiPort Testing Center.
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
    OR                                                                 SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Mechanical Engineering Technology
  MATH& 107 Math In Society                                            student will complete a specific course requirement sequence. Program
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5    course work is structured such that each course is offered once per year
    plUS                                                               during a specific quarter in a sequential order. Students will be advised
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5    by the program instructor regarding sequence and scheduling of classes.
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.             Generally, a full-time student will be enrolled for six (6) hours per day.
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.                   Classes will be offered from 12:00p to 6:00p.
  totaL:                                                         20
                                                                       degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an (AAS) Associate
                                                                       in Applied Science degree or an (AAS-T) Associate in Applied Science -
                                                                       Transfer degree or a Mechanical Engineering Drafting Certificate upon
                                                                       completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
66
                                                           ProGramS of Study                                        2008-2010 CaTalog



    MEChanICal EngInEERIng TEChnology
                              Degree
                                                                                            Medical Coding
                                                                    CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal CoDIng
COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                      5
ENGT 121 Drafting I                                           6
ENGT 122 CAD I: Basics                                        7     Prepare for a career in the rapidly expanding medical coding field. Medi-
ENGT 123 Descriptive Geometry                                 7     cal Coding Specialists are professionals skilled in classifying medical data
ENGT 125 Drafting II: Advanced Concept & Standards            8     from patient records, generally in the hospital setting. These coding prac-
ENGT 126 CAD II: Intermediate Applications                    7     titioners review patients’ records and assign numeric codes for each diag-
ENGT 132 MS Office Applications                               5     nosis and procedure. Coding accuracy is highly important to healthcare
ENGT 210 CAD III: Advanced Applications                       7     organizations because of its impact on revenues and describing health
ENGT 211 Project Design 1                                     5     outcomes.
ENGT 212 Project Design 2                                     4     This program will prepare students for job opportunities in hospitals,
ENGT 213 Project Design 3                                     5     physicians’ offices, insurance companies, extended care facilities, or other
ENGT 215 Statics                                             11     medical environments. Good opportunities exist for individuals who wish
ENGT 216 Strength Of Materials                                7     to combine their interest in health care with the other professional skills,
ENGT 220 Parametric Modeling                                  7     including organizing, analyzing, and technically evaluating health records
ENGT 223 Structural Detailing                                 7     content for accuracy and completeness and assigning code numbers to
ENGT 224 Process Pipe Drafting                               10     diagnoses and procedures for indexing health data and processing claims.
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5     Students who successfully graduate from the program are eligible to take
MATH& 142 Precalculus II                                      5     national medical coding exams for certification.
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
SURV 191 professional Development and Safety                  3
                                                                    Program outcomeS: Graduates will complete with the requisite
totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                 126     skills and knowledge of organizing, analyzing, and technically evaluat-
                                                                    ing health records content for accuracy and completeness and assigning
       MEChanICal EngInEERIng DRaFTIng                              code numbers to diagnoses and procedures for indexing health data and
                            Certificate                             processing claims.
COM 170    Oral & Written Communications                      5
ENGT 121 Drafting I                                           6     aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
ENGT 122 CAD I: Basics                                        7     are not required. Students begin the program by registering for HT 126
ENGT 123 Descriptive Geometry                                 7     Fundamentals of Medical Terminology and BIO 105 Essentials of Anatomy
ENGT 125 Drafting II: Advanced Concept & Standards            8     & Physiology. It is recommended that students have good typing skills
ENGT 126 CAD II: Intermediate Applications                    7     (50 wpm), English skills, and word processing skills. A program brochure
ENGT 132 MS Office Applications                               5     is available at the Counseling and Career Center.
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
MATH& 142 Precalculus II                                      5
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5     SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are in the evening and late after-
SURV 191 professional Development and Safety                  3     noon. Students must take BIO 105, BIO 127, and HT 126 prior to taking
totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                  63     remaining courses. Students should check the Quarterly Schedule for the
                                                                    course schedule.
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                AAS                                 degree requIremeNtS: Student may apply for a certificate upon
COM 170   Oral & Written Communications                       5     completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
totaL:                                                       15                             MEDICal CoDIng
                                                                                                   Certificate
                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                  BIO 105 Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                        5
                                                                      HT 126    Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                     5
                               AAS-T                                    HT 129 Comprehensive Medical Terminology (online)
ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5         may be taken instead of HT 126
MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5       BIO 127 Diseases Of The Human Body                                 4
PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5       HT 240    Medical Coding CPT                                       4
  plUS                                                                HT 230    Medical Coding ICD-9                                     3
  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5       HT 135    Pharmacology For The Medical Office                      2
  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.              HT 270    Excel For The Medical Office                             2
  These will vary by field of study in the degree.                    HT 250    Advanced Medical Coding                                  5
totaL:                                                       20       HT 242    Medical Coding Applications                              3
                                                                      HT 262    Medical Coding Internship                                2
                                                                      totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                       35




                Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                             67
2008-2010 CaTalog                                              ProGramS of Study

     Medical Coding & Billing Generalist                                           HT 126**** Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology
                                                                                   HT 135     Pharmacology For The Medical Office
                                                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                   HT 230     Medical Coding ICD-9                                   3
CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal CoDIng                                                       HT 240     Medical Coding CPT                                     4
              & BIllIng gEnERalIsT                                                 HT 265     Medical Coding & Billing Practicum                     5
                                                                                     *BUS 123 Records Management may be taken in
The Medical Billing and Coding Generalist program will prepare students              place of BUS 184
for careers in the medical office. Students may find jobs in a variety of            **HT 130 Medical Office Procedures may be taken in
medical offices, insurance companies, and some hospitals. Coursework is              place of BUS 230
taught using various teaching methods. Students                                      ***Electives that may be taken in place of CAP 106
will learn in both a structured learning environment, but will also be re-           Formatting with MS Word:
quired to work independently. Students will gain a broad base of knowl-              CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding
edge in general office skills, along with the required background in medi-           BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications
cal insurance billing and coding procedures.                                         ****HT 129 may be taken in place of HT 126
Students who desire to seek employment only at hospitals are encour-               totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                  57-58
aged to take HT 250, Advanced Medical Coding since this is a generalist
focus, where hospital based coding is more intensive.

Program outcomeS: Graduates will complete with the requisite
                                                                                               Medical Insurance Billing
skills and knowledge of organizing, analyzing, and technically evaluat-          CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal InsuRanCE BIllIng
ing health records content for accuracy and completeness and assigning
code numbers to diagnoses and procedures for indexing health data and            The Medical Insurance Billing program will prepare students for employ-
processing claims and complex billing procedures, based on various re-           ment in medical clinics, offices, and other medical centers preparing pa-
quirements of health plans and insurance companies.                              tient bills for submission to insurance companies.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                  Program outcomeS: Graduates will be able to demonstrate with
process.                                                                         accuracy and timeliness, the medical office skills to prepare preparing
Students may enroll in the Medical Billing and Coding Generalist program         patient bills for submission to insurance companies. Students will also ef-
as full-time at the start of fall or winter quarters only. Those wanting part-   fectively manage patient accounts for billing and requirements of various
time can enter at any quarter. Admission is offered on a space available         health plans and submittal forms.
basis. This is a three to four-quarter program.
                                                                                 aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by                     are not required. Students begin the program by registering for HT 126
their program advisor to obtain the scheduled classes. Many classes are          Fundamentals of Medical Terminology and BIO 105 Essentials of Anatomy
sequentialand have pre-requisites. Students must complete BIO 105, BIO           & Physiology. It is recommended that students have good typing skills
127, and HT 126 prior to taking any coding or billing courses. The Medical       (45 wpm), English skills, and word processing skills. (Students who need
Billing and Coding Generalist program is designed to be completed in             work in these areas, should take CAP 101 - Introduction to Computers). A
three quarters.                                                                  program brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Center.


degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                   SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are offered in the afternoon or
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                   evening, depending on the quarterly schedule. Students must complete
                                                                                 BIO 105 and HT 126 prior to taking the remaining courses. See a Quarterly
Students must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no grade below C
                                                                                 Schedule for specific course information.
(2.0) to earn a degree or certificate. Students may successfully challenge
CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by passing the three IC3 Certification
tests. There is a fee to take these tests.                                       degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
                                                                                 completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-                            MEDICal InsuRanCE BIllIng
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
                                                                                                                Certificate
                                                                                   BIO 105 Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                        5
        MEDICal CoDIng & BIllIng gEnERalIsT                                        HT 126    Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                     5
                                Certificate                                          HT 129 Comprehensive Medical Terminology (online)
  BIO 105 Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                          5              may be taken instead of HT 126
  BIO 127 Diseases Of The Human Body                                  4            BIO 127 Diseases Of The Human Body                                4
  BUS 184 Customer Service                                            3            HT 240    Medical Coding CPT                                      4
  BUS 223* Internship                                                 3            HT 230    Medical Coding ICD-9                                    3
  BUS 230** Medical Office procedures                                 5            HT 135    Pharmacology For The Medical Office                     2
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                   5            HT 270    Excel For The Medical Office                            2
  CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                              2            HT 120    Medical Insurance Billing                               5
  CAP 106*** Formatting With MS Word                                  4            totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                      30
  CAP 110 Data Entry                                                  3
  HT 120    Medical Insurance Billing                                 5

                                                     PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
68
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                              2008-2010 CaTalog



                   Medical Receptionist                                                         Medical Records Clerk
CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal RECEPTIonIsT                                             CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal RECoRDs ClERk

The Medical Receptionist certificate prepares students for careers in the      The Medical Records Clerk program will prepare the students for entry
medical field. Students may find jobs in medical offices, hospitals, or in-    level employment in a medical office working with medical records.
surance companies. Coursework is taught using multiple teaching meth-
ods. Students not only work independently but also learn in structured
class sessions. Emphasis is placed on hands-on learning and application.       Program outcomeS: Graduates will be demonstrate the skills and
Skills needed for success in today’s workforce are interwoven throughout       knowledge to work with medical records, both hard files and electronic.
the program. With the help of their faculty advisor, students declare their
career goals when entering the program or after working through course         aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
material and further identifying their personal strengths.                     are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-
                                                                               quired afternoon/evening courses on a space available basis. It is recom-
                                                                               mended that students have good typing skills (45 wpm), English skills,
Program outcomeS: Graduates will complete with the skills and                  and word processing skills. (Students who need work in these areas
competencies to operate medical office software and perform daily office       should take CAP 101 - Computer Fundamentals). A program brochure is
functions.                                                                     available at the Counseling and Career Center.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are offered in the afternoon or
process. Students may enroll in the Medical Receptionist program at the        evening, depending on the quarterly schedule. See a Quarterly Schedule
start of each quarter. Admission is offered on a space available basis. Stu-   for specific course information.
dents may enroll full-time or part-time.
                                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by                   completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are se-
quential and have prerequisites. A tentative schedule of course offerings
for new students may be obtained from admissions advisors.                                       MEDICal RECoRDs ClERk
It is estimated a full-time student can complete the Medical Reception-                                      Certificate
ist certificate requirements in two quarters. Because not all courses are        HT 130    Medical Office Procedures                             5
offered every quarter, completion times may vary depending on which              HT 126    Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                   5
quarter the student first enrolls.                                                 HT 129 Comprehensive Medical Terminology (online)
                                                                                   may be taken instead of HT 126
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                   HT 145    Healthcare Records Systems                            5
completion and verification of all requirements and standards. In order          HT 270    Excel For The Medical Office                          2
to earn a Medical Receptionist certificate, students must maintain a 2.0         HT 260    Healthcare Records Internship                         3
grade point average with no course grade below C (2.0). Students may             HT 135    Pharmacology For The Medical Office                   2
successfully challenge CAP 101, Introduction to Computers by passing               Prerequisite: Students must be able to keyboard a
the three IC3 Certification tests. There is a fee to take these tests.             minimum of 45 wpm.
                                                                                 totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                    23
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.


                     MEDICal RECEPTIonIsT
                               Certificate
  BUS 123 Records Management                                        3
  BUS 230 Medical Office procedures                                 5
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                 5
  CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                            2
  CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                   4
  CAP 110 Data Entry                                                3
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                 5
    Departmental Electives                                         18
    Recommended elective HT 126 Fundamentals of                     5
    Medical Terminology
  totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                                       45




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                     69
2008-2010 CaTalog                                          ProGramS of Study

                 Medical Transcription                                                            Nursing Assistant
CERTIFICaTE - MEDICal TRansCRIPTIon                                         CERTIFICaTE - nuRsIng assIsTanT

The Medical Transcription program will prepare students for entry level     This program is a prerequisite requirement for the Practical Nursing pro-
employment in physicians offices and clinics.                               gram. This course prepares student for the Nursing Assistant certification
                                                                            exam. Focus is on nursing skills to assist in the care of the long-term health
                                                                            care client. Included are discussions of legal/ethical issues of health care,
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate the background                 communications skills, safety concepts, hygiene and restorative care,
medical knowledge and skills to transcribe medical information with ac-     growth and development concepts, and monitoring body functions.
curacy.
                                                                            Program outcomeS
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                               Basic Technical Skills:
are not required. Students begin the program by registering for HT 126
                                                                                 Demonstrates basic technical skills, which facilitates an optimal
Fundamentals of Medical Terminology and BIO 105 Essentials of Anatomy
                                                                                 level of functioning for the client, recognizing individual, cultural,
& Physiology. It is recommended that students have good typing skills (45
                                                                                 and religious diversity.
wpm), English skills, and word processing skills. (Students who need work
in these areas, should take CAP 101 Computer Fundamentals). A program            Personal Care Skills:
brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Center.                         Demonstrates basic personal care skills.
                                                                                 Mental Health and Social Service Needs;
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Courses are offered in the afternoon or                     Demonstrates the ability to identify the psychosocial characteris-
evening, depending on the quarterly schedule. Students must complete               tics of all clients, including persons with mental retardation, men-
BIO 105 and HT 126 prior to taking the remaining courses. See a Quarterly          tal illness, dementia, Alzheimer’s Disease and related disorders.
Schedule for specific course information.
                                                                                 Basic Restorative Services:
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon                     Incorporates principles and skills of restorative nursing in provid-
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                     ing nursing care.
                                                                                 Client’s Rights and Promotion of Client’s Independence;
                                                                                    Demonstrates behavior that maintains and respects client’s rights
                   MEDICal TRansCRIPTIon                                            and promotes client’s independence, regardless of race, religion,
                              Certificate                                           life-style, sexual preference, disease process, or ability to pay.
    Student must have basic keyboarding skills. Students
     can test out of CAP 107 with a typing                                       Communication and Interpersonal Skills:
    speed of 45 wpm or better.                                                     Use communication skills effectively in order to function as a
  BIO 105 Essentials Of Anatomy & Physiology                      5                member of the nursing team.
  HT 126* Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                     5
  CAP 107 Computerized Keyboarding/Skillbuilding                  3              Infection Control;
  HT 135      Pharmacology For The Medical Office                 2                 Use procedures and techniques to prevent the spread of micro-
  HT 108      Medical Transcription I                             3                 organisms.
  HT 109      Medical Transcription II                            5              Safety/Emergency Procedures:
    *HT 129 may be taken in place of HT 126                       0                Demonstrates the ability to identify and implement safety/emer-
  totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                    23                gency procedures.
                                                                                 Rules and Regulations Knowledge;
                                                                                   Demonstrates knowledge of and is responsive to the laws and
                                                                                   regulations that affect his/her practice, including, but not limited
                                                                                   to, client abuse and neglect, client complaint procedures, workers
                                                                                   right to know, and the Uniform Disciplinary Act.

                                                                            aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                            are not required. Students register for Nursing Assistant on a space avail-
                                                                            able basis through registration. It is a State requirement that students
                                                                            speak and understand English at the level necessary for performing du-
                                                                            ties of a nursing assistant. (WAC 308-173- 210 (1-9), 270 (2a)
                                                                            Students must demonstrate satisfactory health status including current
                                                                            immunizations. Students must also complete a Criminal History Back-
                                                                            ground Check verifying that the student does not have a criminal history
                                                                            of child or adult abuse, financial exploitation of vulnerable adults, or other
                                                                            crimes against persons defined in RCW 43.43 prior to clinical placement.
                                                                            The 2 step TB test PPD (tuberculin test) is required prior to the first day of
                                                                            class. PPD test must have been completed within the last 6 months. Bring
                                                                            documentation with you on the first day of class.


                                                 PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
70
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                               2008-2010 CaTalog



SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Nursing Assistant certificate takes ap-             quential and have prerequisites. A schedule of course offerings can be
proximately three weeks to complete. (See Quarterly Schedule for spe-          obtained from program advisors.
cific information.) Classes are offered two to three times per quarter. All    It is estimated that a full-time student can complete Office Assistant in
class/laboratory sessions are conducted on the college campus. Clinical        three quarters and Receptionist in two to three quarters.
experiences are eight hours per day and conducted at local healthcare          Because not all courses are offered every quarter, completion times may
facilities during varied hours. Students must complete all theory and all      vary depending on which quarter the student first enrolls.
nursing laboratory experiences prior to clinical experiences.
                                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
degree requIremeNtS: Attendance is required; students must at-                 completion and verification of all requirements and standards. In order to
tend a required number of class and clinical sessions in order to receive      earn an Office Assistant or Receptionist certificate, students must main-
a certificate.                                                                 tain a 2.0 grade point average with no course grade below C (2.0). Stu-
Additional fees are required for State testing and certification, which are    dents may successfully challenge CAP 101 Introduction to Computers by
not part of the Nursing Assistant program.                                     passing the three IC3 Certification tests.

                                                                               oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
                       nuRsIng assIsTanT                                       throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes and In-
                               Certificate                                     troduction to Computers may be taken entirely online.
  NA 101 Nursing Assistant Essentials                                3
  NA 102 Nursing Assistant Clinical                                  2
  HLTH 103 CPR: Adult Heartsaver                                   0.5                                    RECEPTIonIsT
  HLTH 133 HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional                         1                                       Certificate
  totaL: (approx. 3-4 weeks)                                       6.5           BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                            3
                                                                                 BUS 123 Records Management                                      3
                                                                                 BUS 171 Technical Communications                                5
                                                                                 BUS 177 Business English I                                      3
                                                                                 CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                               5
           Office Assistant / Receptionist                                       CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding
                                                                                 CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word
                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                 4
CERTIFICaTE- oFFICE assIsTanT                                                    PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
                                                                                   Departmental Electives                                       15
CERTIFICaTE -RECEPTIonIsT
                                                                                 totaL: (approx. 2-3 quarters)                                  45

This program prepares students for careers in a variety of business and                                oFFICE assIsTanT
office settings. Students may achieve certificates in Office Assistant or                                    Certificate
Receptionist. Coursework is taught using multiple teaching methods.              BUS 100 Electronic Math Applications                            3
Students not only work independently but also learn in structured class          BUS 123 Records Management                                      3
sessions. Emphasis is placed on hands-on learning and application. Skills        BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                                5
needed for success in today’s workforce are interwoven throughout the            BUS 171 Technical Communications                                5
program. With the help of a program advisor, students declare their ca-          BUS 177 Business English I                                      3
reer goals when entering the program or after working through course             BUS 178 Business English II                                     3
material and further identifying their personal strengths. Program con-          BUS 280 Assessment                                              1
tent requires the application of basic math, technical reading, and com-         CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                               5
munication skills.                                                               CAP 105 Computerized Touch Keyboarding                          2
Office Assistant and Receptionist students are eligible to join the Interna-     CAP 106 Formatting With MS Word                                 4
tional Association of Administrative Professionals (IAAP).                       CAP 138 MS Word                                                 5
                                                                                 CAP 142 MS Excel                                                5
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in                       CAP 148 MS Powerpoint                                           3
touch keyboarding at 40 wpm on a 3 minute timing with a 3 error limit;           PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
along with 80% competency in word processing, written business com-                Departmental Electives                                       15
munication, business math, effective oral communication skills, office           totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                    67
skills and procedures, and MS Windows.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
process.
Students may enroll in this program at the start of each quarter. Admis-
sion is offered on a space available basis. Students may enroll full-time or
part-time.

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students meet with and are advised by
their program advisor to plan and schedule classes. Many classes are se-




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                     71
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

               Operations Management                                                           oPERaTIons ManagEMEnT
DEgREE - oPERaTIons ManagEMEnT                                                                                Degree
                                                                                Course          Title                                      Credits
CERTIFICaTE - oPERaTIons ManagEMEnT
                                                                                CAP 101        Introduction to Computers                         5
                                                                                COM 170        Oral & Written Communications                     5
This competency-based Associate in Applied Science degree and Certifi-          MATH& 107 Math In Society                                        5
cate program is designed for individuals currently employed on the op-          PSYC 111       Interpersonal Psychology                          5
erations side of a company. Completion of the program will prepare stu-         OPMGT 250 Practicum I                                          12
dents for employment in a supervisory role in operations management.            OPMGT 255 Practicum II                                         12
The program is defined so that it integrates the needs of the company             Students need a minimum of 48 credits
into the class projects. Students who are employed will select a mentor           from the following groups (A, B, C, D). Students must
from their company. Others will select a mentor from any appropriate               take a minimum of two classes from each group
company. Working with their mentors, students will select courses to de-
velop a program tailored to meet the needs of the company. All projects         grouP a: Production Planning and control
and practicums must be approved by the instructor. The courses must             OPMGT 105 Introduction To Operations Management                 5
be selected from the courses provided in the program. Throughout the            OPMGT 107 Fundamentals of Process Management                    5
program, projects will be assigned. Working with their mentors, the stu-        OPMGT 119 Statistical Process Control                           5
dents will define the scope of the project based on the mentor’s recom-         OPMGT 207 Materials Management                                  5
mendations. The program has two practicums of 12 credits each, that are         OPMGT 215 Production Plant Planning                             5
completed within a company and are project-focused.                             OPMGT 225 Operations Management Special Topics                  5
                                                                                grouP B: the human Side of Business
                                                                                BUS 184     Customer Service                                    3
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in job                  HRM 110     Human Resource Management                           5
planning, customer satisfaction, communication, team leadership, statis-        HRM 120     Supervision Fundamentals                            5
tical process, critical thinking, and control concepts of strategic and qual-   HRM 130     Team Building                                       5
ity management.                                                                 grouP c: Business Skill courses
                                                                                gBUS 100    Business Fundamentals                               5
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                 gBUS 110    Business Communications                             5
process.                                                                        gBUS 120    Technical Writing                                   5
Students may enroll in the Operations Management program at the start           grouP d: quality control
of each quarter and should then meet with the program Dean to discuss           TQM 109     Introduction To Total Quality Management            5
a customized learning plan to meet their goals and objectives. Students         PMP 160     Project Management                                  5
who are not seeking a degree or certificate may also enroll for individual      TQM 200     Six Sigma - Statistical Analysis Tools              5
courses listed in the Quarterly Schedule and do not need to meet with           TQM 209     Case Studies In Quality Management                  5
the program Dean.                                                               totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                    92

                                                                                                   gEnERal EDuCaTIon
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Operations Management program
is customized to meet the students’ goals in professional development.                                          AAS
Students choose courses in an order that best fits their personal career        COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                           5
goals.                                                                          MATH& 107 Math In Society                                       5
                                                                                PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
                                                                                totaL:                                                         15
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
upon completion and verification of all requirementsand standards.                                 gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                                                               AAS-T
oNLINe LearNINg: The Operations Management program is offered                   ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5
entirely online (with the exception of MATH& 107, COM 170, and PSYC             MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5
111). Students may schedule a time to meet with the instructor. Interac-          OR
tion with other students in the class will be online. To take this program,     MATH& 107 Math In Society
the student must have access to the Internet.                                   PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5
                                                                                  plUS
                                                                                  5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5
                                                                                  in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                                  These will vary by field of study in the degree.
                                                                                totaL:                                                         20




                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
72
                                                    ProGramS of Study                                           2008-2010 CaTalog


             oPERaTIons ManagEMEnT
                         Certificate
                                                                                         Paraeducator
   For the Operations Management Certificate, the student      CERTIFICaTE - PaRaEDuCaToR
   must complete one course from each of the groups A
   through D, and OPMGT 250, for a minimum of 30 credits
   total.                                                      The Paraeducator program prepares students for the occupation of para-
OPMGT 250 Practicum I                                     12   educator or instructional assistant. Based on the Washington State Para-
grouP a: Production Planning and control                       educator standards and the federal No Child Left Behind guidelines, the
OPMGT 105 Introduction To Operations Management            5   program provides students with education and skill building needed to
OPMGT 107 Fundamentals of Process Management               5   work as effective members of instructional teams and provide learning
OPMGT 119 Statistical Process Control                      5   assistance to children and youth. Core competencies covered in this pro-
OPMGT 207 Materials Management                             5   gram prepare paraeducators to effectively support and extend instruc-
OPMGT 215 Production Plant Planning                        5   tion and services, thereby increasing student learning. These core com-
OPMGT 225 Operations Management Special Topics             5   petencies revolve around the areas of instructional strategies, behavior
grouP B: the human Side of Business                            management, and human growth and development. The program uses
BUS 184      Customer Service                              3   a multimedia approach, drawing on the expertise of local professionals
HRM 110      Human Resource Management                     5   and schools.
HRM 120      Supervision Fundamentals                      5
HRM 130      Team Building                                 5   Program outcomeS:
grouP c: Business Skill courses
gBUS 100     Business Fundamentals                         5     Apply skills and knowledge based on the Washington State Paraeduca-
gBUS 110     Business Communications                       5     tor standards and the federal No Child Left Behind guidelines.
gBUS 120     Technical Writing                             5     Work as effective members of instructional teams.
grouP d: quality control
TQM 109      Introduction To Total Quality Management      5     Provide learning assistance to children and youth.
PMP 160      Project Management                            5
TQM 200      Six Sigma - Statistical Analysis Tools        5   aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
TQM 209      Case Studies In Quality Management            5   are not required. It is best for students to begin the program by registering
totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                               30   for EDUC 131 paraeducator I: Foundation of learning during fall quarter
                                                               on a space available basis; however, students can begin winter or spring
                                                               as well. It is recommended that students have good basic academic skills.
                                                               A program brochure is available at the Counseling and Career Center.

                                                               SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: This program consists of four required
                                                               courses that are offered in the evenings. Three of the courses include a 10-
                                                               hour field experience. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.

                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
                                                               completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

                                                               oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
                                                               throughout the program.


                                                                                          PaRaEDuCaToR
                                                                                              Certificate
                                                                 EDUC 131 paraeducator I: Foundations Of learning                   4
                                                                 EDUC 133 paraeducator II: Strategic learning                       4
                                                                 EDUC 134 paraeducator III: Effective Instruction                   4
                                                                 EDUC 137 Reading, Writing, & Math For The paraeducator             1
                                                                 Optional Electives
                                                                 CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                  5
                                                                 BAS/ABE Basic Academic Skills Courses
                                                                 MATH 100 Occupational Math                                         5
                                                                 totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                       13




              Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                        73
2008-2010 CaTalog                                              ProGramS of Study

   Parenting Education & Early Learning                                           EARLY LEARNING CERTIFICATE--Program application and admission are
                                                                                  not required. It is recommended that students have good basic academic
                                                                                  skills. Students register for “CHFM” Parent/child or Parenting discussion
CERTIFICaTE - EaRly lEaRnIng CERTIFICaTE                                          courses and then let their instructor know that they want to work for
                                                                                  credit. The student will then be transferred to a corresponding “ECED”
Parenting education is provided through the Child & Family Studies De-            course offered for credit.
partment and is designed to educate and support individuals in their role
as parents or caretakers of children. The program incorporates positive           SequeNce aNd ScheduLe:
parenting skills with a child development knowledge base that promotes
strong and healthy families. The program recognizes parenting as an               pARENTINg EDUCATION--Parent/child classes for parents of infants-pre-
important occupation that requires education, experience, knowledge,              schoolers are offered quarterly and participants can continue on in those
thought, energy, and concern. The various parenting courses offered               courses as the child ages. Participants can enter the courses at the begin-
provide instruction in the principles of child development and specific           ning of any quarter.
parenting skills and prepare individuals for their dual role of parent/wage       EARLY LEARNING CERTIFICATE--This program consists of ten credits in
earner.                                                                           adult/child courses that are offered weekdays and on some Saturdays--
The value of Parenting Education at BTC is that participation in the vari-        and 2 credits of adult only discussion courses that are offered weekday
ous parenting courses contributes to the development of children into             evenings and on line. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific information.
healthy, mature adults. Course goals vary depending on the particular
course but all include developing realistic age-level expectations from           degree requIremeNtS: Early Learning Certificate--Students may ap-
knowledge of stages of child behavior and growth; clarifying child rearing        ply for a certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements
values, attitudes, and methods of child guidance; sharing support, con-           and standards which include completion of a combination of 12 credits in
sultation, and resource information concerning child rearing and family           early learning/parenting courses. Students need to complete a minimum
life; developing skills and practice in teaching children; and developing         of 2 credits in early learning/parenting discussion courses with a maxi-
and/or increasing confidence in managing the demanding role of the                mum of 10 credits in Adult/Child courses with a study of at least three
parent in a changing society.                                                     different age groups. It is anticipated that it will take two years or more
Courses for parents and others involved with children are offered each            for students to complete this certificate.
quarter, on campus and at locations throughout Whatcom County. Class-
es include Childbirth Preparation courses, Parent/Child courses where             oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
parents and young children attend class together, and Parenting Discus-           throughout the program. Some of the adult discussion courses are now
sion courses.                                                                     offered on line.
Classes include:
    • Childbirth preparation courses                                                               EaRly lEaRnIng CERTIFICaTE
    • parent/Child courses where parents ad young children attend class                                          Certificate
      together.                                                                       Take 8-10 credits from the following coursework:               0
                                                                                    ECED 130 The Developing Infant                                 1.5
    • parenting Discussion courses
                                                                                    ECED 131 Approaching Toddlerhood                               1.5
Formore information contact BTC at 360-752-8350 or www.btc.ctc.edu.                 ECED 135 Adult/child 1 Yr Dev - A                                2
View the BTC Parenting Program video at http://www.btc.ctc.edu/Cours-               ECED 136 One Yr Development - B                                  2
es/Programs/ParentingEducation/ProgramMain.asp                                      ECED 137 One Yr Development - C                                  2
                                                                                    ECED 140 Adult/child 2 Yr Dev - A                                2
Students who complete a combination of 12 credits of early learning/par-            ECED 141 Two Yr Development - B                                  2
enting courses can apply for the Early Learning certificate. Students need          ECED 142 Two Yr Development - C                                  2
to complete a minimum of 2 credits in Early Learning discussion courses             ECED 145 3 & 4 Yr Development - A                                3
with a maximum of 10 credits in Adult/Child courses with a study of at              ECED 146 3 & 4 Yr Development - B                                3
least three different age groups. It is anticipated that it will take two years     ECED 147 3 & 4 Yr Development - C                                3
for students to complete this certificate.                                          ECED 150 Adult/child 4-5 Yr Dev -A                             1.5
                                                                                    ECED 151 4 & 5 Yr Development - B                              1.5
Program Outcomes                                                                    ECED 152 4 & 5 Yr Development - C                              1.5
 - Plan safe, healthy environments to invite learning;                              ECED 155 Adult/child Toddler Dev -A                              2
                                                                                    ECED 156 Toddler & Preschooler Dev - B                           2
 - Facilitate steps to advance children’s physical and intellectual develop-        ECED 157 Toddler & Preschooler Dev - C                           2
   ment;                                                                              2-3 credits of the following can be used towards the certificate
 - Create positive ways to support children’s social and emotional devel-           ECED 160 Positive Discipline                                   1.5
   opment;                                                                          ECED 161 Early Childhood Step                                    1
 - Develop strategies to establish productive relationships with children           ECED 162 Talk So Kids Will Listen                              1.5
   and families;                                                                    ECED 170 Love & Logic Parenting                                1.5
 - Observe and record children’s behavior; and                                        2-4 credits of the following can be used towards the certificate
                                                                                    ECED 112 Stars - Basics In Child Care                            2
 - Apply principles of child growth and development.
                                                                                    ECED 120 CDA Essentials 1: Intro To ECE/Health, Safety &         4
                                                                                      Nutrition
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN:                                                         ECED 121 CDA Essentials 2: Child Development/Learning            4
pARENTINg EDUCATION--A variety of parent/child and adult only par-                    Environments
enting courses are offered each quarter. Program application and admis-             ECED 122 CDA Essentials 3: Working With                          4
sion are not required. Participants can register for their course of interest.        Families/Professionalism
Half scholarships are available.                                                    totaL:                                                          12

                                                      PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
74
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                                 2008-2010 CaTalog




                Personal Fitness Trainer                                                               Practical Nursing
CERTIFICaTE - PERsonal FITnEss TRaInER                                           CERTIFICaTE - PRaCTICal nuRsIng

This program is designed for people currently employed or seeking em-            Bellingham Technical College offers a program that prepares the student
ployment in the fitness industry, or individuals wanting a better under-         for licensure as a Practical Nurse. The program is approved by the Wash-
standing of health and fitness.                                                  ington State Department of Health: Nursing Care Quality Assurance Com-
Completion of the program will prepare you for jobs working in the fit-          mission. Students who complete the program will have met the educa-
ness industry both in a fitness facility and as a private trainer. You will be   tional requirements needed to apply for permission to take the National
introduced to the National Federation of Professional Trainers (NFPT). This      Council Licensure Examination for Practical Nursing (NCLEX-PN). The
certifying agency offers a career and employment placement program               program is structured to facilitate lifelong learning skills, which students
with a nationwide network to assist successful candidates with job place-        develop while assisting clients in meeting their healthcare needs.
ment in the fitness industry.
                                                                                 Program outcomeS:
Program outcomeS: Graduates will be prepared to successfully pass                  Nursing Process:
the NFPT Personal Fitness Trainer Certification test. On a personal level,           Assist in implementing the nursing process.
certification prepares an individual for a healthy lifestyle by giving them
                                                                                   Communication Skills:
the tools to develop healthy lifestyle habits.
                                                                                     Communicate effectively with client, family, peer group, nursing
                                                                                     team, and a multi-disciplinary team.
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                                   Teaching:
are not required. Students may enroll in the program at the start of fall
quarter. Instructor permission is required for program entry at other                Assist in the health teaching of clients;
times.                                                                               Share knowledge and skills with peers.
                                                                                   Personal and Professional Responsibilities:
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Personal Fitness Trainer classes meet                     Demonstrate, in a structured setting, responsibility for own actions
in the evening. Refer to the Quarterly Schedule for specific dates and               by using common techniques of problem solving and decision mak-
times. One course is offered each quarter beginning with PFT 100 in fall             ing to plan and organize own assignment;
quarter, followed by PFT 110 in winter, and PFT 120 in spring. With a fall           Demonstrate personal integrity and application of ethical and legal
quarter entry, students may complete the program in three consecutive                principles as they pertain to self, clients, and others;
quarters.                                                                            Demonstrate an understanding of own role in health care delivery
                                                                                     system.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                   aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
                                                                                 process.
oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources               To be eligible for admission to the Bellingham Technical College Practical
throughout the program.                                                          Nursing program, applicants must meet college admission requirements,
                                                                                 including a Criminal History Background Check verifying that there is
                                                                                 not a history of child or adult abuse, financial exploitation of vulnerable
                   PERsonal FITnEss TRaInER                                      adults, or other crimes against persons as defined in RCW 43.43.
                                Certificate
                                                                                 Prior to enrollment into the practical nursing program, the student is to
                                                                                 show proof that they have satisfactorily completed a state approved nurs-
  PFT 100     Foundations Of Health & Fitness                         6          ing assistant program.
  PFT 110     Program Development & Training Principles               6          After acceptance into the Practical Nursing program, and prior to clinical,
  PFT 120     Facility Management & Marketing For A Fitness           6          the student is required to
  totaL:                                                             18             Demonstrate satisfactory health status by a physical examination with-
                                                                                    in the preceding six months, including current immunizations
                                                                                    Possess and maintain a current CPR card. Minimum CPR required is
                                                                                    Adult Heartsaver (3hr)
                                                                                    Be 18 years of age
                                                                                    Complete a urine test for prohibited substances prior to entering Nurs-
                                                                                    ing Foundations I.

                                                                                 advaNced PLacemeNt: Entry into the program with advanced stand-
                                                                                 ing is possible for students with previous nursing education. Students
                                                                                 must meet all admissions criteria and should apply for advanced standing
                                                                                 in writing and submit official transcripts at the time of request.




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                         75
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Practical Nursing students begin by com-                NUR 121 Common Health Disturbances I         15
pleting BIOL& 160 - General Biology with Lab, ENGL& 101 English Com-           NUR 122 Nursing practice II                   7
position I, PSYC& 100 - General Psychology, and MATH 98 Elementary Al-           NUR 030: Nursing Foundations III:
gebra or MATH 99 Intermediate Algebra. Math must be completed before           NUR 131 Common Health Disturbances II        15
Anatomy & Physiology. They then move into the two-course Anatomy &             NUR 132 Nursing practice III                  7
physiology sequence, BIOl&241/242, and NUR 105 pharmacology. Upon              totaL: (approx. 5 quarters full-time)        99
completion of this coursework, students take the courses contained in
Nursing Foundations I, II, and III. The Biology and Nursing Foundation
courses are sequenced and must be taken in the order listed. Students                         PRaCTICal nuRsIng - PT
must receive a minimum of 2.0 (C) to progress to the next sequential                                    Certificate
course. A grade of 3.0 (B) is required in NUR 132 to graduate. Not includ-     ENGL& 101 English Composition I               5
ing general education courses, a full-time program of study is 3 quarters      MATH 099 Intermediate Algebra                 5
and a parttime program of study is 6 quarters. There are no summer quar-         OR      0
ter classes.                                                                   MATH 098 Elementary Algebra                   5
FUll-TIME pRACTICAl NURSINg pROgRAM: Students may enter fall,                  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                  5
winter, and spring quarters and should meet with an advisor to plan and        BIOL& 160 General Biology With Lab            5
schedule classes. Generally, classes are held between the hours of 8 am        BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1                       5
and 3 pm or 3 pm and 10 pm on campus. Nursing practice NUR 102, 122,           BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2                       5
and 132 are the lab/clinical courses and are 8 hours a day; times vary de-     NUR 105 pharmacology                          2
pending on the clinical location and the shift.                                HLTH 133 HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional    1
pART-TIME pRACTICAl NURSINg pROgRAM: Students may enter fall                   NUR 101A Common Health Needs 1A               7
only and should meet with an advisor to plan and schedule classes. Hours       NUR 102A Nursing practice 1A                  4
vary depending on class schedules. Nursing Foundations courses are two         NUR 101B Common Health Needs 1B               8
or three days a week, generally between the hours of 8 am and 3 pm             NUR 102B Nursing practice 1B                  3
on campus. Nursing practice NUR 102, 122, and 132 are the lab/clinical         NUR 121A Common Health Disturbances 1A        7
courses and are 8 hours a day. Times vary depending on the clinical loca-      NUR 122A Nursing practice 2A                  4
tion and the shift. Students must be able to accommodate the various           NUR 121B Common Health Disturbances 1B        8
clinical schedules.                                                            NUR 122B Nursing practice 2B                  3
                                                                               NUR 131A Common Health Disturbances 2A       12
                                                                               NUR 131B Common Health Disturbances 2B        3
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a Practical Nursing                NUR 132 Nursing practice III                  7
certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and stan-     totaL: (approx. 9 quarters part-time)        99
dards. Students must receive a minimum of (C) 2.0 in all clinical courses
and a (B) 3.0 in NUR 132 to receive the certificate.

artIcuLatIoN rN educatIoN
coNtINuINg wIth rN educatIoN: regIStered NurSINg: LPN
to rN
Students planning to continue their nursing education should meet with
an admission advisor at BTC. If a student chooses a RN program at a dif-
ferent college, please contact the admissions office of the other college to
determine all program prerequisites. The student that continues on to the
RN education must take Math 99 - Intermediate Algebra.


                    PRaCTICal nuRsIng - FT
                               Certificate
  BIOL& 160 General Biology With Lab                                5
  BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1                                           5
  BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2                                           5
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                   5
  MATH 098 Elementary Algebra                                       5
    OR
  MATH 099 Intermediate Algebra                                     5
  NUR 105 pharmacology                                              2
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                      5
    NUR 010: Nursing Foundations I:
  HLTH 133 HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional                        1
  NUR 101 Common Health Needs                                      15
  NUR 102 Nursing practice 1                                        7
    NUR 020: Nursing Foundations II:




                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
76
                                                             ProGramS of Study                                             2008-2010 CaTalog



                   Precision Machining                                        MACH 244 CNC-CAD/CAM Programming & Operations A
                                                                              MACH 245 CNC-CAD/CAM Program & Operations B
                                                                                                                                            5
                                                                                                                                            5
DEgREE - PRECIsIon MaChInIng                                                  MACH 262 Mathematics II                                       4
CERTIFICaTE - MaChInE oPERaToR                                                MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
CERTIFICaTE - CnC oPERaToR                                                    PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
                                                                              totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                129 s
The Precision Machining program provides students with employment
skills in the computerized machining industry. The Associate in Applied
Science degree includes CAD/CAM, theory, and related academic skills for                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
continued success in the machine trades. In addition to the AAS degree                                        AAS
the program offers a Machine Operator certificate, and a CNC Operator         COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5
certificate. BTC is a Master CAM Training site with state-of-the-art Com-     MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
puter Numerical Control (CNC) machining equipment.                            PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
                                                                              totaL:                                                       15
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in
their ability to operate machine shop equipment: lathes, mills, grinders                         gEnERal EDuCaTIon
and drills. Graduates will read and interpret blueprints per industry stan-                                  AAS-T
dards. Students will also demonstrate competency in CNC machine tool          ENGL& 101 English Composition I                               5
operation and programming and in CAM design and manufacturing.                MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                       5
                                                                                OR
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions               MATH& 107 Math In Society
process.                                                                      PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                  5
Students may enroll in the Precision Machining program at the start of          plUS
each quarter on a space available basis. Part-time enrollment is available      5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted      5
for the morning section only with instructor permission.                        in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                                These will vary by field of study in the degree.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students will complete a specific course               totaL:                                                       20
requirement sequence based on date of enrollment. Students will be                                MaChInE oPERaToR
advised by the program instructor regarding sequence and schedule of                                      Certificate
classes.                                                                      COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                         5
                                                                              MACH 100 Introduction to Trade/Occupational Safety            1
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an (AAS) Associate                MACH 101 Machine Technology I                                 3
in Applied Science degree or an (AAS-T) Associate in Applied Science -        MACH 102 Machine Technology II                                3
Transfer degree or certificate upon completion and verification of all re-    MACH 111 Benchwork/Handtools                                  2
quirements and standards.                                                     MACH 113 Machinery’s Handbook                                 1
                                                                              MACH 119 Machine Fundamentals IA                              5
                    PRECIsIon MaChInIng                                       MACH 120 Machine Fundamentals IB                              5
                                 Degree                                       MACH 122 Machine Fundamentals II                             10
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                            5          MACH 123 Machine Fundamentals III                            10
  MACH 100 Introduction to Trade/Occupational Safety               1          MACH 131 Blueprint Reading I                                  3
  MACH 101 Machine Technology I                                    3          MACH 132 Blueprint Reading II                                 3
  MACH 102 Machine Technology II                                   3          MACH 162 Mathematics I                                        4
  MACH 111 Benchwork/Handtools                                     2          MACH 201 Machine Technology IV                                4
  MACH 113 Machinery’s Handbook                                    1          MACH 213 Applied Machinery’s Handbook                         1
  MACH 119 Machine Fundamentals IA                                 5          MACH 214 Tool and Cutter Grinding                             3
  MACH 120 Machine Fundamentals IB                                 5          MACH 241 Introduction to CNC Machining                        9
  MACH 122 Machine Fundamentals II                                10          MACH 262 Mathematics II                                       4
  MACH 123 Machine Fundamentals III                               10          MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
  MACH 125 Quality Control                                         2          PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                             5
  MACH 131 Blueprint Reading I                                     3          totaL: (approx. 4 quarters)                                  86
  MACH 132 Blueprint Reading II                                    3
  MACH 162 Mathematics I                                           4                                 CnC oPERaToR
  MACH 192 Job Preparation                                         1                                      Certificate
  MACH 201 Machine Technology IV                                   4          Prerequisite: Completion of Machine Operator
  MACH 202 Machine Technology V                                    2            Certificate or two or more years of trade experience.
  MACH 212 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment                           3          MACH 125 Quality Control                                      2
  MACH 213 Applied Machinery’s Handbook                            1          MACH 162 Mathematics I                                        4
  MACH 214 Tool and Cutter Grinding                                3          MACH 241 Introduction to CNC Machining                        9
  MACH 215 Hydraulics                                              1          MACH 242 CNC Programming/Operation                            9
  MACH 221 Machine Fundamentals IV                                 5          MACH 244 CNC-CAD/CAM Programming & Operations A               5
  MACH 222 Machine Fundamentals V                                 10          MACH 262 Mathematics II                                       4
  MACH 241 Introduction to CNC Machining                           9          MATH 100 Occupational Math                                    5
  MACH 242 CNC Programming/Operation                               9          totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                                  38



                  Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                 77
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

                    Process Technology                                          degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an (AAS) Associate
                                                                                in Applied Science degree or an (AAS-T) Associate in Applied Science -
DEgREE - PRoCEss TEChnology                                                     Transfer degree or certificate upon completion and verification of all re-
CERTIFICaTE - PRoCEss TEChnology                                                quirements and standards.


The Associate of Applied Science degree in Process Technology prepares                              PRoCEss TEChnology
students for employment as plant operators in such industries as petro-                                         Degree
leum refining, pulp and paper, food processing, chemical manufacturing,           CAP 101       Introduction to Computers                        5
power generation, and waste water treatment.                                      CHEM& 121 Intro To Chemistry                                   5
                                                                                  COM 170       Oral & Written Communications                    5
                                                                                  ECON 103 Industrial Economics                                  5
The skills learned include monitoring and controlling processing equip-           ENGL 175 Technical Communications                              5
ment such as pumps, compressors, heat exchangers, distillation columns,           MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                        5
boilers, furnaces; troubleshooting and problem solving; safety awareness,         PHYS& 121 General Physics I                                    5
and testing product quality.                                                      PHYS& 122 General Physics II                                   5
                                                                                  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              5
A combination of theory and hands-on training equips students with the            PTEC 101 Introduction to Process Technology                    5
required skills using Envision Computer Simulation modules; computer              PTEC 102 Process technology I (Equipment)                      6
based equipment training modules, state of the art process technology             PTEC 103 Safety, Health and Equipment I                        5
labs, visits to local refineries and power plants, and student team projects.     PTEC 105 Process Technology II (Systems)                       5
The program offers the necessary technical, scientific, academic, commu-          PTEC 110 Process Instrumentation I                             6
nication, and interpersonal skills learning opportunities to prepare stu-         PTEC 203 Safety, Health and Environment II                     5
dents for entry level jobs. AAS certification.                                    PTEC 205 Dynamic Process Control                               5
                                                                                  PTEC 207 Quality Control                                       5
                                                                                  PTEC 210 Process Instrumentation II                            6
The Process Technology program at BTC is designated as The Northwest
                                                                                  PTEC 212 Industrial Processes and Equipment                    5
Center of Excellence for Process and Control Technology within the Wash-
                                                                                  PTEC 215 Process Technology III (Operations)                   6
ington State Community and Technical College system. Currently this is
                                                                                  PTEC 217 Process Troubleshooting                               5
the only such program in the western United States except California. The
                                                                                    Electives: Take 6 credits in Special Topics, and 10 credits in
program is a member of the Center for Advancement of Process Technol-
                                                                                  Project/Practicum
ogy (CAPT), an NSF funded Advanced Technology Center in Texas. Core in-
                                                                                  PTEC 190 Special Topics Food Processing                        3
struction is based on standardized industry-based curriculum developed
                                                                                  PTEC 191 Special Topics Job Search Skill                       3
for CAPT.
                                                                                  PTEC 192 Special Topics Pulp & Paper Processing                3
                                                                                  pTEC 193 Special Topics Upstream process                       3
Program outcomeS: Process Technology graduates will demon-                        PTEC 194 Special Topics Wastewater Treatment                   3
strate a knowledge of the typical hazards found in process plants, basic          PTEC 195 Special Topics Biodiesel                              3
PPE and requirements of regulating bodies regarding safety, health and            PTEC 196 Special Topics Green Energy                           3
environmental issues (OSHA, DOT, EPA). Example: Worker                            PTEC 197 Special Topics Cooperative Education                  3
Right-to Know, PSM, RMP, RCRA, and Clean Air Act); be able to apply               PTEC 270 Process Technology Project                            5
mathematics, physics and chemistry and the ability to link the knowl-             PTEC 272 Process Technology Project II                         5
edge to applications such as the nature of heat, chemical reactions, boil-        PTEC 290 Process Technology Practicum/Internship               5
ing points, vapor pressure, and electrical currents. Graduates will be able       totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                 130
to demonstrate a knowledge of the typical organizational structures,
economics and quality controls; fundamentals of refining and power
generation processes; core functions and principles of operation of typi-                            gEnERal EDuCaTIon
cal process industry equipment such as pumps, compressors, filters and                                            AAS
dryers, lubricating systems, valves and piping systems, process plant in-         COM 170   Oral & Written Communications                          5
strumentation systems (from an operations viewpoint). They will know              MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                          5
the principles and typical operation of electronic control systems (DCS).         PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5
They will have the ability to operate simulated DCS process control sys-          totaL:                                                          15
tems effectively.
                                                                                                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                                                  AAS-T
process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may                ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                  5
require preparatory coursework.                                                   MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                          5
Students may enroll in the Process Technology program on a space avail-           PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                     5
able basis at the start of fall, winter, or spring quarters.                      plUS
Part-time enrollment is available with instructor approval.                       * 5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted         5
                                                                                    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
                                                                                    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students will complete a specific course                   totaL:                                                          20
requirement sequence based on date of enrollment. The instructor will
advise students regarding sequence and class scheduling.


                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
78
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                                    2008-2010 CaTalog


                    PRoCEss TEChnology
                               Certificate
                                                                                                  Radiologic Technology
  CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                  5         DEgREE - RaDIologIC TEChnology
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                              5         CERTIFICaTE - MaMMogRaPhy
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                            5
  PHYS& 121 General Physics I                                        5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5         The Radiologic Technology program fulfills the educational objectives
  PTEC 101 Introduction to Process Technology                        5         established by the American Society of Radiologic Technologists (ASRT)
  PTEC 102 Process technology I (Equipment)                          6         and competencies outlined by the American Registry of Radiologic Tech-
  PTEC 103 Safety, Health and Equipment I                            5         nologists. Program graduates are eligible to apply to take the national
  PTEC 105 Process Technology II (Systems)                           5         certification examination administered by the American Registry of Ra-
  PTEC 110 Process Instrumentation I                                 6         diologic Technologists; successful completion of the registry examination
  PTEC 205 Dynamic Process Control                                   5         results in national certification as a Registered Radiologic Technologist,
  PTEC 210 Process Instrumentation II                                6         RT (R) ARRT.
  PTEC 215 Process Technology III (Operations)                       6         The program is planned with a regional focus in collaboration with Ed-
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                       69         monds Community College, Everett Community College, North Seattle
                                                                               Community College, Peninsula College, Skagit Valley College, and What-
                                                                               com Community College. Students are admitted through Bellingham

                   Project Management
                                                                               Technical College. Students will be assigned regional clinical experience,
                                                                               on a variety of shifts, in hospitals and clinics in Whatcom, Skagit, Island,
                                                                               Snohomish, and King counties. Students will need to provide their own
CERTIFICaTE - PRojECT ManagEMEnT                                               transportation to clinical sites and be able to meet the various clinical
                                                                               schedules. Theory and application of coursework will be articulated with
Project Management is one of the hottest careers in the world today. As        clinical experience using an integrated model of instruction including dis-
a project manager your ability to demonstrate best practices in project        tance education components. This experience will provide opportunities
management, both on the job and through professional certification, is         for clinical competencies required of an entry-level staff technologist.
becoming the standard to successfully compete in today’s fast-paced and
highly technical workplace. After completion of Project Management
                                                                               Radiologic Technologists must remain mentally and physically alert to
Fundamentals, Microsoft Project levels 1 and 2, and Project Management
                                                                               react to emergency situations, safety hazard warnings, and equipment
PMP Preparation, students will be ready for the final capstone class in this
                                                                               problems. The technologist must have the ability to feel, see, hear, and
series to complete their certificate in Project Management. This in-depth
                                                                               smell. The technologist is required to communicate with patients and
program covers the essential elements of managing a successful project.
                                                                               maneuver patients and heavy equipment. Thus, the technologist must
Program outcomeS: Completers will be able to apply project man-                have adequate use of limbs and speech. Every reasonable attempt will be
agement priniciples and software to a given project.                           made to accommodate disabilities.

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission                  MAMMOGRAPHY CERTIFICATE
are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-        For students who have completed a Radiologic Technology Program and
quired courses on a space available basis. It is recommended that stu-         have successfully obtained ARRT registration (must be eligible for their
dents have good basic academic skills.                                         ARRT certificate prior to registering for courses, and must attain the cer-
                                                                               tification and provide proof by the first day of class), BTC is offering a one
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: It is recommended that students take PMP                quarter, on-line course which meets academic requirements for the ARRT
100, Project Management Fundamentals prior to taking the other PMP             Mammographic Registry. Instruction is structured and is not self paced.
courses. Both MS Project Level 1, CAP 150 and MS Project Level 2, CAP          It is the students’ responsibility to secure clinical facilities for practical ex-
151 may be taken concurrently with PMP courses. Classes are held in the        perience with the approval of the college. Clinical affiliates must be ACR
evening or on Fridays or Saturdays. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific      accredited and committed to have students work with Registered Mam-
dates and times.                                                               mographers. Students will submit their clinical choice to BTC faculty with
                                                                               contact information.
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                 Theory I and II may be taken individually for continuing education units
                                                                               for ARRT Registered Mammographers. The ARRT grants up to 12 CEUs for
                     PRojECT ManagEMEnT                                        each credit in qualifying academic courses.
                               Certificate
  CAP 150 Project Level 1                                           1
  CAP 151 Project Level 2                                           1          Program outcomeS
  PMP 100 Project Management Fundamentals                           1            - Follow all safety guidelines and practice safe radiation procedures to
  PMP 120 Project Management - PMP Prep                             2              fully protect staff, patients and self.
  PMP 130 Project Management Integration Project                    1            - Competently performs clinical and administrative components of
  totaL: (approx. 1-2 quarters)                                     6              each radiographic procedure. Produce optimal radiographic images,
                                                                                   accurately assessing and applying corrections required when cor-
                                                                                   recting suboptimal images.




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                             79
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

  - Interact in a compassionate, respectful manner assessing patient con-       winter, and spring. Courses will be scheduled at a variety of times dur-
    dition and concerns: provide for patient safety, comfort, confidential-     ing the day, late afternoon, and evening. Some courses will be provided
    ity and modesty.                                                            online and some using video conference media at Everett, North Seattle,
  - Conducts herself/himself in a professional manner according to ARRT         and Bellingham. Clinical shifts may be from 8 to 12 hours dependent on
    and ASRT standards. Assess situations, exercise care, discretion and        the quarter and may vary from days, evenings, or weekends at a variety of
    judgment; assume responsibility for professional decisions; support         clinics and hospitals. Students must be able to accommodate the various
    colleagues and acts in the best interest of the patient.                    clinical schedules. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required to progress in the
                                                                                program, but no course can be completed with less than a 2.0 GPA.
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN
This program requires an admissions process.                                    degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
                                                                                plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
To be eligible for admission to the Bellingham Technical College Radio-         upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
logic Technology program, students must submit official transcripts doc-
umenting completion of the following prerequisite college courses with          *Radiologic Technology has additional admissions requirements..
a GPA as indicated:
a. English Composition I (ENGL& 101) 5 credits or equivalent. (Minimum                           RaDIologIC TEChnology
    2.0 GPA)                                                                                                    Degree
b. Introduction to Computers (CAP 101)5 credits or equivalent. Equiva-            HLTH 133 HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional                      1
    lent courses must include windows, word processing, and spreadsheet.          RT 101    Radiographic Positioning I                            5
    Students who do not have transcripts of formal computer training may          RT 110    Intro To Radiologic Technology                        5
    challenge the CAP 101 requirement through examination.                        RT 112    Patient Care In Radiology                             4
c. Intermediate Algebra (MATH 099) 5 credits or equivalent within the last        RT 114    Leadership Seminar                                    1
    3 years or departmental approval. (Minimum 2.7 GPA)                           RT 102    Radiographic Positioning II                           5
d. Medical Terminology (HT 126) 3 credits. (Minimum 2.0 GPA)                      RT 120    Imaging And Processing                                4
e. Human A & P 1 & 2 (BIOL& 241 & BIOL& 242), 5 credits each or equiva-           RT 131    Radiographic Clinic I                                 8
    lent within the last 3 years or departmental approval. (Minimum 2.7           RT 205    Radiology Pharmacology                                2
    GPA)                                                                          RT 103    Radiographic Positioning III                          5
                                                                                  RT 121    Radiographic Physics I                                4
f. General Psychology (PSYC& 100) 5 credits. (Minimum 2.0 GPA)                    RT 132    Radiographic Clinic II                                8
Note: It is acceptable to repeat a prerequisite course in order to receive        RT 210    Radiation Biology                                     3
the required GPA. These courses must be taken at a regionally accredited          RT 230    Registry Review & Employment Readiness                3
college or university.                                                            RT 133    Radiographic Clinic III                              12
                                                                                  RT 123    Radiographic Physics II                               3
To be eligible for admission to the Bellingham Technical College Ra-              RT 201    Adv Patient Procedures & Pathology I                  5
diologic Technology program, applicants must meet college admission               RT 231    Radiographic Clinic IV                               11
requirements, including a Criminal History Background Check verifying             RT 202    Adv Patient Procedures & Pathology II                 5
that there is not a history of child or adult abuse, financial exploitation       RT 220    Radiographic Physics III                              3
of vulnerable adults, or other crimes against persons as defined in RCW           RT 232    Radiographic Clinic V                                12
43.43 and evidence of high school graduation or its equivalent. Accept-           RT 122    Quality Assurance                                     2
able documents include a copy of your high school diploma, high school            RT 233    Radiographic Clinic VI                               12
transcript, or GED certificate. Please contact Admissions & Advising for          totaL: (7 quarters)                                           120
additional program admissions requirements.
After acceptance into the Radiologic Technology program, and prior to
                                                                                                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
registering for first quarter, the student is required to:
                                                                                                                 AAS-T
   - Within the preceding six months of going to clinical, demonstrate
                                                                                  Course      Title                                          Credits
      satisfactory health status by a physical examination, including cur-
                                                                                  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                  5
      rent immunizations; provide documentation of negative 2-step PPD
                                                                                  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                          5
      testing, negative chest x-ray, or appropriate treatment. First clinical
                                                                                    OR
      course will take place in January of the first year of the program.
                                                                                  MATH& 107 Math In Society
   - Attend a mandatory summer orientation day. During this time the              PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                     5
      student is required to successfully complete a urine test for prohib-         plUS
      ited substances. This test will be arranged by a college representa-          5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted         5
      tive and be administered on campus.                                           in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
   - Prior to registration for the second quarter, the student is required to       These will vary by field of study in the degree.
   - Be at least 18 years of age;                                                 totaL:                                                          20
   - Possess and maintain a current CPR card. Minimum CPR requirement
      is Heartsaver Complete (6hr). Accepted no later than Oct. 31st.
   - Show proof of personal health insurance (student accident insurance
      is available). Accepted no later than Oct. 31st.

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Radiologic Technology program be-
gins fall quarter and is a total of seven (7) quarters. First year students
attend fall, winter, spring, and summer. Second year students attend fall,
                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
80
                                                              ProGramS of Study                                              2008-2010 CaTalog


                          MaMMogRaPhy                                               -ENGL&101 English Composition I (5 cr)
                               Certificate                                          -CHEM&121 Intro to Chemistry (5 cr)
  Course      Title                                           Credits               -BIOL&260 Microbiology (5 cr)
  RAD 250     Mammographic Theory I                                 3               -PSYC&100 General Psychology (5 cr)
  RAD 251     Mammographic Theory II                                3
  RAD 252     Mammographical Clinical                               2               -PSYC&200 Lifespan Psychology (5 cr)
  totaL:                                                            8               -MATH&107 Math in Society (5 cr) or MATH&141 Precalculus I (5 cr)

                                                                               Submit a complete application packet including admissions application
                                                                               materials and transcripts to:

         Registered Nursing: LPN to RN                                         Bellingham Technical College
                                                                               Attention: Admissions, Registered Nursing
                                                                               3028 Lindbergh Avenue
Bellingham Technical College offers a program for nurses who have grad-        Bellingham, WA 98225-1599
uated from a PN program, that prepares the student for licensure as a
Registered Nurse and an AAS Degree. Applicants should be aware that            SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Registered Nursing begins fall and winter
the program requires independent study. The program is for nurses who          quarters with enrollment for three quarters. Students will average 140
have graduated from a practical nursing program approved by the Wash-          hours per quarter in a combination of lecture, lab and clinical work, at-
ington State Department of Health: Nursing Care Quality Assurance Com-         tending school for one to two days every week (6-8 hours per day). Hos-
mission. Students who complete the program will have met the educa-            pital clinical experiences are scheduled to take place on the weekends
tional requirements needed to apply for permission to take the National        either during the day or in the evening.
Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nursing (NCLEX-RN).
                                                                               degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a degree upon com-
                                                                               pletion and verification of all requirements and standards.
Program outcomeS
   Provider of Care:                                                                                        lPn To Rn
     Practice competently and safely in a variety of health care settings
     with clients of diverse socio-cultural identities across the life span;
                                                                                 NUR 211 Nursing Dimensions I                                    7
     Demonstrates critical thinking and clinical judgment by integrat-           NUR 212 Client Care Management practice I                       4
     ing and building upon theoretical concepts from nursing and re-             NUR 221 Nursing Dimensions II                                   6
     lated fields;                                                               NUR 222 Client Care Management practice II                      4
     Implements the nursing process.                                             NUR 231 Nursing Dimensions III                                  5
                                                                                 NUR 234 Capstone Clinical                                       4
    Manager of Care:                                                             totaL: (3 quarters)                                            30
      Plan and coordinate care for an individual or group of clients with                           gEnERal EDuCaTIon
      health care needs by using established priorities;
                                                                                                                  AAS-T
      Demonstrates an understanding of own role in the health care de-           MATH& 141      Precalculus I                                    5
      livery.                                                                      OR
                                                                                 MATH& 107      Math In Society
    Member Within the Discipline of Nursing:                                       plUS
      Actively participates within the nursing profession;                       PSYC& 200      Lifespan Psychology                              5
                                                                                 BIOL& 260      Microbiology                                     5
      Seeks opportunity for continued learning, self-development, lead-
                                                                                 CHEM& 121      Intro To Chemistry                               5
      ership, and management skills.
                                                                                 totaL:                                                         20

aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions
process.
To be eligible for admission to the Bellingham Technical College Regis-
tered Nursing: LPN to RN, applicants must complete an application pack-
et. Incomplete application packets will not be considered. Application
packets are available by calling the Admissions office at 360-752-8345.
Any questions regarding admission should be directed to Chris Richter,
Admissions at 360-752-8321, or crichter@btc.ctc.edu. To be eligible for
admission, applicants must provide all of the following items:
   -Evidence of completion of at least 1000 hours as a working LPN within
   the last five years
   -Completed BTC admissions application and pay $35 fee
   -Official transcripts containing evidence of successful completion of
   the prerequisite courses with a 2.0 or above
      -BIOL&241 Human A & P 1 (5 cr)
      -BIOL&242 Human A & P 2 (5 cr)


                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                     81
2008-2010 CaTalog                                          ProGramS of Study

           Residential Home Inspection                                       eas for future and current employees in a variety of retail operations, in-
                                                                             cluding grocery stores, department stores, and specialty retailers.
CERTIFICaTE -REsIDEnTIal hoME InsPECTIon
                                                                             aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program application and admission
                                                                             are not required. Students begin the program by registering for the re-
                                                                             quired courses on a space available basis. It is recommended that stu-
Bellingham Technical College provides a high quality, fast-track training    dents have good basic academic skills.
program to prepare students to begin their own professional home in-
spection business or seek employment with a home inspection company.
This program will meet the requirements of new Washington State certi-       SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students choose courses in an order that
fication. Regulations to be implemented in 2009-2010.                        best fits their personal career goals. See a Quarterly Schedule for specific
The 15 credits program consists of an intensive 4-week full-time Home        course information.
Inspection Training Program. Coursework will follow the renowned Car-
son Dunlop and Associates textbooks and in-depth presentations. Hands        degree requIremeNtS: Students who have started a Western Asso-
on study and a combination of technical labs and field inspections will      ciation of Food Chains (WAFC) endorsed Retail Management Certificate
supplement classroom instruction.                                            program with another college may receive a certificate from Bellingham
This program is offered on the BTC campus and at several other colleges      Technical College by completing at least four of the courses listed for the
in Washington State.                                                         Retail Management Certificate of Completion at Bellingham Technical
                                                                             College and transferring in equivalent courses to meet the remaining re-
                                                                             quirements.
Program outcomeS: Graduates will receive a Bellingham Technical
College Certificate and be prepared to take, and pass, the National Home
Inspector Exam, the Washington State Structural Pest Inspector Exam or       CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION – RETAIL MANAGEMENT OPTION
any exam required by the leading home inspection associations.               Some colleges offering WAFC-endorsed Retail Management Certificates
                                                                             utilize courses with less credits than the comparable Bellingham Techni-
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: Program admission and application                cal College course. For students who have started a Retail Management
are not required.                                                            Certificate with these colleges, a Certificate of Completion may be ob-
                                                                             tained by transferring in courses in the content areas listed below, with
                                                                             the following provisions:
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: RHI 110 Residential Home Inspection                   A maximum of six of the ten content areas may be satisfied with transfer
Course at Bellingham Technical College typically runs for four weeks, from   courses (i.e., four of the content areas must be completed at Bellingham
8:00am-5:00pm, Monday-Friday.                                                Technical College, 18 credits minimum);
                                                                             Courses transferred in must equate to at least 3 quarter credits per con-
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon               tent area;
completion and verification of all requirements and standards.                  Content Areas
                                                                                Business Communication
              REsIDEnTIal hoME InsPECTIon                                       Business Mathematics
                              Certificate                                       Leadership and Human Relations
  RHI 110 Residential Home Inspection                            15             Microcomputer Applications
  totaL: (approx. 4 weeks)                                       15             Oral Communications (Business or Speech)
                                                                                Bookkeeping or General Accounting
                   Retail Management                                            Introduction to Management
                                                                                Marketing Management
CERTIFICaTE - RETaIl ManagEMEnT                                                 Human Resources Management
                                                                                Retail Management & Merchandising
The Retail Management Certificate is designed to give individuals a clear
sense of what is involved in managing a retail sales operation or line of
merchandise. Individuals completing the Retail Management Certificate        oNLINe LearNINg: Students will use some online tools and resources
program will develop a clear sense of the scope of a career in the field     throughout the program. Some of the General Education classes, Retail
of retail management. Foundation courses in both written and oral com-       Management and Introduction to Computers may be taken entirely on-
munication, business math, human relations, and microcomputer appli-         line.
cations are included. Students also complete specific business and man-
agement courses in accounting, management, marketing, retailing, and                               RETaIl ManagEMEnT
human resource management.
                                                                                                            Certificate
The retail industry is fast-paced and rapidly changing. Technological ad-      ACCT 141 Financial Accounting I                                   5
vances such as scanners and electronic data interchange, as well as vari-      BUS 150 Mathematics For Business                                  5
ous innovations in marketing and distribution, have created a need for           or transfer level Math course                                   0
personnel with strong fundamental management and computer skills.              BUS 171 Technical Communications                                  5
Candidates possessing these skills have excellent prospects for employ-          or ENGL& 101 English Composition I                              0
ment and/or advancement.                                                       CAP 101 Introduction to Computers                                 5
Developed with and endorsed by the Western Association of Food Chains          COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                             5
(WAFC), this certificate provides broad-based training in ten content ar-      HRM 110 Human Resource Management                                 5

                                                  PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
82
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                                  2008-2010 CaTalog


  MGMT 152 Small Business Management                                  3          ogy program, and prior to enrollment in SURg 120, students are required
  MGMT 210 Supervision For The Office                                 5          to:
    or PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                              0             - Demonstrate satisfactory health status by a physical examination
  MKT 100 Marketing Fundamentals                                      5               within the preceding six months, including current immunizations;
    Retail Management and Merchandising (5 credits)                   5             - Complete a urine test for prohibited substances. The test must screen
    online through Skagit Valley College                                              for the following five drugs: amphetamines, cocaine, marijuana, opi-
  totaL: (approx. 3-4 quarters)                                      48               ates, and PCP;
                                                                                    - Possess and maintain a current CPR card. Minimum CPR required is
                                                                                      Adult Heartsaver (3 hrs);
                    Surgery Technology                                              - Show proof of personal health insurance (student accident insurance
                                                                                      is available); and
CERTIFICaTE - suRgERy TEChnology                                                    - Be eighteen (18) years of age prior to the start of the clinical course-
                                                                                      work (SURg 120 and SURg 125)
The Surgery Technology program is an accredited program designed to
meet the expanding demand of surgery and related healthcare depart-              SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: Students begin by completing their gen-
ments. This is an exciting career opportunity that will prepare men and          eral education courses. The Surgery courses begin in fall quarter and end
women to function as an integral part of the team of healthcare prac-            spring quarter, totaling three consecutive quarters. This sequence does
titioners, providing surgical care to the patient. The surgery technolo-         not include summer. Students should meet with an advisor regarding
gist is under the supervision of the physician and/or registered nurse           completing their general education requirements. Students can com-
at all times. The program prepares students to develop expertise in the          plete all general education courses listed on the certificate requirements
theory and application of sterile and aseptic technique and combines             except the SURg courses to become eligible to be on the program ready
knowledge of human anatomy and surgical procedures. Additionally,                list. Transcripts must be submitted to be considered for the program
the program prepares competent entry-level surgical technologists in             ready list. The Surgery Technology courses are sequenced and require
the cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavior)        passage to progress to the next course.
learning domains. Students learn how to implement surgical tools and
technologies to facilitate a physician’s performance of invasive, therapeu-
tic and diagnostic procedures. Students will spend a major portion of the        degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for a certificate upon
training program in clinical practice, coordinated by the instructor. Clini-     completion and verification of all requirements and standards.
cal practice will take place regionally in hospitals, surgery centers, and
physicians’ outpatient surgery. Students will need to provide their own
                                                                                                      suRgERy TEChnology
transportation to clinical sites.
                                                                                                                Certificate
                                                                                   BIOL& 160 General Biology With Lab                                 5
Program outcomeS:                                                                  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                              5
  Utilize critical and logical thinking processes to evaluate and interpret          OR
  requests from the surgical field while performing surgical procedures;           ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                    5
  Understand current practices and demonstrate sound decision making               MATH 100 Occupational Math                                         5
  to provide patient, staff and personal safety;                                   MATH 098 Elementary Algebra                                        5
                                                                                     OR
  Strive for excellence in the practice of sterile technique. Recognize and        MATH 099 Intermediate Algebra                                      5
  respond immediately to any breaks in sterile technique;                          PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                       5
  Work collaboratively and interact positively and appropriately with                OR
  surgical team members and supervisors. Take responsibility for own               PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                  5
  learning; and                                                                    HT 126    Fundamentals Of Medical Terminology                      5
  Effectively write the P.A.E. (Program Assessment Exam).                          HLTH 133 HIV/AIDS: Healthcare Professional                         1
                                                                                   BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1                                            5
                                                                                   BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2                                            5
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: To be eligible for the program ready
                                                                                   HO 105 Pharmacology                                                2
list, all general education courses must be completed. To be eligible for
                                                                                   SURg 120 Surgery Technology I                                     10
admission to the Bellingham Technical College Surgery Technology pro-
                                                                                   SURg 125 Surgery Technology lab                                   10
gram, applicants must meet college admission requirements and submit
                                                                                   SURg 133 Surgery Technology II                                    10
additional materials, including a completed Criminal History Background
                                                                                   SURg 136 Surgery Tech Clinical practice I                         12
Check verifying that there is not a history of child or adult abuse, financial
                                                                                   SURg 143 Surgery Technology III                                    6
exploitation of vulnerable adults, or other crimes against persons as de-
                                                                                   SURg 145 Surgery Tech Clinical practice II                        10
fined in RCW 43.43 and evidence of high school graduation or its equiva-
lent. Acceptable documents include a copy of your high school diploma,             totaL: (approx. 5 quarters)                                       96
high school transcript, or GED certificate.
To be eligible for the program ready list, all general education courses
must be completed. Students can complete all general education courses
in any quarter. Transcripts are required showing evidence that all general
education courses are complete to become eligible for the program ready
list and entry into the Surgery Technology courses.
After acceptance to be on the program ready list for the Surgery Technol-



                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                          83
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           ProGramS of Study

       Surveying & Mapping Technology                                         SURV 112 public lands Survey System
                                                                              SURV 113 Boundary law and land:Descriptions
                                                                                                                                           5
                                                                                                                                           5
                                                                              SURV 116 Survey Data Systems                                 4
DEgREE - suRvEyIng & MaPPIng TEChnology                                       SURV 140 Fundamentals of gIS & gpS                           4
                                                                              SURV 152 Zoning, permitting and platting                     4
                                                                              SURV 191 professional Development and Safety                 2
The Surveying & Mapping Technology program prepares the student for
                                                                              SURV 201 Advanced Survey Seminar                             7
employment as a survey and mapping technician in field and office appli-
                                                                              SURV 202 gpS Systems                                         7
cations. Instruction is individualized within a structured curriculum, and
                                                                              SURV 204 Environmental Mapping                               4
instructional time is divided between classroom theory and practical ap-
                                                                              SURV 205 Advanced gIS Applications                           7
plication. The degree program includes use of a variety of equipment and
                                                                              SURV 252 land Development Desktop II - Survey                6
computer software, including GPS equipment, the use of drafting soft-
ware, including CAD & GIS. Students receive the necessary technical, and      totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                130
academic skills to be productive and dependable employees. Surveying
students are encouraged to participate in the activities of the Land Sur-
veyor’s Association of Washington (LSAW) as student members.
                                                                                                 gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                                                                                              AAS
                                                                              COM 170   Oral & Written Communications                      5
Program outcomeS: Graduates will demonstrate competency in ba-                MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                      5
sic GIS and surveying and mapping skills; prepare for the Level I Survey      PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                            5
Technical Exam given by the Career Development Committee of LSAW;             totaL:                                                      15
possess the ability to prepare a topographic map of a parcel of property
that is evaluated by WAC 332-130 standards; demonstrate entry level
competency in using CAD skills; demonstrate a working knowledge of                               gEnERal EDuCaTIon
the Global Positioning System (GPS); demonstrate a working knowledge                                         AAS-T
of Washington Law related to surveying and boundaries; receive, inter-        ENGL& 101 English Composition I                             5
pret, and convey written, verbal and graphic information; and prepare a       MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                     5
BTC campus map data using current RTK GPS equipment.                          PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                5
                                                                                plUS
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                 5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted    5
process. Note: This program contains advanced mathematics that may              in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
require preparatory coursework.                                                 These will vary by field of study in the degree.
                                                                              totaL:                                                      20
Students may enroll in the Surveying & Mapping Technology program at
the start of the fall quarter or at other times with instructor permission.
Admission is offered on a space available basis. Part-time enrollment and
individual class enrollment is available with instructor approval.
CAP 101 Introduction to Computers is a required prerequisite for students
to enroll in this program. Students may test out of this requirement by
passing the three IC3 exams (Living Online, Computer Fundamentals, and
Key Applications - Word, Excel and PowerPoint). These tests may be taken
at BTC or any other CertiPort Testing Center.

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Surveying & Mapping Technology stu-
dent will complete a specific course requirement sequence based on date
of enrollment. Students will be advised by the program instructor regard-
ing sequence and schedule of classes.

degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-
plied Science degree an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.


          suRvEyIng & MaPPIng TEChnology
                                 Degree
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                            5
  ENGT 127 Civil/Survey CAD 1                                      7
  ENGT 128 Civil/Survey CAD 2                                      7
  ENGT 132 MS Office Applications                                  5
  ENGT 153 Intermediate GIS                                        7
  ENGT 251 Land Desktop - Survey Add-On                           13
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                          5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                                5
  SURV 102 Fundamentals of Surveying I                             7
  SURV 103 Fundamentals of Surveying II                            5
  SURV 104 Construction and Highway Surveys                        6
                                                   PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
84
                                                                  ProGramS of Study                                                   2008-2010 CaTalog



                   Veterinary Technician                                            aPPLIcatIoN aNd regIStratIoN: This program requires an initial
                                                                                    admissions process to begin the program and an advanced application
DEgREE - vETERInaRy TEChnICIan                                                      process to progress into sequential curriculum.
CERTIFICaTE - vETERInaRy assIsTanT                                                  In addition to the BTC admission procedures, all Veterinary program stu-
                                                                                    dents in both the part time and full time sections are required to submit
The Veterinary Technician program prepares students for employment                  the Criminal Disclosure Questionnaire and Criminal Background Inquiry
as a Veterinary Technician with expanded duties allowed by Washington               verifying that you do not have a criminal history of child or adult abuse, fi-
State law. This new program will be accredited by the American Veteri-              nancial exploitation of vulnerable adults, or other crimes against persons
nary Medical Association (AVMA) Committee on Veterinary Technician Ed-              as defined in RCW 43.43.830 and RCW 43.43.840.
ucation and Activities (CVTEA); allowing graduated students to take the             Note: Some clinical sites may require a drug screen which would be com-
National Veterinary Technician test. Clinical experience is provided under          pleted prior to clinical placement.
the supervision of veterinarians and licensed veterinary technicians at a
variety of regional animal care offices and facilities.                             Prior to enrollment in vett110, part-time and full-time veterinary
                                                                                    technician degree option students must submit a complete packet
                                                                                    containing the following items in order to continue:
The individual that successfully completes this program will have the
knowledge base, critical thinking and technical skills to become a licensed          1) Evidence of high school graduation or its equivalent. Acceptable doc-
Veterinary Technician upon completing the state licensing requirements.                 uments include a copy of high school diploma, high school transcript,
The training of the veterinary technician will be divided into three con-               or GED certificate.
cept stages:                                                                         2) Photocopy of Washington State Driver’s License (must be clear and
1) Understanding normal anatomy, physiology and behavior of health for                  readable) as student must be a minimum 18 years of age when they
the species studied                                                                     graduate.
2) Understanding and participating in the process of diagnosis, therapy              3) Official transcripts containing evidence of the four general education
and prevention of animal disease                                                        courses and a completed Transfer Credit Request Form.
3) Understanding the profession of Veterinary Technician including: occu-               - English Composition (ENG 101) 5 credits or equivalent (Minimum
pational safety, public health, client and colleague communication, ethics                2.0 GPA)
of animal welfare, and the human-animal bond.                                           - Math in Society (Math& 107) or Pre-Calculus (Math& 141) 5 credits
                                                                                          or equivalent or departmental approval (Minimum 2.0 GPA)
Program outcomeS                                                                        - General Psychology (PSY 101) 5 credits, or General Sociology 5 cred-
                                                                                          its or equivalent. (Minimum 2.0 GPA)
 - Demonstrate current veterinary techniques in areas such as animal
   husbandry, necropsy and anesthesia, the use and application of medi-                 - Transfer Level Humanities or Science 5 credits or equivalent. (Mini-
   cines and materials, and safety and health standards                                   mum 2.0 GPA)
 - Provide support for companion animal, equine, and food animal prac-               4) The Health Status Report including evidence of required and recom-
   tice, biomedical research, and other veterinary medical activities;                  mended immunizations.
 - Comprehend basic medical terminology and science and demonstrate
   clinical application skills. Ability to integrate skills such as nursing, sur-   advaNced PLacemeNt: Advanced placement in the Veterinary Tech-
   gical, pharmacological, dental, and imaging knowledge and skills in              nology Program will be possible for students who have completed the
   order to care for live animals;                                                  certificate in Veterinary Assisting and program pre-requisites with a 2.0
 - Demonstrate cognitive retention of medical terminology, theory and               (“C”) or better, and as space allows.
   science, including anatomy and physiology, clinical pathology and mi-
   crobiology;                                                                      For those who had taken the Veterinary Assistant program prior to the
 - Demonstrate positive work ethics, professionalism and understanding              Fall 2008 quarter, and wish to enter the Veterinary Technology Program,
   of team health care delivery;                                                    they must:
 - Demonstrate a foundation in professionalism through participation in                  - Complete all program pre-requisite courses with a 2.0 (“C”) or bet-
   professional organizations and activities and continuing education op-                  ter;
   portunities;                                                                          - Take and pass with 2.0 GPA (“C”) the VET 150 – Veterinary Assistant
 - Incorporate into practice professional laws, regulations and policies                   to Technician Preparatory Course; and
   established by the licensing state and regulatory agencies;                           - Take a knowledge-based comprehensive exam to assess where in
 - Promote humane animal care and management through counsel-                              the program they can enter and have the best opportunity to be
   ing owners to reduce health risks and provide community veterinary                      successful.
   health services in a variety of settings;
 - Demonstrate understanding of veterinary office management and
   economics. Understanding of varying roles and organizational struc-
   tures present in veterinary practice; and
 - Provide preventive and therapeutic services, including nutritive, nurs-
   ing and dental care, that promote animal health according to the
   needs of the patient.




                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                              85
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             ProGramS of Study

SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Veterinary Technology program at Bell-                                gEnERal EDuCaTIon
ingham Technical College will be offered in a unique way in that an early                                   AAS-T
out certificate option as a Veterinary Assistant. All courses will be taught    PSYC& 100 General Psychology                     5
using a “hybrid” format in which the student will do a significant portion      MATH& 141 Precalculus I                          5
of the lecture/didactic material through a web-based medium.                      MATH& 107 can be taken in place of MATH& 141
                                                                                ENGL& 101 English Composition I                   5
FUll-TIME pROgRAM: (6 qUARTERS)                                                   Transfer level Humanities or Science            5
The full-time program will normally be scheduled Monday through Thurs-          totaL:                                           20
day during the hours of 8 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. After the first two quarters,
students who opt out with a certificate in Veterinary Assisting will then
need to enroll in VET 117, Clinical Internship.                                                  vETERInaRy assIsTanT
                                                                                                         Certificate
                                                                                VET 120 Veterinary Math                           2
pART-TIME pROgRAM: (AppROX. 9 qUARTERS)                                         VETT 101 Veterinary Nursing I                     5
Students who wish to enroll in the part-time, evening program will nor-         VETT 102 Veterinary Anatomy & Physiology I        5
mally be scheduled Monday, Wednesday and Thursday from 3:30 p.m. to             VETT 103 Veterinary Medical Terminology           3
7 p.m. the first three quarters, with alternating days, the following 6 quar-   VETT 104 Veterinary Nutrition I                   3
ters. The first 3 quarters of the PT program, plus VET 117, taken during the    VETT 106 Microbiology, Virology, & Mycology       3
summer, qualify the student to earn a certificate in Veterinary Assisting.      VETT 107 Small Animal Parasitology                3
* When required lab components require the students to be at on off-site        VETT 108 Radiology I                              6
Veterinary Facility, the schedule is subject to change to other days and        VETT 109 Laboratory Sciences                      6
times of the week, depending on availability.                                   VET 117 Veterinary Assisting Internship           2
                                                                                totaL: (approximately 2 quarters)                43
DEgREE REqUIREMENTS
Students may apply for an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree
upon completion and verification of all requirements and standards.

Students must maintain a 2.0 grade point average with no course below
C (2.0) to earn a degree or certificate.

                    vETERInaRy TEChnICIan
                                 Degree
  VET 120 Veterinary Math                                            2
  VETT 101 Veterinary Nursing I                                      5
  VETT 102 Veterinary Anatomy & Physiology I                         5
  VETT 103 Veterinary Medical Terminology                            3
  VETT 104 Veterinary Nutrition I                                    3
  VETT 106 Microbiology, Virology, & Mycology                        3
  VETT 107 Small Animal Parasitology                                 3
  VETT 108 Radiology I                                               6
  VETT 109 Laboratory Sciences                                       6
  VETT 105 Learning For A Lifetime                                   2
  VETT 110 Veterinary Anatomy & Physiology II                        3
  VETT 111 Small Animal Medicine I                                   4
  VETT 112 Veterinary Nursing II: Surgical                           5
  VETT 113 Immunology & Pharmacology I                               3
  VETT 114 Dentistry                                                 4
  VETT 115 Radiology II                                              4
  VETT 118 Small Animal Medicine II                                  3
  VETT 119 Advanced Clinical Lab Science                             4
  VETT 120 Anesthesia                                                5
  VETT 121 Exotic Animal Medicine                                    3
  VETT 125 Humanity of Veterinary Medicine                           2
  VETT 116 Large Animal Medicine                                     3
  VETT 117 Veterinary Nursing III: Large                             4
  VETT 122 Veterinary Nutrition II                                   2
  VETT 123 Veterinary Nursing IV                                     5
  VETT 124 Specialty Medicine                                        3
  VETT 126 Pharmacology II                                           3
  VETT 130 Veterinary Clinical Work Experience                      10
  totaL: (approximately 6 quarters)                                113



                                                    PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
86
                                                               ProGramS of Study                                          2008-2010 CaTalog



  Welding Technology - Aluminum, Pipe,                                                    wElDIng TEChnology
        or Structural Fabrication                                                aluMInuM, PIPE, oR sTRuCTuRal FaBRICaTIon,
                                                                                                            Degree
DEgREE - wElDIng TEChnology                                                     weLdINg 1st Year
              Aluminum, PiPe, OR StRuctuRAl FAbRicAtiOn                         COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                    5
                                                                                MATH 100 Occupational Math                               5
CERTFICaTE - InDusTRIal wElDIng                                                 PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                        5
CERTIFICaTE - BasIC wElDIng skIlls                                              WLD 101 Welding Safety I                                 2
                                                                                WLD 102 Welding Safety II                                2
                                                                                WLD 103 Hand and Power Tools                             4
Student Chapter of the American Welding Society (AWS)                           WLD 104 Career Opportunities for Welders                 2
                                                                                WLD 105 Thermal Cutting Processes                        3
The Welding Technology program prepares students for employment in              WLD 106 Print Reading I                                  2
the metal and construction trades; this is a field that continues to grow       WLD 107 Welding Leadership I                             1
and is in very high demand.. Students will gain experiences and compe-          WLD 110 SMAW I                                           4
tencies in all major welding theory, processes and Washington Associa-          WLD 120 GMAW I                                           4
tion of Building Officials (WABO) welding certification testing procedures.     WLD 121 GMAW Aluminum I                                  4
Students can earn a certificate or (AAS) degree in Welding with a special-      WLD 130 FCAW I                                           4
ization in Structural Steel Fabrication, Pipe, or Aluminum.                     WLD 140 GTAW I                                           4
                                                                                WLD 141 GTAW Aluminum I                                  4
The program includes classroom instruction and hands-on training in             WLD 150 Steel Fabricating I                              2
metal trades including safety, blueprint reading, metallurgy, power sourc-      WLD 151 Aluminum Fabrication I                           3
es, tools and materials, and layout and fitting techniques. Students are        weLdINg 2nd Year commoN courSeS
taught in a state-of-the-art facility completed in 2007; the welding facility   WLD 206 Print Reading II                                 3
includes 20,000 plus square feet of lab facilities including a large fabri-     WLD 207 Welding Leadership II                            1
cation and clean room for aluminum welding. Instruction includes self-          WLD 208 Metallurgy                                       3
paced and competency-based components with a core curriculum and                WLD 295 Capstone                                         4
electives for specialization and student customization. BTC is a certified        Students will chose 61 credits in Aluminmum, Pipe or
WABO testing site for the benefit of our students. Occupational upgrade           Structural Steel
and retraining for the professional welder are also major components of         aLumINum weLdINg aNd FaBrIcatINg 2nd Year
the Welding Technology program.                                                   Electives 18
In addition to the degree and certificate program, evening courses and          WLD 222 GMAW Aluminum II                                 4
self-guided upgrades are available for weld test preparation and brush-         WLD 230 FCAW II                                          4
up on familiar processes, including SMAW, GMAW, FCAW, GTAW, PLATE,              WLD 242 GTAW Aluminum II                                 4
and PIPE.                                                                       WLD 252 Aluminum Fabrication II                          5
                                                                                WLD 254 Steel Fabricating II                             5
Program outcomeS: Graduates will pass one WABO welding certifi-                 WLD 270 Aluminum Testing                                 6
cation; analyze and solve welding and equipment problems, demonstrate           PIPe weLdINg 2nd Year
appropriate oral and written communication with customers, co-workers,            Electives 20
and supervisors; competency in blueprint reading, metallurgy, layout and        WLD 209 Codes and Standards                              2
fitting/cutting processes; ability to operate welding equipment safely;         WLD 215 SMAW Pipe                                        4
and organizational skills, knowledge of materials, set-up and trouble           WLD 256 Pipe Fitting I                                   5
shooting of equipment, and leadership and personal skills.                      WLD 257 Pipe Fitting II                                  5
                                                                                WLD 262 GTAW Pipe Welding                                6
                                                                                WLD 271 WABO/ASME Testing I                              6
aPPLIcatIoN & regIStratIoN: This program requires an admissions                 StructuraL SteeL 2nd Year
process.                                                                          Electives 20
Students may enroll in the program at the start of each quarter on a space      WLD 209 Codes and Standards                              2
available basis. Students may enroll full or part-time.                         WLD 210 SMAW II                                          4
                                                                                WLD 230 FCAW II                                          4
SequeNce aNd ScheduLe: The Welding Technology student will com-                 WLD 254 Steel Fabricating II                             5
plete a specific course requirement sequence. Students will be advised          WLD 261 Advanced Structural Steel Welding                6
by the program instructor regarding sequence and schedule of classes.           WLD 271 WABO/ASME Testing I                              6
Program hours vary and can range from 7:00am to 6:30pm depending on             weLdINg 2nd Year eLectIve courSeS
the section in which students are enrolled.                                     WLD 216 SMAW Practices                                   2
                                                                                WLD 217 Advanced SMAW Practices                          3
                                                                                WLD 223 GMAW Practices                                   2
degree requIremeNtS: Students may apply for an Associate in Ap-                 WLD 224 Advanced GMAW Practices                          3
plied Science or an Associate in Applied Science - Transfer degree or a         WLD 231 FCAW Practices                                   2
certificate upon completion and verification of all requirements and stan-
dards.




                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                             87
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            ProGramS of Study

  WLD 243 GTAW Practices                                           2                    BasIC wElDIng skIlls
  WLD 244 SMAW Alloy Pipe Welding                                  3                             Certificate
  WLD 245 Advanced GTAW Practices                                  3    COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                      5
  WLD 246 GTAW Aluminum Practices                                  2    MATH 100 Occupational Math                                 5
  WLD 258 Steel Fab Projects                                       3    PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                          5
  WLD 259 Advanced Steel Fabrication Projects                      4    WLD 101 Welding Safety I                                   2
  WLD 273 Testing I                                                4    WLD 104 Career Opportunities for Welders                   2
  WlD 297 Welding Upgrade - Daytime                                1    WLD 105 Thermal Cutting Processes                          3
  WLD 298 Creative Welding                                         2    WLD 120 GMAW I                                             4
  WLD 299 Welding Internship                                       5    WLD 140 GTAW I                                             4
  totaL: (approx. 6 quarters)                                122-127    WLD 102 Welding Safety II                                  2
                                                                        WLD 103 Hand and Power Tools                               4
                                                                        WLD 106 Print Reading I                                    2
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon                                  WLD 107 Welding Leadership I                               1
                                  AAS                                   WLD 110 SMAW I                                             4
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                           5     WLD 121 GMAW Aluminum I                                    4
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                      5     WLD 130 FCAW I                                             4
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5     WLD 141 GTAW Aluminum I                                    4
  totaL:                                                         15     WLD 150 Steel Fabricating I                                3
                                                                        WLD 151 Aluminum Fabrication I                             3
                                                                        totaL: (approx. 2 quarters)                               40
                     gEnERal EDuCaTIon
                                 AAS-T                                  *Students must satisfactorily achieve any of 40 of the
  ENGL& 101 English Composition I                                 5     available 60 credits offered in year one of the Welding
  MATH& 141 Precalculus I                                         5     Technology Program.
    OR
  MATH& 107 Math In Society
  PSYC& 100 General Psychology                                    5
    plUS
    5 credits from the list of courses “generally accepted        5
    in transfer list” by other institutions in Washington.
    These will vary by field of study in the degree.
  totaL:                                                         20


                     InDusTRIal wElDIng
                              Certificate
  COM 170 Oral & Written Communications                           5
  MATH 100 Occupational Math                                      5
  PSYC 111 Interpersonal Psychology                               5
  WLD 101 Welding Safety I                                        2
  WLD 102 Welding Safety II                                       2
  WLD 103 Hand and Power Tools                                    4
  WLD 104 Career Opportunities for Welders                        2
  WLD 105 Thermal Cutting Processes                               3
  WLD 106 Print Reading I                                         2
  WLD 107 Welding Leadership I                                    1
  WLD 110 SMAW I                                                  4
  WLD 120 GMAW I                                                  4
  WLD 121 GMAW Aluminum I                                         4
  WLD 130 FCAW I                                                  4
  WLD 140 GTAW I                                                  4
  WLD 141 GTAW Aluminum I                                         4
  WLD 150 Steel Fabricating I                                     3
  WLD 151 Aluminum Fabrication I                                  3
  WLD 206 Print Reading II                                        3
  WLD 208 Metallurgy                                              3
  WLD 209 Codes and Standards                                     2
    Electives 4
    Plus 28 credits from structural fabrication, pipe or
    aluminum courses.
  totaL: (approx. 3 quarters)                                   104




                                                   PRoFEssIonal TEChnICal EDuCaTIon
88
                                  courSe deScriPtionS                                                             2008-20010 CaTalog




  6
                                                                 Accounting .....................................................................90
                                                                 Adult Basic Education ..................................................90
                                                                 Appliance Repair...........................................................92
                                                                 Auto Collision Repair ..................................................93
                                                                 Automotive ....................................................................94
                                                                 Biology ............................................................................94
                                                                 Building Construction .................................................95


course
                                                                 Business & Supervision ...............................................97
                                                                 Chemistry .......................................................................98
                                                                 Child Development ......................................................98

Descriptions
                                                                 Commercial Driving .....................................................99
                                                                 Computers ................................................................... 100
                                                                 Culinary Arts ............................................................... 101
                                                                 Dental Assisting ......................................................... 103
                                                                 Developmental .......................................................... 104
                                                                 Diesel Equipment ...................................................... 104
                                                                 Economics ................................................................... 105
                                                                 Education..................................................................... 105
                                                                 Electrician .................................................................... 106
                                                                 Electro Mechanical .................................................... 107
                                                                 Electronics ................................................................... 109
                                                                 Emergency Medical Services .................................. 110
                                                                 Engineering................................................................. 111
                                                                 English .......................................................................... 112
                                                                 Fisheries ....................................................................... 113
                                                                 Health & Safety........................................................... 113
                                                                 Health Occupations .................................................. 114
                                                                 Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning,
                                                                   & Refrigeration ........................................................ 115
                                                                 Human Resource Management ............................. 116
                                                                 Hypnotherapy ............................................................ 117
                                                                 Instrumentation ......................................................... 117
                                                                 Legal ............................................................................. 118
                                                                 Machining ................................................................... 118
                                                                 Management .............................................................. 119
                                                                 Marketing .................................................................... 119
                                                                 Mathematics ............................................................... 119
                                                                 Nursing ......................................................................... 120
                                                                 Operations Management ........................................ 121
                                                                 Personal Fitness Trainer............................................ 122
                                                                 Physics .......................................................................... 122
                                                                 Process Technology ................................................... 122
                                                                 Project Management ................................................ 124
                                                                 Psychology .................................................................. 124
                                                                 Radiology..................................................................... 124
                                                                 Residential Home Inspection ................................. 125
                                                                 Sales .............................................................................. 126
                                                                 Surgery Technology .................................................. 126
                                                                 Surveying..................................................................... 126
                                                                 Total Quality Management ..................................... 127
                                                                 Transportation............................................................ 127
                                                                 Veterinary Assistant .................................................. 127
                                                                 Veterinary Technician ............................................... 127
                                                                 Welding ........................................................................ 129
                                                                 Most Courses Require program admission
                                                                 prior to registration.




   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                            89
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
                                                        sponsibility. Students will also practice technology   struction helps the student to purposefully use a
              accouNtINg                                at the appropriate level.                              wide array of reading strategies to assist in reading
                                                                                                               comprehension and problems solving, applying
ACCT 141                                                ABE 021                                                the knowledge to real life needs and goals. the in-
Financial accounting i                    5 cR          matH 2           6 cR                                  struction helps the student gain competence in
covers the accounting cycle through a study of a        includes identifying place value, adding, subtract-    writing through organizing a paragraph using
sole proprietorship and the use of accounts, the        ing, multiplying, and dividing whole numbers,          topic sentence and supporting details. the instruc-
general journal, and the general ledger.                solving real life word problems, estimating and av-    tion helps the student write sentences that ex-
                                                        eraging whole numbers to accomplish a variety of       press complex ideas and contain minimal errors in
ACCT 242                                                daily tasks. Students will generate ideas about        mechanics and grammatical structure.
Financial accounting ii                    5 cR         problems, causes, and solutions; participate in
theory and practice of computing and recording          groups; recognize their learning style; and learn      ABE 033
transactions relating to merchandise inventory,         from others. they will set personal goals and rec-     Reading/WRiting 4                             6 cR
notes payable and receivable, depreciation, ac-         ognize the connection between behavior and out-        this course provides instruction in independently
counting principles, and reporting standards.           comes.                                                 determining reading purpose and selecting the
PREREQUISITES: A minimum grade of B- (2.7) in                                                                  best reading resources to satisfy the purpose. this
ACCT 141.                                               ABE 022                                                course provides instruction in using diverse strate-
                                                        matH 3          6 cR                                   gies (format, skimming, context clues, etc.) and
ACCT 243                                                includes applying decimal and fraction concepts        skills (transition words, inferences, point of view)
Financial accounting iii                      5 cR      and procedures to solve real-life problems, and        to analyze, evaluate, and draw meaning from text.
theory and practice relating to the formation and       recognizing, naming and using metric and/or
operations of partnerships and corporations, deci-      standard units of measurement. Students will           ABE 035
sion making, and statement analysis. Financial          identify their own personal values and financial       aBe WRiting level 1                           0 cR
data is used to access the efficiency of current op-    choices and state clearly personal needs to accom-     this course provides writing instruction for basic
erations and determine profitability.                   modate their own learning style. they will partici-    survival needs at a beginning literacy level. Stu-
PREREQUISITES: A minimum grade of B- (2.7) in ACCT      pate in a familiar group, learn to recognize and re-   dents will write the alphabet for personal commu-
242.                                                    late to differences in others, recognize a good        nication at a beginning literacy level. Students will
                                                        leader, identify appropriate work behavior and at-     use memory and write short simple sentences us-
ACCT 245                                                titudes, and relate classroom experience to the        ing basic sight words. they will write the alphabet
PayRoll PRoceduRes                           5 cR       workplace. they will also practice technology at       from memory and write short simple sentences
covers complete payroll records and procedures.         the appropriate level.                                 using. they will write their name, address, and
Students complete assignments about federal and                                                                phone number and complete very basic sight
state laws that affect compensation of employees.       ABE 023                                                words. they will write their name, address, and
PREREQUISITES: A minimum grade of B- (2.7) in ACCT      matH 4         6 cR                                    phone number using that information. Students
141.                                                    includes using percents, ratios, proportions, sim-     will discuss the causes. Students will solve prob-
                                                        ple formulas and measurements, and interpreta-         lems in order to identify a solution and demon-
ACCT 246                                                tion of graphs and tables to solve real life prob-     strate personal responsibility. they will also learn
comPuteRized accounting i                    5 cR       lems. Students will solve multistep problems by        to use technology at the appropriate level.
a study of computerized accounting systems in           identifying the issue, thinking creatively, applying
both service and merchandising environments.            a variety of skills, implementing solutions, and       ABE 036
Uses the commercially popular QuickBooks soft-          evaluating the outcomes. Students will work in         aBe WRiting level ii                          0 cR
ware to demonstrate the use of fully integrated         teams and groups and communicate effectively           Provides writing instruction for basic survival
accounting systems. Prepares the student to use         through listening, speaking, writing, and peer         needs and personal com this course provides writ-
commercial accounting software products on-the-         monitoring.                                            ing instruction for basic survival needs and pro-
job.                                                                                                           vides writing instruction for basic survival needs
PREREQUISITES: A minimum grade of B- (2.7) in ACCT      ABE 030                                                and personal com this course provides writing in-
141.                                                    Reading/WRiting 1                           6 cR       struction for basic survival needs and communica-
                                                        this course provides instruction in recognition of     tion. Students will learn to write with limited pro-
ACCT 254                                                letters of the alphabet, symbol/sound correspon-       ficiency (i.e., personal communication on forms,
manageRial accounting                           5 cR    dences, division of words by syllables, sentence       copy text, write in simple sentences). Students will
introduces students to information needed by            differences, and practice decoding by context. the     generate ideas about problems (causes and solu-
managers to carry out three essential functions in      instruction helps students to recognize the out-       tions) and set personal goals. they will learn to
an organization: (1) planning operations, (2) con-      comes from a variety of reading and writing sourc-     organize their time and materials and identify and
trolling activities, and (3) making decisions. course   es. Practice in reading and writing for survival       use resources for employment and for support
will show what kind of information is needed,           needs and personal communication will be of-           services. they will also learn to use technology at
where this information can be obtained, and how         fered.                                                 the appropriate level.
this information can be used by managers as they
carry out their planning, control, and decision-        ABE 031                                                ABE 037
making responsibilities.                                Reading/WRiting 2                             6 cR     aBe WRiting iii                                0 cR
                                                        this course provides instruction in the selection of   this course provides writing instruction in writing
                                                        reading materials for specific purposes and appli-     paragraphs with sentences that clearly express
     aduLt BaSIc educatIoN                              cation of reading strategies to assist with compre-    complex ideas (e.g., short reports, informal letters,
                                                        hension and integration of new information. the        memos, personal narratives), proofreading for
ABE 020                                                 instruction helps the student to summarize main        capitalization and punctuation; and using the dic-
matH 1                                       6 cR       idea and supporting details, and to write topic        tionary for spelling, meaning, and pronunciation.
includes the numbering system, order of whole           sentences with supporting details.                     Students will learn to use negotiating skills to gen-
numbers, and addition and subtraction of single                                                                erate, organize, and exchange ideas to solve prob-
digit numbers. Students will identify the causes of     ABE 032                                                lems. Students will identify appropriate work be-
problems in order to find solutions, learn from         Reading/WRiting 3                             6 cR     havior and attitudes, recognize a good leader, and
their own mistakes, accept correction and direc-        this course provides instruction in selecting ap-      relate life change in a work schedule). they will
tion, respect and interact appropriately with peers     propriate reading materials for particular purposes    also learn to use technology at the appropriate
and supervisors, and demonstrate personal re-           and in expanding choices of texts/genres. the in-      level.
                                                               Bellingham Technical College
90
                                                              courSe deScriPtionS                                                      2008-20010 CaTalog

ABE 038                                                  BAS 060                                                ESL 015
aBe WRiting level iii                         0 cR       Basic academic skills                        7 cR      Reading/WRiting level v
this course provides instruction in writing re-          this course includes refresher skills in math and      (loW advanced)                                 6 cR
sumes, reports, and formal letters that use con-         communications necessary for success in occupa-        this course is designed for adults who can read,
nected paragraphs and appropriate formats with           tional programs. Specific content will be based on     write, and edit simple descriptions on familiar top-
correct mechanics, usage, and varied sentence            individual needs.                                      ics and handle grammar and writing mechanics
structure. Students will recognize requirements                                                                 with few errors. emphasis is on reading real-life
for job advancement, assess their own leadership         ESL 011                                                materials on everyday subjects, and using mean-
skills, identify areas for personal improvement,         Reading/WRiting level i                                ing-making strategies with unfamiliar reading ma-
and learn to manage themselves as effective learn-       (liteRacy)                                   6 cR      terials; writing and editing multi-paragraph essays
ers and employees. they will also learn to use tech-     this course is designed for adults who have no         that include introductions and conclusions and
nology at the appropriate level.                         proficiency in the english language. emphasis is       filling out multiple real-life forms. Progress in ap-
                                                         on functioning in situations related to immediate      propriate technology level is expected.
BAS 020                                                  needs and tasks in which basic reading and writ-
comPuteR suRvival skills                     3 cR        ing communication skills are necessary. Progress       ESL 016
this course provides instruction for basic academ-       in appropriate technology level is expected.           Reading/WRiting level vi
ic skills students in basic computer survival skills,                                                            (advanced)                                  6 cR
including navigating Microsoft Windows, work             ESL 012                                                this course is designed for adults who can read
processing with Microsoft Word, and use of com-          Reading/WRiting level ii                               and understand materials on common subjects,
mon software for spreadsheets and multimedia             (Beginning)                                     6 cR   use strategies to infer meaning in unfamiliar texts,
presentations. email and internet skills are also        this course is designed for the adult who func-        write multi-paragraph essays, and edit their own
taught.                                                  tions with difficulty in situations related to imme-   writing for grammar and word choice. emphasis is
                                                         diate needs such as providing personal informa-        on applying critical thinking; conducting research
BAS 050                                                  tion on simple forms. emphasis is on reading           using electronic sources; summarizing, analyzing,
intRo to caReeRs in tecHnology                           simple material on familiar subjects; interpreting     and making inferences when reading authentic
Students will explore careers in technical fields,       simple directions, schedules, signs, and maps; and     and unfamiliar texts; writing a resume and cover
with emphasis on those entered through pro-              conveying ideas in simple notes and messages us-       letter; writing multiparagraph essays using a vari-
grams offered by Btc. Students will research ca-         ing present verb tenses. Progress in appropriate       ety of organizational patterns; and using a variety
reers, visit programs and do job shadows in appro-       technology level is expected.                          of sentence structure types with correct punctua-
priate      industries.  continuing     enrollment                                                              tion.
throughout the quarter.                                  ESL 013                                                instruction in appropriate technology is included.
PREREQUISITES: Student must be enrolled in another       Reading/WRiting level iii
ABE, GED or ESL (Level 3-6) course at BTC to partici-    (loW inteRmediate)                            6 cR     ESL 019
pate.                                                    this course is designed for adults who can under-      esl civics                                   6 cR
                                                         stand simple learned phrases, interpret simple di-     eSl students in levels 3-6 will develop basic com-
BAS 052                                                  rections, schedules, signs and maps; can fill out      puter literacy while learning about community re-
intRo to HealtH occuPations 2 6 cR                       simple forms; can handle routine entry level jobs      sources. Students will use computers to learn
this basic skills course is part of the larger “Bridge   that involve some written or oral english commu-       about local services in the areas of health care,
to health occupations” Program and is designed           nication, but in which job tasks can be demon-         transportation, library, housing, citizenship, local
to prepare eSl and aBe students for health occu-         strated. emphasis is on reading simple material on     government, education, childcare, or employ-
pation classes. in addition to receiving an intro-       familiar topics with understanding; following spe-     ment. Students will develop and practice their
duction to medical terminology, anatomy, and             cific written direction; using context to determine    english skills through reading, discussions, guest
physiology, students will examine how culture,           meaning; writing and editing simple paragraphs;        speakers, field trips, and reports related to com-
ethnicity, and race affect people’s beliefs about        and completing basic forms and job applications.       munity agencies. class projects may include vol-
health and health care. Workplace safety and first       Progress in appropriate technology level is expect-    unteering, accessing community resources, or as-
aid are also topics of learning. Furthermore, this       ed.                                                    sisting others to access community resources.
“bridge” course will reinforce students’ develop-
ment of study, language, and computer skills.            ESL 014                                                ESL 021
PREREQUISITES: Open to ESL Levels 5-6 and ABE Lev-       Reading/WRitinglevel iv                                listening/sPeaking level i
els 4-6 and those who have completed Intro to Health     (HigH inteRmediate)                           6 cR     (liteRacy)                                    6 cR
Occupations 1.                                           this course is designed for adults who can meet        this course is designed for adults who have no
                                                         basic survival and social needs, follow simple oral    proficiency in the english language. emphasis is
BAS 053                                                  and written instruction, and who have some abili-      on functioning in situations related to immediate
intRo to HealtH occuPations 3 6 cR                       ty to write and edit paragraphs related to basic       needs and tasks in which basic oral communica-
this basic skills course is part of the larger “Bridge   needs. emphasis is on understanding descriptive        tion skills can be demonstrated. Progress in appro-
to health occupations” Program and is designed           narratives and responding appropriately; reading       priate technology level is expected.
to prepare eSl and aBe students for health occu-         inferences, comparisons and contrasts; writing
pation classes. in addition to receiving an intro-       and editing descriptions and essays on familiar
duction to medical terminology, anatomy, and             topics. Progress in appropriate level of technology
physiology, students will examine how culture,           is expected.
ethnicity, and race affect people’s beliefs about
health and health care. Workplace safety and first
aid are also topics of learning. Furthermore, this
“bridge” course will reinforce students’ develop-
ment of study, language, and computer skills.
PREREQUISITES: Open to ESL Levels 5-6 and ABE Lev-
els 4-6 and those who have completed Intro to Health
Occupation 2.




                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                 91
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           courSe deScriPtionS
ESL 022                                                           aPPLIaNce rePaIr                             APPL 124
listening/sPeaking level ii                                                                                    comPactoRs/disPoseRs                        4 cR
(Beginning)                                     6 cR   APPL 100                                                Focuses on mechanical construction and applica-
this course is designed for the adult who func-        intRoduction to tRade &                                 tion, electrical components, operating characteris-
tions with difficulty in situations related to imme-   occuPational saFety                         1 cR        tics, and service and diagnosis.
diate needs and in limited social situations and has   an overview of the program objectives, school
some simple oral communication abilities using         and program policies, rules, regulations, student       APPL 126
simple learned and often repeated phrases. em-         equipment needs, emergency and safety proce-            micRoWave ovens                          6 cR
phasis is on listening actively to understand simple   dures, and job opportunities.                           Review of microwave theory, components, electri-
learned phrases containing familiar vocabulary                                                                 cal systems, and diagnosis procedures on micro-
and responding to verbal and non-verbal commu-         APPL 105                                                waves.
nication, speaking so others can understand, ex-       electRical tHeoRy i                          8 cR
pressing basic survival needs, and participating in    the application of mathematical principles and          APPL 191
some routine social conversations. Progress in ap-     procedures for electrical calculations used for the     leadeRsHiP                                  1 cR
propriate technology level is expected.                repair of various appliances.                           Study practical applications surrounding techni-
                                                                                                               cians and their relationships with customers.
ESL 023                                                APPL 106
listening/sPeaking level iii                           electRical - PRactical i               5 cR             APPL 201
(loW inteRmediate)                          6 cR       Work here will apply to hands-on approach to            WateR HeateRs                                1 cR
this course is designed for adults who can under-      electricity.                                            the recognition of installation requirements, me-
stand simple learned phrases, interpret simple di-     PREREQUISITES: APPL 100 and APPL 105.                   chanical construction, electrical systems, and ser-
rections, and can handle routine entry level jobs                                                              vice and diagnosis procedures.
that involve some oral english communication.          APPL 109
emphasis is on listening actively to understand        tool/testing equiPment                      1 cR        APPL 202
learned and new phrases containing familiar vo-        the technician will be familiarized with trade ter-     gas Fundamentals                            2 cR
cabulary and responding appropriately to verbal        minology and the function, correct use, and main-       the theory of gas systems, application of gas sys-
and non-verbal communication, including tele-          tenance of test equipment and tools.                    tems, mechanical systems, related to gas products,
phone calls, on familiar subjects, and speaking so                                                             and electrical component testing.
others can understand to express basic survival        APPL 112
and social needs. Progress in appropriate technol-     motoR ciRcuits                              2 cR        APPL 203
ogy level is expected.                                 the process of motor application in the appliance/      Ranges/ovens/cooktoPs                    10 cR
                                                       Refrigeration industry.                                 the fundamental installation, component familiar-
ESL 024                                                                                                        ization, mechanical construction, schematic read-
listening/sPeaking level iv                            APPL 114                                                ing, and diagnosis of problems.
(HigH inteRmediate)                           6 cR     electRical dRyeRs                          7 cR
this course is designed for adults who can meet        application of dryer theory, dryer mechanical sys-      APPL 204
basic survival and social needs, follow simple oral    tems, electrical systems, and proper diagnosing         gas laBs                                    4 cR
and written instruction, and who have some abili-      techniques used in the industry.                        this course covers the theory into the application
ty to communicate on the telephone. emphasis is                                                                part of the course and provides the students with
on understanding spoken narratives and respond-        APPL 116                                                hands on training using a variety of machines and
ing appropriately; speaking clearly on many every-     WasHeRs i                                     7 cR      brands.
day subjects; requesting, clarifying and confirming    this seven credit section will concentrate on top
basic information on familiar topics. Progress in      load washers and will include: theory of opera-         APPL 205
appropriate technology level is expected.              tion, installation, service procedures, labs on tear-   ReFRigeRation tHeoRy                         7 cR
                                                       downs and diagnosis of the machines.                    examination of theory, matter and energy, refrig-
ESL 025                                                                                                        eration and refrigerants, refrigerant handling, and
listening/sPeaking level v                             APPL 117                                                safety.
(loW advanced)                                6 cR     WasHeRs ii                                    3 cR
this course is designed for adults who can con-        this section will be will cover stack sets and com-     APPL 207
verse on many everyday subjects. emphasis is on        bination washer/dryers and will include the theory      ReFRigeRation laB 1                      10 cR
listening and speaking to effectively and indepen-     of operation, installation, service procedures, labs    application of lab projects from tubing piping
dently participate in everyday survival, work, and     on teardowns, and diagnosis of the machines.            projects, refrigerant management, through servic-
social situations face-to-face or on the telephone.                                                            ing procedures required on all refrigerators and
Progress in appropriate technology level is expect-    APPL 118                                                freezers.
ed.                                                    WasHeRs iii                                   7 cR
                                                       this course will concentrate on all front load tum-     APPL 208
ESL 026                                                bler action machines, and also the energy star rat-     ReFRigeRation laB ii                          6 cR
listening/sPeaking level vi                            ed units. this section will include the theory of       Specific lab task assignments including diagnos-
(advanced)                                  6 cR       operation, installation, service procedures, labs on    ing and repairing of refrigerators, compressor
this course is designed for adults who can partici-    teardowns, and diagnosis of the machines.               change-out task, defrost circuit electrical lab, and
pate in everyday conversations in english and un-                                                              electrical component testing lab.
derstand materials on common subjects. empha-          APPL 122
sis is on applying critical thinking skills and        disHWasHeRs                                 8 cR        APPL 209
analyzing complex grammar patterns in listening;       introduction to water and detergent problems            ReFRigeRation laB iii                         6 cR
making oral presentations; conducting research         and solutions, mechanical systems and design            Refrigeration lab iii will allow the student oppor-
using electronic sources; summarizing, analyzing,      variations, electrical components, and diagnosis of     tunity to diagnose and service refrigeration elec-
and making inferences. instruction in appropriate      servicing procedures.                                   trical circuits and perform job specific labs on a
technology is included.                                                                                        variety of machines.




                                                              Bellingham Technical College
92
                                                              courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

APPL 210                                                 ACRT 130                                                ACRT 253
ice makeRs                                4 cR           damage analysis                             3 cR        moveaBle glass and HaRdWaRe 2 cR
Ice maker installation, operation, and servicing         this course covers the procedure for analyzing ve-      This course covers removal, installation, and
procedures.                                              hicle damage and estimating repair costs using          adjustment of moveable glass and its hardware.
                                                         manual and computerized estimating systems.             Students identify causes of door glass prob-
APPL 212                                                                                                         lems and learn how to correct air and water
aiR conditioneRs                        4 cR             ACRT 133                                                leaks.
Focuses on theory and application of comfort             Paint matcHing and Blending                 7 cR
cooling, mechanical construction of window air           this course addresses mixing all types of refinish-     ACRT 254
conditioning, electrical components and sealed           ing materials, the theory of matching refinishing       stRuctuRal Fixed glass                   2 cR
system requirements.                                     materials, painting and blending techniques, and        This course emphasizes the role glass plays in
                                                         paint application.                                      the structural integrity of the vehicle and in-
APPL 216                                                                                                         cludes information about automobile glass and
Business PRoceduRes/PRactices 1cR                        ACRT 135                                                methods for removal and installation.
evaluate the inventory for a service vehicle, look-      ReFinisH Paint deFects                        3 cR
ing up parts using microfiche cards, and mark up         this course covers how to identify paint film de-       ACRT 255
on parts.                                                fects, the causes of paint film defects, and appro-     susPension and steeRing                   4 cR
                                                         priate corrective methods. it also covers how to        This course covers identification and diagnosis
                                                         identify surface defects and corrective methods to      of tire and wheel steering, rack and pinion
    auto coLLISIoN rePaIr                                repair them.                                            steering, power steering suspension, strut type,
                                                                                                                 and steering and suspension system prob-
ACRT 101                                                 ACRT 138                                                lems.
intRoduction to auto collision Re-                       RestoRing coRRosion PRotection
PaiR           4 cR                                                                                   3 cR       ACRT 256
this course covers personal, tool, and equipment         this course covers corrosion and its effect on ve-      uniBody insPection                       4 cR
safety, workplace ethics, and hazardous materials.       hicles, how to restore corrosion protection to colli-   This course covers inspection, diagnosis, mea-
                                                         sion damaged areas, and how to work safely with         surement, and repair of steel and aluminum
ACRT 105                                                 chemicals. Student plan effective and correct cor-      unibody vehicles.
non-stRuctuRal Welding                      8 cR         rosion protection treatment for welded areas and
this course covers the differences between vari-         exposed seams, interior seams, exposed surfaces,        ACRT 260
ous metal joining processes, selection of the cor-       trim and accessories during repairs.                    sHoP PRacticum iii                         6 cR
rect process for different types of jobs, and the
                                                                                                                 This course is self-paced allowing students to
advantages of MiG welding, plasma cutting, spot          ACRT 140                                                apply the fundamental principles and compe-
welding, and gas welding and cutting.                    dRive tRain, Fuel, BRakes, Hvac 2 cR                    tencies learned in non-structural repair, struc-
                                                         this course covers repair of a vehicle involved in a    tural damage repair, mechanical and electrical
ACRT 110                                                 collision, including removal of mechanical parts,       repair, plastics and adhesives, and painting and
ReFinisHing saFety                        2 cR           such as drive train and engine parts. this course       refinishing.
this course covers the basic knowledge and skills        also covers servicing heating and a/c systems of a
needed to follow personal and environmental              vehicle involved in a collision.                        ACRT 262
safety procedures pertaining to a spray gun and
                                                                                                                 FRame insPection and RePaiR                 4 cR
related equipment operation, surface preparation,        ACRT 141                                                this course covers inspection, diagnosis, measure-
and various refinishing operations used on vehi-         outeR Body Panel RePaiR                        4 cR     ment, and repair of steel framed vehicles.
cles.                                                    this course covers replacement and adjustment of
                                                         outer body panels, selection of alignment tools,        ACRT 263
ACRT 115                                                 and understanding how to use panel replacement          RestRaint systems                          2 cR
non-stRuctuRal RePaiR                      2 cR          and alignment tools. instruction in safety, envi-       this course covers diagnosis and inspection of re-
this course addresses basic personal safety, vehi-       ronmental awareness, human relations and work           straint and SRS systems.
cle safety, equipment, product knowledge, and            ethics are taught as an integral part of this course.
basic knowledge required to perform non-struc-
                                                                                                                 ACRT 264
tural analysis and damage repair.                        ACRT 142                                                Plastics and adHesives                    4 cR
                                                         sHoP PRacticum i                             3 cR       this course covers the different types of plastic
ACRT 123                                                 this course is self-paced allowing students to ap-      used in today’s automobiles, and how to identify
non-stRuctuRal metal FinisHing7 cR                       ply the fundamental principles and competencies         and repair them.
this course covers the correct mixing and applica-       learned in non-structural repair, structural dam-
tion of body fillers that will increase the quality of   age repair, mechanical and electrical repair, plas-     ACRT 266
a repair. instruction in safety, environmental           tics and adhesives, and painting and refinishing.       electRical system RePaiR                    3 cR
awareness, basic fundamentals of metal straight-
                                                                                                                 this course covers diagnosis and repair of electri-
ening, and proper selection of metal straightening       ACRT 143                                                cal system problems.
tools is also included.                                  sHoP PRacticum ii                            6 cR
                                                         this course is self-paced allowing students to ap-      ACRT 268
ACRT 125                                                 ply the fundamental principles and competencies         ReFinisHing Final detail                        3 cR
ReFinisHing suRFace PRePaRation                          learned in non-structural repair, structural dam-       this course addresses basic theory and practical
                                                7 cR     age repair, mechanical and electrical repair, plas-     applications of color sanding, buffing, and polish-
this course covers how to determine the condi-           tics and adhesives, and painting and refinishing.       ing after refinishing. this course also covers vehicle
tion of a vehicle’s finish and plan the steps to be
                                                                                                                 cleanup before the vehicle is delivered to the cus-
used in refinishing the vehicle. instruction in safety   ACRT 251                                                tomer.
and environmental awareness is also included.            stRuctuRal Welding                          4 cR
                                                         this course addresses welding safety, setup, and
                                                         uses of a MiG welder for aluminum and steel. Stu-
                                                         dents learn how to weld different types of metals.
                                                         to complete this course students must pass all
                                                         welding tests based on i-caR standards.
                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                  93
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           courSe deScriPtionS
ACRT 270                                               is normally working with or under the direct su-        AUTO 275
sHoP PRacticum iv                           10 cR      pervision of a journeyman-level technician. it is       engine PeRFoRmance 3                         10 cR
this course is self-paced allowing students to ap-     recommended that the student’s experience focus         this course offers instruction in the operation, di-
ply the fundamental principles and competencies        on the subject areas completed the last quarter on      agnosis, and repair of fuel systems, ignition sys-
learned in non-structural repair, structural dam-      campus. the repair facility then becomes a real         tems and emission control systems including ex-
age repair, mechanical and electrical repair, plas-    world extension of the classroom. Student work          haust gas analysis. in addition, there will be more
tics and adhesives, and painting and refinishing.      will be monitored by an instructor from Btc who         in-depth study of the oBD2 system and how it re-
                                                       will visit the work site periodically.                  lates to other systems on the vehicle. this course
ACRT 275                                                                                                       also includes an introduction to alternative fuel
inteRnsHiP 7 cR                                        AUTO 229                                                vehicles.
the student will gain hands-on work experience         aPPlied automotive concePts ii 4 cR
with an auto collision repair employer.                the student is required to intern in a business that    AUTO 279
                                                       performs vehicle repairs. the student will obtain       aPPlied automotive concePts iv
                                                       and maintain their own employment. the student                                                       4 cR
              automotIve                               is normally working with or under the direct su-        the student is required to intern in a business that
                                                       pervision of a journeyman-level technician. it is       performs vehicle repairs. the student will obtain
AUTO 103                                               recommended that the student’s experience focus         and maintain their own employment. the student
engines                                     8 cR       on the subject areas completed the last quarter on      is normally working with or under the direct su-
an introductory look at the 4 stroke gasoline en-      campus. the repair facility then becomes a real         pervision of a journeyman-level technician. it is
gine followed by indepth study and practice of in-     world extension of the classroom. Student work          recommended that the student’s experience focus
dustry standard service procedures including di-       will be monitored by an instructor from Btc who         on the subject areas completed the last quarter on
agnosis and repair of internal engine systems.         will visit the work site periodically.                  campus. the repair facility then becomes a real
                                                                                                               world extension of the classroom. Student work
AUTO 107                                               AUTO 250                                                will be monitored by an instructor from Btc who
BRakes                                      6 cR       automatic tRansmission/tRansaxle                        will visit the work site periodically.
extensive training on the operation, diagnosis and                                                 7 cR
repair of typical disc and drum brake systems in-      this course will focus on theory, description and
cluding aBS operation and repair.                      operation of automatic drive systems. this will in-                        BIoLogY
                                                       clude diagnosis and troubleshooting hydraulic,
AUTO 122                                               electrical/electronic controls and mechanical sys-      BIO 105
Basic dRive tRain                            4 cR      tems and practicing proper R&R techniques.              essentials oF anatomy
this course will focus on the basic fundamentals of                                                            & PHysiology                                5 cR
drive train systems found in the modern automo-        AUTO 255                                                the student will develop a basic knowledge of the
bile. this course will include axles and axle bear-    electRicity/electRonics 2                   7 cR        structure and function of the various body sys-
ings.                                                  this course provides an introduction to various         tems. the course emphasizes the essential struc-
                                                       electronic systems found on a modern vehicle and        ture and function of the normal human body,
AUTO 141                                               a more in-depth study of starting/charging sys-         which will serve as a foundation of general under-
engine PeRFoRmance 1                        2 cR       tems. this course will also cover body and chassis      standing for future study in health occupations.
this course will focus on the basic fundamentals of    control systems such as aBS, body control com-          integration of each system to other systems and
fuel, ignition and computer-controlled engine          puters, low tire pressure warning and airbags.          the whole organism, as well as application of key
management systems.                                                                                            concepts to health and disease, are emphasized.
                                                       AUTO 259
AUTO 151                                               aPPlied automotive concePts iii 4 cR                    BIO 127
electRicity/electRonics 1                  10 cR       the student is required to intern in a business that    diseases oF tHe Human Body                 4 cR
this course provides a comprehensive and thor-         performs vehicle repairs. the student will obtain       introduction to the effects of system diseases on
ough introduction to electrical theory as applied      and maintain their own employment. the student          the human body. course includes discussions of
to the automobile, focusing on electrical behavior     is normally working with or under the direct su-        selected diseases, including causes and treat-
in automotive circuits, understanding and using        pervision of a journeyman-level technician. it is       ments. course also includes an overview of princi-
wiring schematics, and basic troubleshooting pro-      recommended that the student’s experience focus         ples of pharmacology and description/purposes
cedures on simple automotive circuits. an intro-       on the subject areas completed the last quarter on      of selected laboratory tests.
duction to starting/charging system operation          campus. the repair facility then becomes a real
and diagnosis will also be included.                   world extension of the classroom. Student work          BIOL& 160
                                                       will be monitored by an instructor from Btc who         geneRal Biology WitH laB                         5 cR
AUTO 161                                               will visit the work site periodically.                  this course provides introduction to basic con-
steeRing and susPension                    6 cR                                                                cepts of biology, with an emphasis on the cells as
this course will focus on the fundamentals of sus-     AUTO 260                                                the fundamental unit of life. topics include cell
pension and steering including four-wheel laser        manual tRansmission/ dRive tRain                        structure, basic chemical and biochemical con-
alignment.                                                                                           3 cR      cepts, metabolism, cell division, principles of ge-
                                                       this course will focus on theory, description and       netics, biological diversity, and methods of scien-
AUTO 213                                               operation of manual drive train systems. this           tific inquiry and critical thinking. course establishes
Hvac                                      4 cR         course will include clutches, transfer cases and dif-   foundation necessary for continued biology study,
this course covers the operation, diagnosis and        ferentials.                                             especially in human anatomy and physiology. lab
repair of climate control systems found on the                                                                 included.
modern automobile. there will be extensive train-      AUTO 265                                                PREREQUISITES: CPT score of 86 or higher on sen-
ing on proper handling of refrigerants.                engine PeRFoRmance 2                     3 cR           tence skills and 85 or higher on reading.
                                                       this course covers computerized engine manage-
AUTO 219                                               ment systems including oBD2 and diagnostic
aPPlied automotive concePts i                          trouble code interpretation.
                                            12 cR
the student is required to intern in a business that
performs vehicle repairs. the student will obtain
and maintain their own employment. the student

                                                              Bellingham Technical College
94
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

BIOL& 241                                              BCT 114                                                 BCT 124
Human a & P 1                                5 cR      PoRtaBle PoWeR tools use                                FRaming metHods - ceiling FRaming
this course emphasizes the structure and function      and oPeRations                              4 cR                                                         4 cR
of the normal human body, which will serve as a        this course focuses on the proper use of the com-       this course focuses on the processes and skills
foundation for future study in allied health fields.   mon portable power tools used by carpenters in          necessary to construct the most common residen-
lecture, group discussion, literature and internet     building construction. topics covered include,          tial roof styles in use in Whatcom county today.
research, and laboratory exercises are included.       portable circular saws, drills, routers, surfacing      topics covered include roof styles, basic framing,
acquisition of basic knowledge, application, and       tools, and tool safety                                  laying out a basic roof frame, the ridge, common
integration of concepts are emphasized. Biol 241                                                               rafters, hip and valley rafters, jack rafters, and spe-
includes anatomical terminology, tissues, and in-      BCT 115                                                 cial framing.
tegumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and en-      stationaRy PoWeR tool use
docrine systems.                                       and oPeRations                                4 cR      BCT 125
PREREQUISITES: BIOL&160 General Biology with Lab       this course focuses on the proper use of stationary     tRuss RooF FRaming                           4 cR
with a C or above or equivalent                        power tools used by carpenters in building con-         this course is designed to help the student gain
                                                       struction. topics covered include, table saws, miter    proficiency in the methods used to frame truss
BIOL& 242                                              saws, dado saws, jointers, planers, and tool safety.    roof structures in light frame construction. topics
Human a & P 2                                 5 cR                                                             covered include roof truss basics, roof truss types
this course emphasizes the structure and function      BCT 116                                                 and design, handling and installation.
of the normal human body, which will serve as a        Building layout                                2 cR
foundation for future study in allied health fields.   this course focuses on the knowledge, skills and        BCT 130
lecture, group discussion, literature and internet     techniques required to properly layout a building       RooF FRaming                                     5 cR
research, and laboratory exercises are included.       on a site. topics covered include, basic site layout,   this course focuses on the processes and skills
acquisition of basic knowledge, application, and       types of surveying instruments, setting up batter       necessary to construct the most common residen-
integration of concepts are emphasized. Biol 242       boards, making square corners, establishing eleva-      tial roof styles in use in Whatcom county today.
includes circulatory, lymphatic, respiratory, diges-   tions, estimating soil excavations.                     topics covered include roof styles, basic framing,
tive, urinary, and reproductive systems.                                                                       laying out a basic roof frame, the ridge, common
PREREQUISITES: BIOL 242 Human A & P2I with a C or      BCT 117                                                 rafters, hip and valley rafters, jack rafters, and spe-
above or equivalent                                    concRete                                                cial framing.
                                                       and concRete FoRming                         3 cR
BIOL& 260                                              this course focuses on the knowledge, skills and
micRoBiology                                  5 cR     techniques required to form concrete. topics cov-       BCT 132
exploration of microbial world with a focus on         ered include, concrete as a building material, con-     staiR FRaming                                2 cR
medical microbiology for students in the health        crete ingredients, concrete mixing and reinforcing,     this course focuses on the processes and skills
field. areas of study include classification of mi-    and footing and foundation wall forming.                necessary to construct basic stairways. topics cov-
crobes, life cycle, metabolism, control, and com-                                                              ered include stairway basics, design requirements,
mon infectious diseases of the human body. labo-       BCT 121                                                 layout and installation.
ratory component will demonstrate procedures to        BluePRint Reading                           4 cR
identify and control microbes.                         this course is designed to help the student gain
PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 160 - General Biology with        proficiency at reading and interpreting blueprints.     BCT 134
Lab with a C or above or equivalent and CHEM& 121-     topics covered include, building codes, drawing         exteRioR Walls and RooF coveRings
Intro to Chemistry with a C or above or equivalent.    measurements, notations, and conventions.                                                             2 cR
                                                                                                               this course focuses on the processes and skills
   BuILdINg coNStructIoN                               BCT 122                                                 necessary to install exterior wall coverings. topics
                                                       FRaming metHods - FlooR FRaming                         covered include, siding types, preventing moisture
                                                                                                       4 cR    problems, beveled wood siding installation, wood
BCT 111                                                this course is designed to help the student gain        shingle installation and material estimation.
caReeR oPPoRtunities
                                                       proficiency in the methods used to frame floor
and industRial saFety                         1 cR
                                                       structures in light frame construction. topics cov-     BCT 135
this course focuses on the career opportunities
                                                       ered include, stresses on framing, live loads, dead     inteRioR Wall coveRing insulation
available to individuals in the carpentry trade and
                                                       loads, span tables, balloon-framing, platform-          & tRim                                        4 cR
industrial safety. topics covered include, career
                                                       framing, framing for natural hazards, installing        this course focuses on the processes and skills
specialties, primary employability skills, work site
                                                       post and girders, laying out for and installing         necessary to install exterior wall coverings. topics
safety, and responsibilities of both employers and
                                                       plates and joist, laying sub floors, special framing,   covered include, siding types, preventing moisture
employees.
                                                       and material estimation.                                problems, beveled wood siding installation, wood
                                                                                                               shingle installation and material estimation.
BCT 112                                                BCT 123
constRuction mateRials
                                                       FRaming metHods - Wall FRaming                          BCT 136
and aPPlication                             2 cR
                                                                                                      4 cR     intRo to House WiRing and PlumBing
this course focuses on the material used in build-
                                                       this course is designed to help the student gain        3 cR
ing construction and application techniques. top-
                                                       proficiency in the methods used to frame wall           this course is intended to give the student a basic
ics covered include, wood as a building material,
                                                       structures in light frame construction. topics cov-     knowledge of the residential electrical system.
engineered lumber products, and engineered
                                                       ered include, blueprint reading, interior and exte-     topics covered include, replacing an outlet, replac-
panel products.
                                                       rior walls, layout, assemble, erection, special fram-   ing a switch and replacing a light fixture. this also
                                                       ing, and material estimation.                           introduces the students to the basic layout and
BCT 113                                                                                                        fixtures for residential dwellings.
Hand tool use and oPeRations 2 cR
this course focuses on the hand tools used by car-
penters in building construction. topics covered
include, measuring and marking tools, cutting and
shaping tools and tools for assembling and disas-
sembling.


                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                 95
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             courSe deScriPtionS
BCT 137                                                  civil construction plans to perform utility quantity   drawings, and project billing documentation spe-
RooF sHeatHing/coveRings                      2 cR       take-offs, roadway linear earth work, and site earth   cific to the heavy civil construction industry.
this course focuses on the processes and skills          work estimation.
necessary to sheath, cover, and finish out the most                                                             CONST 214
common residential roof styles in use today. topics      CONST 112                                              civil constRuction PRoject
covered include sheathing methods, roof cover-           constRuction ResouRce                                  contRols                                   7 cR
ings, flashing, and roof edge details.                   accounting                                  5 cR       the course provides an introduction to the meth-
PREREQUISITES: BCT 128 and/or instructor’s permis-       this course provides an introduction to resource       ods of controlling heavy civil construction proj-
sion.                                                    accounting fundamentals specific to the heavy          ects. the course focuses on job estimate review,
                                                         civil construction industry. the course focuses on     cost account codes, budget monitoring, perfor-
BCT 138                                                  the reading of real world example project budgets      mance forecasting, and project schedule review.
exteRioR dooRs WindoWs and sky-                          and the preparation of project budgets based on
ligHts                                        4 cR       project estimates and heavy civil construction         CONST 216
this course focuses on the processes and skills          plans. in addition, the fundamentals of time value     constRuction saFety management
necessary to install exterior doors. topics covered      of money are covered to support the budget pro-                                                    5 cR
include door types and construction, hardware,           cess.                                                  the course provides an introduction to the meth-
storage and handling, exterior and interior doors                                                               ods of safety management. The course focuses
and installation.                                        CONST 114                                              on traffic control plans, trench safety, labor and
PREREQUISITES: BCT 131 and/or instructor’s permis-       civil constRuction scHeduling 3 cR                     industry requirements, oSha and WiSha require-
sion.                                                    this course provides an introduction to prece-         ments, safety management, risk management,
                                                         dence diagrams, activity networks, project float       and loss control.
BCT 241                                                  calculations, and critical path management spe-
cad dRaFting Fundamentals                  8 cR          cific to the heavy civil construction industry. the    CONST 220
this course introduces the student to computer           course focuses scheduling fundamentals and con-        PRoject Planning and scHeduling
aided drafting. topics covered include, caD draft-       cludes with the use of MS Project to prepare and                                                   3 cR
ing, drafting fundamentals, scaling, symbology           adjust a project schedule.                             Students will use the critical path method (cPM)
and conventions.                                                                                                for planning and scheduling a construction proj-
                                                         CONST 141                                              ect. they will develop and manipulate a comput-
BCT 242                                                  BluePRint Reading                          3 cR        erized schedule for a construction project using
Building Plan dRaFting                          8 cR     this course provides an introduction to reading        the Microsoft Project software application.
this course introduces the student to drafting           and interpreting architectural drawings, layout,
building plans. topics covered include drawing           terminology, graphic standards and drafting fun-       CONST 241
site plans, floor plans, elevations, building sections   damentals. Students learn how to locate informa-       autocad FoR constRuction                    3 cR
and details.                                             tion and cross reference with details, schedules,      introduction to the fundamentals of architectural
                                                         and specifications for clarification.                  graphics and geometric construction in multiple
BCT 243                                                                                                         views using computer aided drafting software.
estimating mateRials and laBoR                           CONST 200                                              Prepares students for creating, reading, and com-
                                           5 cR          Basic estimating                              3 cR     municating graphic images in electronic formats.
this course introduces the student to estimating         this course introduces students to the world of
labor requirements from construction documents.          construction estimating and bidding including          CONST 250
topics covered include square foot costing and           basic concepts, procedures, and terminology. Stu-      saFety and accident PRevention
unit costing.                                            dents will learn quantity take-off and pricing tech-                                                3 cR
                                                         niques, along with scope of work issues and costs      important WiSha/oSha regulations that pertain
BCT 245                                                  associated with the major components of a con-         to the construction industry will be covered along
PRoject tRacking                           2 cR          struction project.                                     with accident prevention. Students will learn how
this course introduces the student to the process                                                               to recognize hazards, implement safe work prac-
of project progress tracking. topics covered in-         CONST 201                                              tices, create work rules, communicate expecta-
clude work progression, scheduling and Gant              contRacts and constRuction laW                         tions, and make job-site safety inspections.
charting.                                                                                             3 cR
                                                         this course provides an introduction to construc-      CONST 251
BCT 251                                                  tion law specific to the residential and small com-    saFety Plan administRation                    3 cR
inteRnsHiP Building constRuction                         mercial construction industry. the course focuses      this course will focus on job-site safety and poten-
                                           11 cR         on contracts and subcontracts, business law ba-        tial liability for general contractors. Students will
this course is designed to give the student an op-       sics, and construction law fundamentals.               learn about management systems, procedures,
portunity to gain experience working in the con-                                                                and documentation that address WiSha require-
struction industry.                                      CONST 202                                              ments and provide a safe working environment.
                                                         commeRcial estimating                     4 cR         the effective integration of safety into manage-
CONST 100                                                this advanced estimating course further develops       ment systems will be stressed.
comPuteRs in constRuction                  3 cR          the methods and procedures of estimating for ap-       PREREQUISITES: CONST 250 or instructor’s permis-
this course provides an overview of Microsoft of-        plication in commercial construction. emphasis is      sion.
fice 2007 and how it can be used in the field of         placed on pricing through the utilization of bid
construction Management. You will learn how to           forms, which are completed in connection with          CONST 260
create and modify Word documents, use formulas           the estimate.                                          constRuction PRoject management
and charts in excel, develop and maintain access         PREREQUISITES: CONST 200 or instructor’s permis-                                                 3 cR
databases, run reports with access, and produce a        sion.                                                  Students will learn about management concepts
professional presentation using PowerPoint.                                                                     and techniques relevant to construction project
                                                         CONST 210                                              organization, supervision, and inspection. the
CONST 110                                                civil PRoject documentation               4 cR         course will cover communication systems, con-
civil constRuction estimating 7 cR                       this course provides an introduction to project        tract documents, record keeping, dispute resolu-
this course provides an introduction to estimation       documentation required for public projects. the        tion, quality assurance, and schedule manage-
methods specific to the heavy civil construction         course focuses on contracts, contract modifica-        ment.
industry. the course focuses on the use of heavy         tion, project correspondence, permits, as-built
                                                                Bellingham Technical College
96
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

CONST 280                                              BUS 177                                                 BUS 280
Building codes                               3 cR      Business englisH i                              3 cR    assessment                                    1 cR
this course provides an introduction to the inter-     Business english i focuses on the improvement of        Students will create a portfolio appropriate to their
national Building code and applicable parts of the     proofreading skills for effective written communi-      certificate or degree and complete an exit inter-
iRc including content, format, and application of      cation. Students use a self-study text in which they    view with their advisor. assessments required for a
building codes. in addition students will learn        can check their answers for immediate reinforce-        completion certificate or degree will be assigned
about definitions, administration, general require-    ment. Rules and proofreading exercises are pre-         relative to their certificate or degree.
ments, occupancy classification, types of construc-    sented in order of increasing difficulty, from simple   PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.
tion, and fire and safety requirements.                keyboarding errors to errors in grammar, punctua-
                                                       tion, word usage, and capitalization.                   CAP 154
                                                                                                               comPuteRized accounting level a
   BuSINeSS & SuPervISIoN                              BUS 178                                                 using quickBooks                            3 cR
                                                       Business englisH ii                           3 cR      learn how to use QuickBooks to manage the fi-
BUS 100                                                Business english ii allows students to review and       nances of a small business. topics include general
electRonic matH aPPlications 3 cR
                                                       master the basic communication skills learned in        ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
Focuses on the application of the electronic calcu-
                                                       Business english i. it is designed to give students     payroll.
lator to business transactions and accounting ac-
                                                       the opportunity to make decisions and apply             PREREQUISITES: Knowledge of Windows.
tivities. Students will develop speed on the 10-key
                                                       these skills while editing business documents.
by touch method.
                                                       PREREQUISITES: BUS 177.                                 CAP 155
                                                                                                               comPuteRized accounting level B
BUS 123                                                BUS 184                                                 using quickBooks                            3 cR
RecoRds management                          3 cR
                                                       customeR seRvice                              3 cR      learn how to use QuickBooks to manage the fi-
introduces students to basic terminology and the
                                                       excellence in customer service can be the deter-        nances of a small business. topics include general
scope of records and information management,
                                                       mining factor, no matter the type of service or         ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
employment opportunities, and legal and ethical
                                                       product, to the success or failure of an organiza-      payroll.
matters associated with records. the life cycle of
                                                       tion. course discusses the basics of customer ser-      PREREQUISITES: Knowledge of Windows.
nonelectronic and electronic records are surveyed
                                                       vice, bias in providing quality service, finding the
from creation to retention and destruction.
                                                       right person the level of expected service, and de-     GBUS 100
                                                       fining “who is the customer” when dealing in busi-      Business Fundamentals                        5 cR
BUS 140                                                ness relations.                                         an introduction to the fundamentals of business
suPeRvision & management                     3 cR
                                                                                                               operations and management, the functional areas
an introduction to supervision. course focuses on
                                                       BUS 200                                                 of business, their interrelationships, and the pro-
basic skills in communication, time management,
                                                       Business laW                                5 cR        cesses necessary for effective operation. learn to
planning, delegation, improving productivity, and
                                                       Demonstrate knowledge of laws affecting busi-           identify and understand business trends, antici-
the legal aspects of supervision. Practice sessions
                                                       nesses. introduces students to principles underly-      pate future business conditions, and prepare for
in communication, interviewing, merit reviews,
                                                       ing the legal environment of business through           successful careers. apply the various business con-
and termination will be provided.
                                                       lectures, classroom activities, and study of text.      cepts to their actual working environments. learn
                                                       Students will be exposed to basic information re-       to develop and prepare a business plan; to prepare
BUS 141                                                lating to contracts, sales, consumer protection,        a marketing plan; to manage human resources; to
total quality management                     2 cR
                                                       real property, personal property, and computer          manage financial resources; and how to think stra-
total Quality Management, or tQM, is a strategic,
                                                       laws.                                                   tegically.
integrated management system for achieving cus-
tomer satisfaction. course will examine the pro-
                                                       BUS 225                                                 GBUS 110
cess, and students will be challenged in devising a
                                                       inteRnsHiP 6 cR                                         Business communications                       5 cR
plan strategy of how to implement the tQM ap-
                                                       Students will work in an office-related job receiv-     course includes reading, writing, and listening
proach in a variety of organizations.
                                                       ing pay or volunteering.                                skills, leading effective meetings, use of email as a
                                                       PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.                   communication tool, making presentations, and
BUS 150                                                                                                        expressing yourself clearly when communicating.
matHematics FoR Business                     5 cR
                                                       BUS 230
apply math concepts to business applications
                                                       medical oFFice PRoceduRes                     5 cR      GBUS 120
such as commissions, banking, payroll, trade and
                                                       educates the student for administrative duties in       tecHnical WRiting                            5 cR
cash discounts, markups, simple interest, taxes, in-
                                                       the medical office. teaches computerized medical        Designed for both entry-level and experienced
surance, stocks, bonds, compound interest, depre-
                                                       office procedures as well as exercises in judgment,     writers, this practical, hands on course gives you
ciation, present value, annuities, and graphs.
                                                       independent action, and coping with interrup-           an introduction to technical writing. Review and
PREREQUISITES: BUS 100 is recommended
                                                       tions. in addition to computerized appointment          practice the critical elements of audience, project
                                                       scheduling and billing, students learn about the        design, language, use of graphics, editing, and
BUS 171                                                major insurances with icDa and cPt coding.              problem solving. take a look at the range of tech-
tecHnical communications                      5 cR
                                                                                                               nical and professional communication in today’s
course introduces students to effective written
                                                       BUS 232                                                 business world.
and oral business communication through appli-
                                                       oFFice PRoceduRes                             5 cR
cation and study of text. Students will learn to
                                                       Prepares the student for the role of an office or ad-   MGMT 100
compose effective business writings including let-
                                                       ministrative assistant and the broader role as a        Business & PRoFessional etHics
ters, memos, research reports, resumes, technical
                                                       professional member of the management team.                                                           3 cR
manuals, email, and newsletters. they will also
                                                       class exposes the student to the growing influ-         current events have brought the concepts of eth-
learn to evaluate formatting, grammar, graphics,
                                                       ence of information technology, the expanding           ics, both in the individual person as well as com-
and general appearance. Students will learn effec-
                                                       global marketplace, and the changes in the orga-        pany practices, to the foreground. this course will
tive presentation and job interviewing skills.
                                                       nizational structure of modern business.                discuss and examine, through critical analysis, the
PREREQUISITES: CAP 106
                                                       PREREQUISITES: At least a C (2.0) in CAP 106.           concept of interest, secrecy and confidentiality,
                                                                                                               honesty, interpretation of ethics policies and rules,
                                                                                                               as well as the differences.


                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                97
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           courSe deScriPtionS
               chemIStrY                               ECED 122
                                                                                                               ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
                                                                                                               safety.
                                                       cda essentials 3: WoRking WitH
CHEM& 121                                              Families/PRoFessionalism                      4 cR
intRo to cHemistRy                         5 cR
                                                                                                               ECED 137
                                                       this course is one of three courses that provide the    one yR develoPment - c                        2 cR
introductory course for non-science majors, nurs-      essential coursework for the nationally recognized      adults and children attend this course together in
ing, and environmental science students. includes      child Development associate (cDa). topics to be         an instructional program that focused on one year
basic concepts of inorganic and organic chemistry,     covered in course 3 include family relationships;       old children’s development. developmentally ap-
the nature of atoms, molecules and chemical            early childhood professionalism; and curriculum         propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-
bonds, chemical notation, chemistry of solutions,      and portfolio development. Fieldwork is required        dlers to do together in class. topics include child
scientific reasoning, and problem-solving in the       in addition to coursework and observation/men-          development, language and literacy, play, guid-
study of the theory and application of chemistry.      toring by the instructor is included. information       ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
lab work is included.                                  gathered in the course can be utilized for creating     safety.
PREREQUISITES: PREREQUISITES: MATH                     a portfolio and /or cDa resource file.
99 -Intermediate Algebra with a C or above or          PREREQUISITES: Currently working in an early child-
equivalent.
                                                                                                               ECED 140
                                                       hood setting (volunteer or paid)                        adult/cHild 2 yR dev - a                      2 cR
                                                                                                               adults and children attend this course together in
       chILd deveLoPmeNt                               ECED 123                                                an instructional program that focuses on two year
                                                       PReP FoR cHild develoPment                              old children’s development. developmentally ap-
ECED 112                                               associates (cda) assessment                    1 cR     propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-
staRs - Basics in cHild caRe                2 cR       this course will provide detailed information           dlers to do together in class. topics include child
this course provides a foundation of basic core        about the assessment processes for center-based/        development, language and literacy, play, guid-
knowledge about child development, guidance            family childcare, and home visitor personnel who        ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
and behavior, health, and safety and presents an       meet the education and experience requirements          safety.
introduction to the important content areas of         for the child Development associate credential.
early childhood education. the course is based on      Participants will finalize and organize their work in   ECED 141
the child care center licensing Guidebook 2nd          relation to the six cDa competency Standards and        tWo yR develoPment - B                        2 cR
ed. Students will be provided information, prac-       the thirteen Functional areas.                          adults and children attend this course together in
tice, and opportunity to demonstrate mastery of        PREREQUISITES: Currently working in an early child-     an instructional program that focuses on two year
the course concepts: child growth and develop-         hood setting (volunteer or paid)                        old children’s development. developmentally ap-
ment, child guidance, health, safety, and profes-                                                              propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-
sionalism and communication. Required for child        ECED 130                                                dlers to do together in class. topics include child
care directors, program supervisors, and lead          tHe develoPing inFant                      1 cR.5       development, language and literacy, play, guid-
teachers in center settings.                           adults and young infants attend this course to-         ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
                                                       gether in an instructional program that focuses on      safety.
ECED 120                                               infant development. adults and young infants in-
cda essentials 1: intRo to                             teract together in class. topics include infant de-     ECED 142
ece/HealtH, saFety & nutRition 4 cR                    velopment, play, sleep, nutrition, and health and       tWo yR develoPment - c                        2 cR
this course is one of three courses that provide the   illness and safety.                                     adults and children attend this course together in
essential coursework for the nationally recognized                                                             an instructional program that focuses on two year
child Development associate (cDa). topics to be        ECED 131                                                old children’s development. developmentally ap-
covered in course one include safety and healthy       aPPRoacHing toddleRHood                     1 cR.5      propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-
environments, ways children grow, and an intro-        adults and older infants attend this class together     dlers to do together in class. topics include child
duction to early childhood. Fieldwork is required      in an instructional program that focuses on chil-       development, language and literacy, play, guid-
in addition to coursework and observation/men-         dren’s development. developmentally appropriate         ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
toring by the instructor is included. information      activities are planned for the adult and older in-      safety.
gathered in the course can be utilized for creating    fants to interact together in class. topics include
a portfolio and/or cDa resource file.                  child development, play, sleep, weaning, disci-         ECED 145
PREREQUISITES: Currently working in an early child-    pline, emerging language, health and illness, and       3 & 4 yR develoPment - a                     3 cR
hood setting (volunteer or paid)                       safety.                                                 adults and children attend this course together in
                                                                                                               an instructional program that focuses on pre-
ECED 121                                               ECED 135                                                schooler’s development. developmentally appro-
cda essentials 2: cHild develoP-                       adult/cHild 1 yR dev - a                      2 cR      priate activities are planned for adults and pre-
ment/leaRning enviRonments                    4 cR     adults and children attend this course together in      schoolers to do together in class. topics include
this course is one of three courses that provide the   an instructional program that focuses on one year       child development, language and literacy, play,
essential coursework for the nationally recognized     old children’s development. developmentally ap-         guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
child Development associate (cDa). topics to be        propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-    safety.
covered in course two include children’s social and    dlers to do together in class. topics include child
emotional development; physical and intellectual       development, language and literacy, play, guid-         ECED 146
competence; and curriculum development. Field-         ance and discipline, nutrition, and health and          3 & 4 yR develoPment - B                     3 cR
work is required in addition to coursework and         safety.                                                 adults and children attend this course together in
observation/mentoring by the instructor is includ-                                                             an instructional program that focuses on pre-
ed. information gathered in the course can be uti-     ECED 136                                                schooler’s development. developmentally appro-
lized for creating a portfolio and /or cDa resource    one yR develoPment - B                        2 cR      priate activities are planned for adults and pre-
file.                                                  adults and children attend this course together in      schoolers to do together in class. topics include
PREREQUISITES: Currently working in an early child-    an instructional program that focuses on one year       child development, language and literacy, play,
hood setting (volunteer or paid)                       old children’s development. developmentally ap-         guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
                                                       propriate activities are planned for adults and tod-    safety.
                                                       dlers to do together in class. topics include child
                                                       development, language and literacy, play, guid-



                                                              Bellingham Technical College
98
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                         2008-20010 CaTalog

ECED 147                                               for and teaching more than one and children’s de-         CODR 104
3 & 4 yR develoPment - c                     3 cR      velopment. Developmentally appropriate activi-            customeR seRvice FoR
adults and children attend this course together in     ties are planned for adults and children from birth       tRuck dRiveRs                               2 cR
an instructional program that focuses on pre-          to age five to do together in class. topics include       excellence in customer service can be the deter-
schooler’s development. developmentally appro-         child development, language and literacy, play,           mining factor, no matter the type of service or
priate activities are planned for adults and pre-      guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and        product, to the success or failure of an organiza-
schoolers to do together in class. topics include      safety.                                                   tion. course discusses the basics of customer ser-
child development, language and literacy, play,                                                                  vice in the distribution and transportation indus-
guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and     ECED 160                                                  try. how to present the paperwork for delivery,
safety.                                                Positive disciPline                            1 cR.5     handle complaints about freight damages, inform-
                                                       Positive discipline is an interactive class for parents   ing customers about company rules politely and
ECED 150                                               and teachers who want more cooperative, respect-          clearly, dealing with drivers from one company or
adult/cHild 4-5 yR dev -a                   1 cR.5     ful, and joyful relationships with their children and     other companies for transfer of freight.
adults and children attend this course together in     students. topics include ways to discipline (teach)
an instructional program that focuses on pre-kin-      with kindness and firmness at the same time, to           CODR 105
dergarten children’s development. developmen-          help children achieve self-discipline and problem         Financial Basics FoR tRuckeRs 1 cR
tally appropriate activities are planned for adults    solving skills, to create an atmosphere of coopera-       this course covers the difference between a sole
and preschoolers to do together in class. topics       tion and mutual respect in your home and class-           proprietorship and a company, use of accounts,
include child development, language and literacy,      room, and to reduce power struggles.                      computer accounting software available, under-
play, guidance and discipline, nutrition, health and                                                             standing personal tax and business related ex-
safety, and school readiness.                          ECED 161                                                  penses, debt management, credit cards and bank
                                                       eaRly cHildHood steP                          1 cR        loans, and savings and checking accounts. intro-
ECED 151                                               early childhood step is an interactive class for par-     duction to company savings plans, retirement
4 & 5 yR develoPment - B                    1 cR.5     ents & teachers to help develop skills to guide and       plans, 401K, and other vehicles for savings.
adults and children attend this course together in     encourage children as they grow. topics include
an instructional program that focuses on pre-kin-      information on understanding young children and           CODR 109
dergarten children’s development. developmen-          their behavior, building self-esteem, effective           tRuck dRiving inteRnsHiP                     12 cR
tally appropriate activities are planned for adults    communication, cooperation, discipline tech-              this is a 8 to 12 week internship for students to
and preschoolers to do together in class. topics       niques, and emotional and social development.             work with a local company as a for practical expe-
include child development, language and literacy,                                                                rience, training and skill learning as a truck driver.
play, guidance and discipline, nutrition, health and   ECED 162                                                  the college will sign an internship agreement with
safety, and school readiness.                          talk so kids Will listen                    1 cR.5        the employer and students will work under super-
                                                       how to talk is an interactive class designed to help      vision of a company re/supervisor during this pe-
ECED 152                                               parents and teachers of toddlers through teens            riod. the supervisor will submit an internship com-
4 & 5 yR develoPment - c                    1 cR.5     communicate more effectively with children. Dur-          pletion report on a standard college format at the
adults and children attend this course together in     ing this seven week course, specific topics of com-       end of the internship period. Students will be re-
an instructional program that focuses on pre-kin-      munication, cooperation, alternatives to punish-          sponsible to arrange the internship; however, the
dergarten children’s development. developmen-          ment, self-image, and love and respect will be            Btc instructor will help in the process. this may or
tally appropriate activities are planned for adults    discussed.                                                may not be a paid internship.
and preschoolers to do together in class. topics
include child development, language and literacy,      ECED 170                                                  CODR 109
play, guidance and discipline, nutrition, health and   love & logic PaRenting                      1 cR.5        dRivng skills uPgRade                          1 cR
safety, and school readiness.                          Based on the highly acclaimed love and logic phi-
                                                       losophy developed by Jim Fay and foster cline, this       CODR 245
ECED 155                                               class unlocks the secrets of successful parenting.        commeRcial dRiving PRacticum 12 cR
adult/cHild toddleR dev -a                    2 cR     Participants in this class will learn the specific        this course prepares the student to take the driv-
adults and children attend this course together in     “how-to’s” of successful parenting, not just theo-        ing test administered by Washington state depart-
an instructional program that focuses on caring        retical concepts. the discussions and readings will       ment of licensing for obtaining a commercial driv-
for and teachings more than one and children’s         provide parents with specific, tangible skills to use     ers license required for driving commercial vehicles
development. developmentally appropriate activ-        and a mind-set that allows them to develop a lov-         on public roads. the course includes hands-on be-
ities are planned for adults and children from birth   ing relationship while setting limits and boundar-        hind the wheel driving instruction and observa-
to age give to do together in class. topics include    ies.                                                      tion as second driver/passenger in a commercial
child development, language and literacy, play,                                                                  vehicle. the teaching includes classroom instruc-
guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and
safety.
                                                             commercIaL drIvINg                                  tion about dot regulations, range driving, log book
                                                                                                                 entry, and other related topics.

ECED 156                                               CODR 101
                                                       commeRcial dRiveRs license                                CODR 250
toddleR & PRescHooleR dev - B 2 cR                                                                               Bus dRiving PRacticum                       2 cR
                                                       PReP                                         2 cR
adults and children attend this course together in                                                               this course prepares the student to take the train-
                                                       this course prepares the student to take the writ-
an instructional program that focuses on caring                                                                  ing for obtaining a bus driving endorsement on
                                                       ten Washington State Department of licensing
for and teaching more than one and children’s de-                                                                the class a commercial driving license adminis-
                                                       examination. this examination is the prerequisite
velopment. developmentally appropriate activi-                                                                   tered by Washington state department of licens-
                                                       for obtaining a commercial drivers license required
ties are planned for adults and children from birth                                                              ing, which is a mandatory requirement for driving
                                                       for driving commercial vehicles on public roads.
to age five to do together in class. topics include                                                              a passenger bus on public roads. the course in-
                                                       the course includes the step-by-step instructions
child development, language and literacy, play,                                                                  cludes hands-on behind the wheel driving instruc-
                                                       about the statutory requirements of the transpor-
guidance and discipline, nutrition, and health and                                                               tion and observation as a second driver/passenger
                                                       tation laws and basic knowledge needed to com-
safety.                                                                                                          in a passenger bus. the teaching includes class-
                                                       mence the hands-on driver training on the com-
                                                       mercial vehicle. the course also includes the             room instruction about dot regulations, range
ECED 157                                               preparation for the written exam for several en-          driving, log book entry and other related topics.
toddleR & PRescHooleR dev - c 2 cR
                                                       dorsements: doubles, triples, hazardous materials,
adults and children attend this course together in
                                                       buses, and air brakes.
an instructional program that focuses on caring
                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                  99
2008-2010 CaTalog                                          courSe deScriPtionS
              comPuterS                               CAP 142                                                  CIS 140
                                                      ms excel 5 cR                                            WeBsite develoPment                        4 cR
CAP 101                                               this course provides a practical hands-on ap-            an introduction to htMl, graphics, and other pro-
intRoduction to comPuteRs                  5 cR       proach to developing the skills to use the powerful      gramming languages for use in web pages. Stu-
introduces use of the personal computer while         spreadsheet application, MS excel. Students will         dents will learn the use of programming editors,
working in a Microsoft Windows environment. in-       use excel to organize and analyze data, perform          preparation of graphics, content development,
cludes a basic introduction to excel, Word, and       numerical calculations, and illustrate relationships     and page layout.
PowerPoint. Students will become familiar with        in numerical data by displaying charts.
the basic computer hardware components, inter-        PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 or instructor permission.         CIS 145
net use, and Windows use. this course will help                                                                WeBsite develoPment                        5 cR
prepare students for the ic3 certification exam.      CAP 146                                                  an introduction to htMl, graphics, and other pro-
caP 199 may be accepted in place of caP 101.          ms access 5 cR                                           gramming languages for use in web pages. Stu-
                                                      Table design, relationships, filters, queries,           dents will learn the use of programming editors,
CAP 105                                               forms, and reports will be introduced. Students          preparation of graphics, content development,
comPuteRized toucH keyBoaRding 2                      will apply skills to database projects.                  and page layout.
cR                                                    PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 or instructor permission.         PREREQUISITES: CAP 101, CAP 105 or instructor per-
a touch typing course for beginners as well as                                                                 mission.
those needing to brush up on their keyboarding        CAP 148
skills. course covers learning to type alphabetical   ms PoWeRPoint                               3 cR         CIS 160
keys by touch using proper technique.                 Presents an overview of a presentation graphics          comPuteR useR suPPoRt i                       5 cR
                                                      program. Students will create and present a slide        course provides an overview of topics relevant to
CAP 106                                               show projected from their computer.                      working at a help desk. Students will learn com-
FoRmatting WitH ms WoRd                     4 cR      PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 or instructor permission.         puter user support skills and strategies, including
Provides skillbuilding, production typing, and Mi-                                                             problem solving, customer service, and call track-
crosoft Word fundamentals at the beginning or         CAP 150                                                  ing.
review level. Students use MS Word to format let-     PRoject level 1                                 1 cR     PREREQUISITES: CAP 101, CAP 138, CAP 142, and CAP
ters, memos, reports, and tables.                     the first in a series of two courses designed for in-    146 with minimum grade of C (2.0).
PREREQUISITES: CAP 105.                               dividuals who will use Microsoft Project 2002 as a
                                                      tool to assist them in managing projects. topics         CIS 251
CAP 107                                               include critical skills to create and modify a project   scRiPt PRogRamming                        5 cR
comPuteRized keyBoaRding                              plan file containing tasks, resources, and assign-       course provides computer script design and de-
skillBuilding                            3 cR         ments; create a project plan file to organize tasks      velopment. various introductory script program-
Designed to help students improve their speed         in a work breakdown structure determined by re-          ming concepts and techniques will be taught.
and accuracy at the computer. computerized les-       lationships; assign resources and confirm strategy       PREREQUISITES: CAP 101
sons analyze areas of weakness and provide ap-        to implement the project plan.
propriate drills for improvement.                                                                              CIS 276
PREREQUISITES: CAP 106.                               CAP 151                                                  inteRnsHiP 6 cR
                                                      PRoject level 2                            1 cR          Students will arrange to work in an office, solving
CAP 109                                               You will exchange and update project plan data           computer software, hardware or operating system
comPuteRized keyBoaRd                                 with other applications, create custom reports, re-      problems for users. it may be paid or unpaid 180
skillBuilding ii                           3 cR       use project plan information, and collaborate on         hours of work experience.
Designed to help students to further improve their    project plans with other students.                       PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.
speed and accuracy at the computer. computer-
ized lessons analyze areas of weakness and pro-       CAP 199                                                  IT 102
vide appropriate drills for improvement.              comPuteR Fundamentals                         5 cR       it etHics and caReeRs                        5 cR
PREREQUISITES: CAP 107.                               introduces use of the personal computer while            ethics issues and career options for computer pro-
                                                      working in a Microsoft Windows environment.              fessionals will be explored through research and
CAP 110                                               Students become familiar with basic computer             simulated it enterprises. topics include intellectu-
data entRy3 cR                                        hardware components and learn to use word pro-           al property rights, respecting privacy, avoiding
this course is designed to help students learn        cessing and spreadsheet software. Students also          harm to others, it career paths, and it workplace
proper data entry skills and improve their speed      learn how to use the internet and email and gain         environments.
and accuracy at the computer. computerized les-       competence in keyboard familiarity. Microsoft            PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 and IT 160 or IT 140 or IT
sons analyze areas of weakness and provide ap-        Windows, Word, excel and outlook are used in this        141
propriate drills for improvement.                     class. this course will help you prepare for the ic3
PREREQUISITES: CAP 106.                               certification exam.                                      IT 112
                                                                                                               Pc HaRdWaRe a+                              8 cR
CAP 138                                               CAP 200                                                  this course prepares the student to understand,
ms WoRd 5 cR                                          integRated comPuteR aPPlications                         install, configure, upgrade, troubleshoot, and re-
Students receive hands-on instruction using the                                                      5 cR      pair Pc hardware components. course material
commands and features of MS Word to create sim-       Students will apply their skills learned in the previ-   parallels the comptia a+ essentials certification
ple to complex business documents.                    ous courses to produce professional-looking doc-         objectives for hardware.
PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 or instructor permission.      uments by integrating word processing, spread-           PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: CAP 101
                                                      sheet, database, and presentation graphics
                                                      programs. Students will prepare a professional           IT 121
                                                      portfolio for use in future job search opportuni-        intRoduction to PRogRamming 5 cR
                                                      ties.                                                    this course introduces students to the fundamen-
                                                      PREREQUISITES: CAP 138, CAP 142, CAP 146, & CAP          tals of good program design, coding, testing, and
                                                      148 or instructor permission.                            documentation. Students will learn to employ
                                                                                                               good user interface design, standardization and




                                                              Bellingham Technical College
100
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                      2008-20010 CaTalog

variable naming, decision operators, looping           components, and how to install and configure           IT 272
mechanisms, subroutines and error handling as          them.                                                  caPstone PRoject                            5 cR
they build their own programs.                         PREREQUISITES: IT 160.                                 Students will complete a capstone project inte-
PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: CAP 101.                                                                         grating skills developed throughout the program.
                                                       IT 240                                                 the student will make a written proposal for the
IT 140                                                 unix administRation                                    project, stating milestones and deliverables and
command line oPeRating systems                         & conFiguRation                              10 cR     upon completion, will demonstrate the project in
                                             5 cR      this course introduces students to system admin-       an oral presentation, as well as provide written
this course is designed to give students a solid un-   istration fundamentals of the Unix operating sys-      documentation about the project.
derstanding of the basic functions of operating        tem. Using linux, students learn to install and con-   PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: IT 261 or IT 262.
systems by learning the Windows and Unix com-          figure the o/S using system text files, use the
mand line. Students will learn navigation, file ma-    common GUis, configure networking, administer
nipulation, and redirection commands so that           user accounts and permissions, define the user en-                 cuLINarY artS
they can build useful batch scripts by the end of      vironment, and monitor system resources, pro-
the course.                                            cesses and usage.                                      CUL 110
PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: CAP 101.                  PREREQUISITES: IT 140 and IT 141 or IT 142.            sanitation 3 cR
                                                                                                              this course provides students with understanding
IT 141                                                 IT 242                                                 and practice of the principles of sanitation in order
oPeRating systems a+                         8 cR      WindoWs seRveR administRation                          to maintain a safe and healthy environment for the
this course prepares the student to install, main-                                                  5 cR      consumer in the food service industry. laws and
tain, and troubleshoot Windows operating sys-          covers installation, configuration, and system ad-     regulations related to current FDa food code and
tems. course material parallels the comptia a+ it      ministration of Windows Server. topics include         adherence to them in the food service operation
technician certification objectives for operating      managing accounts, groups, folders, and files; ob-     are addressed. ServeSafe course text and national
systems.                                               ject security; active Directory; DFS; Disk quotas;     certification examination are required.
PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: CAP 101.                  server monitoring and optimization; and trouble-
                                                       shooting.                                              CUL 112
IT 142                                                 PREREQUISITES: IT 160.                                 intRoduction to tHe HosPitality
client/desktoP oPeRating systems ii                                                                           industRy 3 cR
                                          10 cR        IT 243                                                 this course provides a background and history of
Designed to facilitate in-depth study of a client      WindoWs seRveR netWoRk i                               the hospitality industry and introduces the stu-
computer operating system found commonly in            nFRastRuctuRe                                5 cR      dent to the broad spectrum of hospitality/food
the business environment. areas of study include       this course covers managing and maintaining a          service organizations and career opportunities,
installation, configuration, troubleshooting, de-      Windows Server network infrastructure. Students        cooking equipment, and hand tools utilized in the
ployment, and networking.                              will learn how to install, configure, and trouble-     culinary arts industry. Safety laws, regulations,
PREREQUISITES: CAP 101 and IT 160 or IT 140 or         shoot tcP/iP, DhcP, DnS, routing and remote ac-        and sound safety practices in the food service op-
IT141.                                                 cess, and vPns. Students will also learn to monitor    eration are addressed. Students must demonstrate
                                                       traffic, troubleshoot connectivity, implement se-      safe equipment knowledge and operation. intro-
IT 160                                                 cure network administration procedures and re-         duction to weights and measures, their use in reci-
netWoRking tecHnologies                      8 cR      solve service issues on a Windows Server.              pes, and recipe conversions are covered as well.
the goal of this course is to provide students with    PREREQUISITES: IT 242
a background in networking technologies and                                                                   CUL 114
prepare students to pass comptia’s broad-based,        IT 261                                                 culinaRy skill develoPment i                  6 cR
vendor–independent networking certification            advanced toPics in netWoRking i                        this course focuses on the foundational cooking
exam, network +. this course covers a wide range                                                     5 cR     techniques utilized in the culinary industry. topics
of material about networking, from careers in net-     this course allows for specialized or in-depth study   of study include basic mise en place skill develop-
working to local area networks, wide area net-         of an advanced computer networking topic. ex-          ment, foundational cooking methods, related ter-
works, protocols, topologies, transmission media,      ample topics may include: Microsoft SQl Server,        minology and additional foundational cooking
and security. it not only introduces a variety of      apache Web Server, internet information Server,        preparations. theory and lab topics include focus
concepts, but also discusses in-depth the most         Microsoft exchange Server, computer forensics.         on meat cookery; the preparation of stocks, classi-
significant aspects of networking, such as the tcP/    PREREQUISITES: IT 240 and IT 242.                      cal and contemporary mother sauces and deriva-
iP protocol suite.                                                                                            tive sauces, and the application of herbs, spices,
PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: CAP 101.                  IT 262                                                 and flavorings used in the professional kitchen to-
                                                       advanced toPics in netWoRking ii                       day. Weekly labs provide students time to practice
IT 210                                                                                               5 cR     these foundational skills.
netWoRk secuRity Fundamentals                          this course allows for specialized or in-depth study
                                            10 cR      of an advanced computer networking topic. ex-          CUL 116
this course provides a comprehensive overview of       ample topics may include: Microsoft SQl Server,        meat identiFication
network security through lecture, extensive            apache Web Server, internet information Server,        and FaBRication                              3 cR
hands-on, and research projects. topics covered        Microsoft exchange Server, computer forensics.         this course provides an introduction to basic iden-
include general security concepts, communication       PREREQUISITES: IT 240 and IT 242.                      tification and use of hand of tools and equipment
security, infrastructure security, cryptography, ac-                                                          in meat and fish fabrication. activities include
cess control, authentication, external attack, and     IT 270                                                 composition, skeletal structures, muscle types and
operational and organizational security.               inteRnsHiP                                   9 cR      fabrication of meats, poultry, and seafood. Stu-
PREREQUISITES: IT 160, 112, 140.                       Students will work in their new career field apply-    dents will apply basic yield analysis, portion cost
                                                       ing the new skills and being mentored and evalu-       calculations, purchasing and receiving, basic cook-
IT 220                                                 ated by industry professionals. the internship will    ing methods, inspection and USDa regulations,
netWoRk communication                                  provide exposure to a typical work environment,        sanitation, and hygiene.
inFRastRuctuRe                            5 cR         opportunities for customer interaction skill devel-
in this hands-on practicum students learn the          opment and an opportunity to make connections
components of structured data communications           with professionals already working in the field.
cabling systems, oSi layers 1, 2 and 3 hardware        PREREQUISITES: CO-REQUISITE: IT 261 or IT 262.

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                             101
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
CUL 120                                                 human life cycle with attention to retaining nutri-      duce a variety of chocolate decorations, and make
inteRnational and                                       tive values through the cooking process.                 chocolate truffles. in addition, students will ex-
ameRican Regional cuisine                    6 cR       PREREQUISITES: CUL 112                                   plore the proper methods for working with sugar
this course provides students with practical expe-                                                               and create basic decorative sugar work such as
rience in the preparation and service of foods from     CUL 144                                                  spun sugar, sugar cages, caramels, brittles, and
international countries and regions of america.         intRoduction to                                          italian meringue displays.
emphasis is placed on eating habits, ethnic influ-      a la caRte cookeRy                            5 cR
ences, indigenous foods and customs, cooking            this course provides a practical introduction to         CUL 220
methods used, traditional equipment, and each           the à la carte kitchen. theory and lab practice top-     RestauRant management                        7 cR
region’s overall influence on today’s restaurant        ics include station set-up and organization, food        in this course students apply advanced issues re-
market. Weekly participation in theme buffet pro-       preparation planning sheets, portion control, tim-       lated to business and operations management.
duction enhances students’ technical skills.            ing, temperature control, teamwork, communica-           they plan and develop menus, kitchen design,
PREREQUISITES: CUL 110, CUL 112, CUL 114, CUL           tion, productivity skills, and sanitary production       dining room lay-out, point-of -sale operations, and
116                                                     skills. Weekly participation as a commis in an à la      business projections, while utilizing a variety of
                                                        carte restaurant provides students with the op-          computer programs.
CUL 122                                                 portunity to refine fundamental culinary skills and      PREREQUISITES: CAP 101, COM 170, CUL 112, CUL
culinaRy skill develoPment ii 6 cR                      develop a la minute production skills.                   124, MATH 100
this course is a continuation of culinary Skill De-     PREREQUISITES: CUL 110, CUL 112, CUL 114, CUL
velopment i, with study and practice focused on         116                                                      CUL 222
soups, salads, salad dressings, nuts, fruits, pota-                                                              HosPitality suPeRvision                    4 cR
toes, grains, dry legumes and pasta preparations,       CUL 150                                                  In this course students gain an overview of spe-
sandwiches, cheese and dairy products, eggs and         culinaRy aRts inteRnsHiP                                 cific concepts necessary to successfully utilize
breakfast cookery and vegetarian cookery. theory        oR team comPetition                         8 cR         human resources in a food service environ-
topics include common market forms, yield study         Students may elect to work in a pre-designated           ment. Lectures on selected topics, student proj-
and costing analysis, purchasing, receiving, han-       professional kitchen, where they will successfully       ects, and assignments related to workplace
dling and storage of these foundational food            apply cooking skills and knowledge or, students          activities form the majority of the material pre-
products. through weekly labs students will prac-       may compete for one of five positions to represent       sented.
tice applying foundational cooking methods to           Bellingham technical colleges culinary arts pro-         PREREQUISITES: COM 170
these food products.                                    gram in the Washington State american culinary
PREREQUISITES: CUL 110, CUL 112, CUL 114, CUL           Federation student team competition.                     CUL 224
116                                                     PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of the first 3      Food and BeveRage seRvice                     3 cR
                                                        quarters of the Culinary Arts curriculum                 this course is based on dining room operations
CUL 124                                                                                                          and table settings to meet a wide variety of service
Banquet                                                 CUL 212                                                  styles. Students learn the principles of front-of-
and cateRing management                    3 cR         BReads, cookies, and taRts                      7 cR     the-house operations, point-of-sale systems, and
in Banquet and catering Management students             Students learn the theory of chemically-leavened         guest relations, along with foundational informa-
will learn the fundamentals skills and knowledge        products such as quick breads and cookies; yeast-        tion about wine including the history of wine, pro-
needed to set-up and run banquet and catering           leavened products such as breads and laminated           duction characteristics, laws, and purchasing and
events. theory subjects include plated and buffet       doughs; steam-leavened products such as puff             storage requirements. types, styles, service and
banquet menus, buffet layout and design, cater-         dough, choux pastry, and decorative tarts. Stu-          state laws regarding alcoholic and non-alcoholic
ing contracts, event planning, organization, staff-     dents’ quick bread production will include muffins,      beverages service will also be discussed. Upon
ing, home meal replacement, private and personal        scones, and biscuits. cookie production will in-         completion, students will be able to determine
chef industry, optional services and pricing for-       clude bar, rolled, cut, piped, tuille, florentine, and   which wines compliment various cuisines and par-
mats. Weekly buffets provide hands on experience        snap. Bread and laminated dough products will            ticular tastes.
setting up and managing a full service banquet          include european yeast breads, flat breads, crack-       PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of the first 5
event.                                                  ers, ciabatta, focaccia, croissants, danish, and bri-    quarters of the Culinary Arts curriculum
PREREQUISITES: CUL 110, CUL 112, CUL 114, CUL           oche. in addition, students will produce french
116                                                     pastry including puff pastry (pate feuillette), choux    CUL 230
                                                        pastry, tarts, fruit strudels, and phyllo dough.         a la caRte RestauRant                          8 cR
CUL 140                                                                                                          this course provides students with an opportunity
gaRde mangeR                                 6 cR       CUL 214                                                  to apply the vast majority of the culinary arts cur-
in the Garde Manger course students plan, pre-          Pies, cakes, and desseRts                      7 cR      riculum as they rotate through several stations in
pare, execute, and present cold foods and culinary      Students learn the theory of creating pies, cakes,       the à la carte restaurant kitchen. they become fa-
salon work, while applying fundamental cooking          petit fours, and individual restaurant desserts. Stu-    miliar with the theory and lab responsibilities in-
and garnishing methods. Production includes re-         dents’ pie production will include fruit, cream, chif-   volved in setting up and running an à la carte res-
fined techniques such as canapés, hors d’oeuvres,       fon and custard, using different doughs and fill-        taurant station including food preparation,
amuse bouche, curing, smoking, pickling, cold           ings. cake production will focus on two-stage,           planning sheets, organization, portion control,
foods, salt dough sculpture, ice sculpture, and tal-    sponge, and meringue-based methods to create a           timing, temperature control, teamwork, commu-
low sculptures.                                         variety of filled and decorated cakes such as multi-     nication, productivity and sanitary production
PREREQUISITES: CUL 110, CUL 112, CUL 114, CUL 116,      layered tortes and charlottes. in addition, students     skills. in addition students supervise first year stu-
CUL 122, CUL 124                                        will produce restaurant desserts to order, while         dent commis, practice expeditor skills including
                                                        learning about organization, assembly, compo-            coordinating and controlling the flow of finished
CUL 142                                                 nent development, decoration, and menu cre-              menu items from the station chefs, while working
nutRition                                      3 cR     ation.                                                   closely with student service staff and maitre d’ po-
this course provides students with an introduc-                                                                  sitions.
tion to nutrition, cultural food pyramids, including    CUL 216                                                  PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of first 5
nutritive value of foods, factors influencing body      intRoduction to cHocolates                               quarters of the Culinary Arts curriculum
food requirements, their importance in promoting        and sugaR WoRk                            2 cR
health and preventing disease, and the body pro-        Students learn about chocolate and its wonderful
cesses and their relation to total nutrition. We will   use in the pastry world. Upon completion, they
examine nutritional requirements throughout the         will be able to temper chocolate couverture, use
                                                        tempered chocolate for dipping and molding, pro-
                                                                Bellingham Technical College
102
                                                               courSe deScriPtionS                                                        2008-20010 CaTalog

CUL 232                                                   sign, function, and maintenance of handpieces,           implementation of the course clinical competen-
Food and BeveRage seRvice laB                             dental instruments and the dental unit water/vac-        cies. Students will be assigned to a variety of clini-
                                               5 cR       uum line. this course will also focus on the theory      cal responsibilities weekly. the course will identify
in this course students apply service skills, knowl-      and delivery of basic dental assisting skills, such as   the clinic competencies that must be successfully
edge, guest relations, table side cookery, point-of-      dental ergonomics, principles of team positioning,       demonstrated in order for the student to advance
sale operations, cash handling, reservations, seat-       instrument transfer and oral evacuation.                 to Den 135. actual hands-on experience in front
ing, and greeting, in café culinaire. the students                                                                 office, clinical coordination, and assisting func-
are responsible for excellent customer service un-        DEN 114                                                  tions with the clinic dentist and dental hygienist
der all conditions. Students work in various dining       dental sciences                               4 cR       will be facilitated by the instructional staff in the
room positions at Bellingham technical college’s          this course focuses on related biomedical sciences       Bellingham Technical college dental clinic.
café culinaire such as; maitre d’, front server, and      that are the foundation of the dental assisting cur-
back server.                                              riculum. course content includes basic oral em-          DEN 130
PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of first 5           bryology and histology and tooth morphology.             PReventive dentistRy                         3 cR
quarters of the Culinary Arts curriculum                  concepts of oral pathology and oral inspection           this course provides the student with a working
                                                          will be introduced.                                      knowledge of preventative dentistry, good oral
CUL 234                                                                                                            hygiene, and nutrition. Students will learn how to
caPstone PRoject and PRactical                            DEN 115                                                  promote preventive dentistry in the office and the
exam             3 cR                                     dental clinic PRacticum i                     6 cR       procedures available to curb oral diseases, includ-
this course, which includes a formal written ex-          this clinical practicum course provides a clinical       ing dental caries and periodontal disease and den-
amination, is designed to review the student’s            introduction for the student. Students will be as-       tal implants.
overall knowledge and skill level at the comple-          signed to a variety of weekly clinical responsibili-
tion of all course requirements. there are two ma-        ties. they will begin their duties with a mentor and     DEN 132
jor elements--theory and practice. Students com-          eventually move to independent competencies.             dental sPecialties                            1 cR
plete a five-course gastronomique for service             Students will gain hands-on experience in front of-      this course provides the student with the knowl-
tasting and formal menu presentation, while em-           fice, clinical coordination, darkroom techniques,        edge and skills of the dental specialties; Prostho-
ploying costing, planning and leadership through-         bitewing x-ray exposure, patient management,             dontics, oral Surgery, orthodontics, and Pedodon-
out.                                                      and sterilization.                                       tics. this course will also instruct the student on
PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of first 5                                                                    the expanded duty of polishing restorations.
quarters of the Culinary Arts curriculum                  DEN 120
                                                          Patient assessment                             8 cR      DEN 134
                                                          this course provides the student with the level of       laBoRatoRy PRoceduRes                      2 cR
          deNtaL aSSIStINg                                knowledge and skills required for the dental assis-      this course enables students to develop skills in
                                                          tant to accurately collect and assess patient data.      the use and manipulation of dental materials and
DEN 100                                                   the student will have the opportunity to learn and       lab equipment. taking, pouring, separating, trim-
intRoduction to dental assisting                          practice the skills associated with collecting a         ming, and finishing study models and preparing
                                                 1 cR     health history, obtaining vital signs, assisting with    custom trays and bleach trays will be included in
this course orients the student to college and pro-       medical emergencies, and assisting the dentist in        this course.
gram policies, procedures, standards, materials           the diagnostic stages of dental treatment. Phar-
and resources. the student will be introduced to          macology and anesthesia will be presented as it          DEN 135
the role of dental assisting within the field of den-     relates to dentistry and oral health. this course        dental clinic PRacticum iii                  4 cR
tistry and to the historical, legal, and ethical issues   also includes an introduction on dental office ad-       this clinical practicum course is a continuation of
relating to dental assisting.                             ministration, concentrating on specific job duties       Den 125. it provides hands-on experience required
                                                          in the Bellingham Technical college dental clinic.       for front office, clinic coordination, and assisting
DEN 105                                                                                                            functions with the clinic dentist and dental hy-
Head & neck anatomy                          2 cR         DEN 122                                                  gienist. the student must successfully demon-
this course provides an introduction to structure         cHaiRside assisting ii                      6 cR         strate the advanced clinic competencies in order
of head and neck region. emphasis on anatomical           this course provides the student with appropriate        to be eligible to participate in the extramural ex-
structures of the skeletal, muscular, nervous, car-       skills to perform routine dental procedures. in-         perience.
diovascular, and digestive systems as it pertains to      struction will include the use and manipulation of
the head and neck. also includes an overview of           dental instrument setups, restorative materials,         DEN 137
microbiology and disease.                                 isolation techniques and how to effectively trans-       extRamuRal PRacticum                         10 cR
                                                          fer instruments when assisting in a dental proce-        this course allows students to apply knowledge,
DEN 110                                                   dure.                                                    skills, and professionalism gained in the Dental as-
dental Foundations                            5 cR                                                                 sistant program. expected behaviors regarding of-
this course provides the students with the foun-          DEN 124                                                  fice policies, record keeping, and evaluation pro-
dation necessary to enter into the Bellingham             RadiogRaPHy                                  3 cR        cedures, as an employee and team member, are
technical college dental clinic. the student will         this course is intended to introduce basic con-          explored. ethical and legal concerns are also ad-
gain knowledge and skills required to maintain a          cepts of radiography and build on those skills and       dressed. Students are then placed in a variety of
safe dental environment. also included are federal        theoretical knowledge. Students will learn to cor-       local dental offices where they apply skills related
and state regulations regarding chemical use and          rectly and safely evaluate need for x-rays, expose,      to basic chairside, oral hygiene, and operative den-
infection control in the dental office. this course       process and mount intraoral and extraoral radio-         tistry.
introduces basic concepts of radiology. Students          graphs utilizing a variety of techniques and with a
learn how to evaluate need for x-rays including:
exposing, processing and mounting intraoral ra-
                                                          variety of patient situations including pedodon-
                                                          tics, edentulous and extraoral situations.
                                                                                                                              deveLoPmeNtaL
diographs.
                                                          DEN 125                                                  BAS 015
DEN 112                                                                                                            WoRkPlace liteRacy                            0 cR
                                                          dental clinical PRacticum ii                4 cR
cHaiRside assisting                        7 cR                                                                    individualized and group instruction in english
                                                          this clinical practicum course is intended to pro-
this course provides the student with the knowl-                                                                   speaking, listening, writing, and reading. targeted
                                                          vide the student with actual patient care experi-
edge and skills needed to operate and maintain                                                                     toward job readiness and/or technical training
                                                          ence in the on-campus clinic for the purpose of
typical equipment found in a dental operatory.                                                                     preparation for persons with limited english profi-
the student will gain an understanding of the de-                                                                  ciency.

                     Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                  103
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             courSe deScriPtionS
BAS 045                                                  RDG 085                                                required to have the following assigned hours for
WoRkFoRce Basics                              2 cR       Reading skills                               5 cR      nateF certification: Diesel engines 15, electrical/
individualized and small group instruction in            This course focuses on developing technical/           electronics 45, and PM 5. Students from tRanS
workforce basic skills, life skills, career decision     college-level reading skills, e.g., comprehen-         101, 102, 103 MUSt meet with the instructor to
making and guidance. instruction based on cus-           sion, vocabulary in context, locating main ideas,      discuss Det 129 requirements.
tomized integration of basic and technical math,         making inferences, outlining, and summarizing          PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
english, communication skills, computer literacy         content.                                               permission.
and personal management supplemented by in-              PREREQUISITES: Accuplacer Reading score of 50 or
vest program. the focus of workforce basics will         above. Students who successfully complete RDG 85       DET 201
be on basic academic skill review in preparation         will have met the accuplacer reading requirement for   HydRaulics                                  8 cR
for re-employment, retraining or job training            occupational program enrollment.                       hands-on and theory of operation of hydraulic
preparation. May be repeated for skill improve-                                                                 systems. this course will deal primarily with mo-
                                                                                                                bile hydraulic systems.
ment based on individual need.
                                                                   dIeSeL equIPmeNt                             PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
CDEV 085                                                                                                        permission.
college success                               0 cR
                                                         DET 104
                                                         HydRaulic BRakes                           2 cR        DET 202
this course is a toolkit for success in college. it is
                                                         hands-on and theory of operation of hydraulic          diesel engines                             13 cR
designed to teach how to have a successful experi-
                                                         braking systems.                                       hands-on and theory of the operation, trouble-
ence both academically and personally. Focus will
                                                         PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s     shooting and repair of diesel engines, with an em-
be on development of practical knowledge and
                                                         permission.                                            phasis on electronic diesel engine controls and
skills in time planning, test taking, study tech-
niques, critical thinking, organization, interper-                                                              preventive maintenance.
sonal development and campus and community
                                                         DET 106                                                PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
                                                         electRical/electRonics i                   4 cR        permission.
resources . course is required core course in ac-
                                                         hands-on and theory of operation of the electri-
cess program.
                                                         cal/electronic systems used in diesel equipment,       DET 203
                                                         with an emphasis on diesel engine systems.             dRive tRain                                3 cR
CDEV 101
                                                         PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s     hands-on and theory of operation of drive train
caReeR tRansitions                            0 cR
                                                         permission.                                            systems.
Designed to assist unemployed/dislocated work-
ers with career planning and job search skills. con-                                                            PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
tent includes skill assessment, financial a id op-
                                                         DET 116                                                permission.
                                                         electRical/electRonics ii                  4 cR
tions, career exploration, job search techniques,
                                                         hands-on and theory of operation of the electri-       DET 204
and development of individual career plan.
                                                         cal/electronic systems used in diesel equipment,       aiR BRakes5 cR
                                                         with an emphasis on hydraulic systems.
CDEV 110                                                                                                        hands-on and theory of operation of air brake sys-
                                                         PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s     tems.
college success - allied                       2 cR
                                                         permission.                                            PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
this course is designed for new students entering
allied health programs. classroom environment                                                                   permission.
will be interactive and experiential, focusing on
                                                         DET 126
                                                         electRical/electRonics iii                 4 cR        DET 205
strategies that will enable students to master
                                                         hands-on and theory of operation of the electri-       susPension/steeRing                        5 cR
study skills in health-related subjects. additionally,
                                                         cal/electronic systems used in diesel equipment,       hands-on and theory of operation of suspension/
students will learn to expand their communication
                                                         with an emphasis on brake, drive train and sus-        steering systems.
potential, build confidence, and create a pathway
                                                         pension/steering systems.                              PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
to a successful career in a health-related field.
                                                         PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s     permission.
                                                         permission.
ENGL 092
Fundamentals oF englisH                     5 cR                                                                DET 208
this course focuses on the fundamentals of col-
                                                         DET 129                                                PReventive maintenance                     6 cR
                                                         aPPlied diesel concePts i                   12 cR      hands-on experience in preventive maintenance
lege-level standard written english. coursework
                                                         Students will be required to gain employment or        for equipment. Fleet management practices are
includes a study of the conventional grammatical
                                                         volunteer in an authorized repair/maintenance fa-      included in this class.
rules of english in the construction of effective
                                                         cility. the student will be under the guidance of      PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
sentences and paragraphs, leading to the essay.
                                                         the shop in addition to contact with the instructor.   permission.
critical readings of paragraphs and short essays,
                                                         the repair facility then becomes a “real world” ex-
and applying these principles to the student’s own
                                                         tension of the classroom. these quarters may be        DET 239
writing, is also part of the curriculum.
                                                         required to have the following assigned hours for      aPPlied diesel concePts iii                 13 cR
                                                         nateF certification: Diesel engines 15, electrical/
MATH 085                                                                                                        Students will be required to gain employment or
                                                         electronics 45, and PM 5. Students from tRanS          volunteer in an authorized repair/maintenance fa-
Basic matH                                     5 cR
                                                         101, 102, 103 MUSt meet with the instructor to         cility. the student will be under the guidance of
course covers basic math operations e.g. addition,
                                                         discuss Det 129 requirements.                          the shop in addition to contact with the instructor.
subtraction, division, multiplication, fractions and
                                                         PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s     the repair facility then becomes a “real world” ex-
decimals. Prerequisite for Math 100.
                                                         permission.                                            tension of the classroom. these quarters may be
                                                                                                                required to have the following assigned hours for
                                                         DET 139                                                nateF certification: Diesel engines 15, electrical/
                                                         aPPlied diesel concePts ii                  12 cR      electronics 45, and PM 5. Students from tRanS
                                                         Students will be required to gain employment or        101, 102, 103 MUSt meet with the instructor to
                                                         volunteer in an authorized repair/maintenance fa-      discuss Det 129 requirements.
                                                         cility. the student will be under the guidance of      PREREQUISITES: TRANS 101, 102, 103 or instructor’s
                                                         the shop in addition to contact with the instructor.   permission.
                                                         the repair facility then becomes a “real world” ex-
                                                         tension of the classroom. these quarters may be


                                                                Bellingham Technical College
104
                                                             courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

               ecoNomIcS                                EDUC 137                                                group work, and ways in which instructors act as
                                                                                                                facilitators of learning in their classrooms.
                                                        Reading, WRiting, & matH FoR tHe
ECON 103                                                PaRaeducatoR                                 1 cR
industRial economics                          5 cR      this course provides a review of the required para-     EDUC 209
                                                        educator skills and knowledge in the areas of read-     teacHing & Facilitating leaRning:
Students will learn the basic concepts of micro-
                                                        ing, writing, and mathematics and introduces how        level ii                                      3 cR
economics including the examination of the prof-
                                                        these content area skills and knowledge apply to        this course guides instructors through the process
itability factors of plant operations, personal and
                                                        assisting in classroom instruction. course content      of moving from a teacher-centered classroom to a
business strategies, objectives, and operating
                                                        aligns with the Washington State essential aca-         student-centered learning environment and pre-
profitability. they will perform a cost benefit anal-
                                                        demic learning Requirements in reading, writing,        pares instructor-learners to assist students to be-
ysis of different maintenance operations strate-
                                                        and mathematics and the title 1 Paraprofessional        come a productive part of a learning community,
gies. Students will be able to summarize plant op-
                                                        Knowledge and Skill Requirements.                       instructor-learners further examine and fine-tune
erations from a business perspective; explain the
                                                                                                                multiple modes of instruction beyond those in
impact of operation of profitability; and interpret
stock market factors and annual reports.                EDUC 175                                                level i including class discussion, case studies,
                                                        acHieving inFoRmation liteRacy 1 cR                     role-plays and student self-assessment. Using the
                                                        this course is designed to improve the research         universal cycle of learning with the four essential
                educatIoN                               skills of professional-technical instructors and to     elements of preparation, presentation, practice,
                                                        help these instructors integrate information litera-    and performance, instructor-learners develop
EDUC 131                                                cy into their curricula. the classes are designed to    model lessons and instructional models as well as
PaRaeducatoR i:                                         be a combination of demonstration and practice,         developing model facilitation practices for estab-
Foundations oF leaRning                      4 cR       with emphasis on practice. additionally, these          lishing learning communities within the class-
an overview of the job of the paraeducator or in-       professional-technical instructors will develop a       room. this course is particularly helpful to experi-
structional assistant. topics covered include intro-    plan for integrating information-literacy skills into   enced instructor-learners who wish to hone and
duction to core competencies, roles of paras and        classes that they teach.                                apply their facilitation and instructional delivery
certified staff, child development and the implica-                                                             skills.
tions for learning, positive discipline, the condi-     EDUC 199
tions of learning, the diverse student population,      PRoFessional tecHnical                                  EDUC 211
the roles and responsibilities of the paraeducator      sPecialization                               12 cR      Planning FoR instRuction                     3 cR
including playground and cafeteria management,          this course is a project-oriented course designed       instructor-learners plan for the delivery of adult
and safety and health concerns in working with          to provide opportunities for post-secondary pro-        instruction by creating instructional materials ap-
children. the course includes 10 hours observa-         fessional-technical instructors to document their       propriate for students of diverse backgrounds and
tion and addresses the following Washington State       professional skills and experiences which they ac-      learning styles. instructor-learners develop the
core competencies for paraeducators: competen-          quired prior to or while serving in their position as   skills required to create, evaluate or modify a
cies 2, 3, 5, 8, and 13.                                an instructor. completion of the coursework proj-       course through the construction of lesson plans
                                                        ect will enhance the instructor’s ability to accu-      and course syllabi. this course assists instructor-
EDUC 133                                                rately assess their present skills against the Wash-    learners in ways to plan lessons and units of in-
PaRaeducatoR ii:                                        ington State Skill Standards for Professional           struction, and to identify textbooks, instructional
stRategic leaRning                            4 cR      technical educators and complete an initial Pro-        media and resources. emphasis is on lesson plan-
Focuses on strategic learning strategies that para-     fessional Development Plan                              ning and syllabus development, particularly as
educators or instructional assistants are expected                                                              they relate to higher order thinking skills such as
to implement. topics include confidentiality, iDea,     EDUC 200                                                Bloom’s taxonomy and domains of learning.
special education, referrals, special needs children    intRoduction to teacHing
and special programs, learning styles, instructional    PRoFessional tecHnical education                        EDUC 216
support methods, effective communication, con-                          3 cR                                    assessment FoR leaRning                       3 cR
flict mediation, remediation, special health care       this course provides students with an introducto-       Research in learning assessment has transformed
issues, math strategies/problem solving, and para-      ry foundation to the Washington State Profession-       the way educators approach the task of teaching.
educators in the special education workforce. this      al-technical teacher Skill Standards; thus facilitat-   When developing and designing curriculum, in-
course includes 10 hours observation and ad-            ing entrance into specific Skill Standard training in   structors need to understand the paradigm shift
dresses the following Washington State core com-        subsequent courses. Subject areas include an in-        between traditional, teacher-centered learning
petencies for paraeducators: competencies 1, 4, 6,      troduction to performance-based education, in-          where the emphasis is placed on the one-way de-
7, 10, and 11.                                          cluding technical education philosophies and fun-       livery of content, and active, student centered
                                                        damentals of competency-Based education                 learning where the emphasis shifts to the collab-
EDUC 134                                                models. additionally, it provides the opportunity       orative, integrated learning process facilitated by
PaRaeducatoR iii:                                       for students to observe fully-qualified profession-     the teacher. in this course, instructor-learners will
 eFFective instRuction                        4 cR      al-technical instructors.                               demonstrate assessment literacy and will design
this course focuses on assisting teachers in meet-                                                              and develop assessments to be integrated into the
ing the needs of all students by providing effective    EDUC 207                                                learning process, including performance-based
instruction. topics include assessment and stan-        teacHing & Facilitating leaRning:                       and portfolio assessments. these assessments—
dards, the teaching/learning cycle, library/tech-       level i                                       3 cR      prior assessment, formative assessment, summa-
nology skills, the writing process, the reading pro-    as an introduction to vocational teaching, college      tive assessment—will be linked directly to clearly
cess, math strategies/problem solving, job search       instructors begin or expand their training as a         developed learning outcomes and will inform the
skills, and teaming. this course includes 10 hours      skilled educator.instructor-learners learn about        process of curriculum evaluation and revision. ef-
observation and addresses the following Washing-        “successful beginnings,” being a positive role mod-     fective testing and evaluation linked to course
ton State core competencies for paraeducator:           el, and developing effective lessons based on           outcomes and grading policies will also be dis-
competencies 9, 10, and 12 (a, b, c).                   identified student learning outcomes and compe-         cussed.
                                                        tencies. new instructor-learners practice imple-
                                                        menting a variety of instructional strategies and
                                                        student assessments and learn ways to evaluate
                                                        the progress or diverse learners to meet course
                                                        objectives. Focus is on four primary modes of in-
                                                        struction: lecture, discussion, demonstration, small

                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                               105
2008-2010 CaTalog                                                courSe deScriPtionS
EDUC 221                                                   and maintain information about certification re-           EDUC 261
leadeRsHiP develoPment                           3 cR      quirements for program-specific technology.                industRy Based PRoFessional devel-
this course focuses on methods that implement                                                                         oPment                                      5 cR
leadership development as an integral compo-               EDUC 246                                                   this course is a project-oriented course designed
nent of professional technical program. instruc-           tHe adult leaRneR                                 3 cR     to provide opportunities for post-secondary pro-
tion will stress skills in organizing groups to action,    to effectively instruct adults, it is essential that the   fessional-technical instructors to document and
decision making, and human relations.                      instructor has a basic understanding of the adult          receive credit for skills-enhancement activities
                                                           learner. By understanding the adult learner and            conducted during “Back-to-industry” or “Return-
EDUC 226                                                   how one learns, the instructor can teach more ef-          to-industry” endeavors.
leaRning styles                                  3 cR      fectively and can motivate and improve retention
in this course, professional-technical instructors         rates with students. in this course, instructor-           EDUC 262
will be introduced to the theories of learning             learners will identify learning principles and adult       advanced industRy Based
styles, multiple intelligences, learning types and         characteristics, learning styles, demographics and         PRoFessional develoPment                    6 cR
environmental affects on learning. instructor              motivation. they will also learn to modify curricu-        this course is a project-oriented course designed
learners will identify their own learning attitudes,       lum and instruction based on the needs of the              to provide opportunities for post-secondary pro-
environment preferences, learning styles and in-           adult learners in their classroom.                         fessional-technical instructors to document and
telligences and begin to identify the learning pro-                                                                   receive credit for skills-enhancement activities
files of their students. this course will facilitate in-   EDUC 251                                                   conducted during “Back-to-industry” or “Return-
structors to create learning environments that are         teacHing PRacticum 1                          12 cR        to-industry” endeavors.
most conducive to optimal learning and to imple-           this course will provide opportunities for instruc-
ment teaching/learning strategies that engage a            tors to enhance their professional skills and pro-         EDUC 275
variety of learning styles for instructional success.      vides a viable vehicle for attainment of the skills        caReeR & tecHnical education
                                                           required of a fully qualified instructor. evidence of      inteRnsHiP                                      3 cR
EDUC 231                                                   learning and skill-building will be evidenced via          Research supports that faculty often rely on how
leaRning enviRonment management                            project portfolio. in a classroom, lab, and work-          they have been taught for their own teaching even
3 cR                                                       place learning environment, the student instruc-           when those instructional strategies were not
to effectively instruct students, a professional-          tor will implement core learning strategies and            viewed as effective. to develop good learning
technical instructor must have all required equip-         techniques on teaching and facilitating learning           strategies participants will participate in an intern-
ment, systems, tools, supplies, and materials avail-       from coursework and research.                              ship to change their previous parading. through a
able and set up prior to beginning the class. this                                                                    variety of strategies including assignments, obser-
course is designed to help instructor-learners de-         EDUC 252                                                   vation, reflection, serving as an instructional assis-
velop a management plan for determining, ob-               teacHing PRacticum 2                          12 cR        tant, and/or practical application of instructional
taining, and maintaining instructional equipment,          this course will provide opportunities for instruc-        techniques students will complete an internship in
tools, supplies, and materials. Faculty members            tors to enhance their professional skills and pro-         a career and technical education program.
will be equipped with the knowledge and direc-             vides a viable vehicle for attainment of the skills
tion needed to develop and implement safety                required of a fully qualified instructor. evidence of      EDUC 299
plans for their learning environment so that equip-        learning and skill-building will be evidenced via          PRoFessional tecHnical education
ment, systems, tools, supplies, and materials will         project portfolio. in a classroom, lab, and work-          caPstone                                       5 cR
be managed and maintained in an appropriate                place learning environment, the student instruc-           this course is a capstone project designed to pro-
and safe manner. emphasis is on shop, laboratory,          tor will establish and implement learning out-             vide opportunities for instructors to document
and classroom safety practices.                            comes focused on assessment, new technologies              their professional skills and provides a viable vehi-
                                                           such as distance learning, hybrid courses, elec-           cle for attainment of the skills required of a fully
EDUC 236                                                   tronic instruction.                                        qualified instructor, in accordance with Washing-
occuPational analysis                          3 cR                                                                   ton State Skill Standards for Professional-technical
this course will familiarize the professional techni-      EDUC 256                                                   educators. this course is the final required course
cal instructor with the process of occupational            PRogRam management, PRomotion,                             for an aaS-t degree in Professional-technical edu-
analysis, the steps of Data and DacUM process,             and RecRuitment                                 5 cR       cation.
and advisory committees and their role in profes-          in this course, instructor-learners develop a record
                                                           keeping system that can be used in the tracking of
sional technical curriculum development.
                                                           student affairs, including program enrollment, stu-                       eLectrIcIaN
EDUC 241                                                   dent grades, student financial aid and scholarship
leaRning & adaPting neW tecHnolo-                          eligibility. in addition, instructor-learners develop      ELEC 100
                                                           a budgeting system to determine program finan-             intRoduction to electRician tRade
gies                                          5 cR
                                                           cial needs and the tracking of allocated funds.                                                           1 cR
in this course the instructor-learner will identify,
                                                           they take part in departmental and college com-            Gives information about the program’s organiza-
evaluate and implement new and emerging tech-
                                                           mittees to insure the interests of their program           tion: rules & regulations, the electrician trade, the
nologies according to industry needs and per their
                                                           and to participate in collegewide conversations            job market, essential safety information & proce-
needs as instructors. instructor-learners will de-
                                                           and decisions regarding enrollment, recruitment            dures.
velop new ways of communication and develop
online materials and websites. Working with their          and community relations.
program advisory committee, the instructor-learn-
                                                                                                                      ELEC 101
                                                           EDUC 257                                                   electRicity i                                14 cR
er will maintain current knowledge of technology
                                                           cuRRent toPics FoR PRoFessional                            emphasis is placed on the basic understanding of
in the field and focus on how to integrate this new
                                                           tecHnical educatoRs                       6 cR             electrical theory and its application to devices, cir-
technology into their curriculum, into their current
                                                           this course is designed to provide opportunities           cuits and materials. also, the fundamental ideas of
methods of delivering student instruction, and
                                                           for post-secondary faculty members teaching pro-           Dc electricity, magnetism, and electromagnetism
into effective ways of assessing student learning
                                                           fessional-technical coursework to document and             are studied. Students will apply their basic skills of
by integrating new technology into student as-
                                                           receive credit for research/learning acquired at           algebra during this course.
signments. as needed, the instructor-leaner will
                                                           professional conferences.                                  PREREQUISITE: MATH 100 (to be taken concurrently).
develop the skills required to research, organize




                                                                   Bellingham Technical College
106
                                                             courSe deScriPtionS                                                        2008-20010 CaTalog

ELEC 102                                                ELEC 191
electRicity ii                              13 cR       leadeRsHiP                                1 cR                 eLectro mechaNIcaL
Studies the ideas of electron flow applied to direct    explores the importance of leadership and how it
current circuits and broadens those ideas for alter-    effects the work life of the electrician.                EMTEC 101
nating current use. a basic understanding of alter-                                                              Basic electRicity                               5 cR
nating current fundamentals is essential because        ELEC 192                                                 this is the first in a series of courses designed to
it must be applied in everyday situations in the        joB PRePaRation                            1 cR          prepare the industrial electrician, millwright, or
electrical workplace.                                   application of the knowledge used to expand the          maintenance technician with the knowledge and
PREREQUISITES: ELEC 101A.                               communication skills that are necessary for seek-        skills to diagnose and repair electrical circuits. in-
                                                        ing and obtaining employment in the electrical           struction emphasizes Dc electrical theory, struc-
ELEC 103                                                field.                                                   ture of matter, electron theory, electricity, ohms
electRicity iii                            12 cR                                                                 law, series and parallel circuits. Utilizing state-of-
introduction to the basic principles of automatic       ELEC 201A                                                the-art computer interactive software, dynamic
motor control for various direct current motors.        Residential WiRing                           13 cR       lecture and discussion, and hands-on practice,
Detailed explanations and operating principles          a study of the skills for the wiring of a home. it em-   students develop knowledge and skills for careers
will be presented along with typical schematic          phasizes the national electrical code and enables        in industry. text and basic tools required.
and wiring diagrams of common installation prac-        the electrician to problem-solve real life wiring
tices. thorough explanations prepare the student        situations. learn how to interpret electrical infor-     EMTEC 103
to develop troubleshooting and repair techniques        mation from a building diagram using american            electRical ciRcuits                          5 cR
so they can perform effectively on the job. Basic       national Standards institute (anSi) symbols.             the student will continue Dc electrical theory and
transformer principles, single and three phase cir-                                                              analysis including Kirchhoff’s laws. Wiring dia-
cuits are also covered.                                 ELEC 205                                                 grams and other circuits will be examined in detail.
                                                        motoR contRol diagRams i                     3 cR        ac theory, vectors, capacitance, inductance and
ELEC 104                                                Presents general ground rules for establishing           vector analysis is examined. Generators, motors
electRicity iv                             14 cR        good, safe working habits and proper use of elec-        and common motors will be discussed. Utilizing
Detailed explanations of operating principles of        trical tools. introduction to the student with lan-      state-of-the-art computer interactive software,
various types of alternating current motors will be     guage of an electrical control, using standard           dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on
presented. typical schematic and wiring diagrams        (anSi) electrical symbols, and line diagramming.         practice, students develop knowledge and skills
are explored to familiarize the students with com-                                                               for careers in industry. text and basic tools re-
mon installations. logical troubleshooting and re-      ELEC 207                                                 quired.
pair techniques are developed that will help the        motoR contRol diagRams ii                 7 cR           PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 101 Basic Electricity.
student perform effectively on the job.                 an expansion on the teachings of elec 205a. More
                                                        advanced motor control practices are explored &          EMTEC 105
ELEC 105                                                explained.                                               tRade saFety / cPR / FiRst aid                 3 cR
occuPational saFety                       1 cR                                                                   Gives information about the program’s organiza-
a review, giving the student information about          ELEC 208                                                 tion: rules & regulations, the electro Mechanical
the program’s organization: rules & regulations,        PRogRammaBle contRolleRs                       7 cR      trade, the job market, essential safety information
the electrician trade, the job market, essential        Focuses on the principles of how Plc’s work and          & procedures. the first aid and cPR portion of this
safety information & procedures.                        offers practical installation information. Using pro-    course is in compliance with Wac 296-800-15010
                                                        gramming skills and installation methods intro-          of the state of Washington and meets oSha/
ELEC 119                                                duced in this course, the student will “convert” a       WiSha requirements with emphasis on job related
electRic zone Heating                          1 cR     normal relay driven control system to Plc control.       accidents, injuries, and prevention of the same.
this course prepares students with a basic under-                                                                course includes practical experience and adult
standing of electrical theory and its application to    ELEC 209                                                 heart saver cPR. a written and skills verification of
devices, circuits, and materials. the students will     conduit i                                    1 cR        cPR is required by aha. Both First aid and cPR
learn fundamentals of Dc and ac, magnetism,             examines the skills and techniques required by the       cards are good for two years. attendance at all
production of electricity, characteristics and analy-   electrician to accurately and efficiently bend con-      sessions is required for successful completion.
sis of series, parallel and mixed circuits.             duits.
                                                                                                                 EMTEC 121
ELEC 123                                                ELEC 210                                                 Fundamentals oF HydRaulic &
soldeRing                                   1 cR        conduit ii                                 1 cR          Pneumatics                                     5 cR
covers the basic theory of soldering and gives the      Development of the bending skills acquired dur-          this is the first course in a series designed to pre-
student hands-on experiences for practicing sol-        ing elec 209a. Student will complete a project in-       pare the industrial millwright, electrician and
dering skills.                                          stalling conduit which uses at least three of the        maintenance technician with the knowledge and
                                                        bends listed.                                            skills necessary to maintain, diagnose, and repair
ELEC 160                                                                                                         hydraulic and pneumatic systems. instructional
enviRonmental aWaReness                  1 cR           ELEC 211                                                 material is computer “on-line” with selected mod-
Proper use and disposal of products used in the         solid state devices                          1 cR        ules emphasizing hydraulic Pumps, Safety, com-
electrical workplace will be reviewed and dis-          introduction to the electronic semiconductor de-         pressed air basics and types of gauges.
cussed to ensure that the environment is not            vices used in electrical circuits. Semiconductor
placed in jeopardy by their use.                        theory, explaining how these devices operate, will       EMTEC 123
                                                        be emphasized. Semiconductor rectification of al-        HydRaulics and Pneumatics
                                                        ternating current systems will be explained.             ciRcuits                                    5 cR
                                                                                                                 this course covers principles and operating char-
                                                        ELEC 213                                                 acteristics of hydraulic and pneumatic systems,
                                                        WaReHouse WoRk                              1 cR         and components. Utilizing state-of-the-art com-
                                                        course familiarizes the electrician with the types       puter interactive software, dynamic lecture and
                                                        of work and responsibilities involved with parts in      discussion, and hands-on practice, students de-
                                                        an electrical warehouse.                                 velop knowledge and skills for the fluid power in-
                                                                                                                 dustry. text and basic tools required.
                                                                                                                 PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 121.

                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                107
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
                                                        EMTEC 137
                                                        ReneWaBle eneRgy souRce                      4 cR        develop knowledge and skills for careers in indus-
EMTEC 125                                               this course introduces the student to installing,        try. text and basic tools required.
aPPlied mecHanics                              3 cR     operating and maintaining alternative power              PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 203 Tuned Circuits and Intro
Studies introduce material strengths relating to        sources including stand alone and grid connect-          to PLC’s.
forces such as tension, sheer and torque. Students      ing systems. instruction provides an overview of
develop knowledge and skills through application        wind, photovoltaic, hydro-generators, inverters,         EMTEC 206
of pulley ratios and levers. instruction also covers    charge control mechanisms and energy storage/            making Plc’s WoRk FoR you                     3 cR
properties of materials such as solids, liquids and     retrieval systems including batteries and fuel cells.    this course is an in depth study of Programmable
gasses. Utilizing dynamic lecture and discussion,       Utilizing state-of-the-art computer interactive          logic controllers including configuring hardware
and hands-on practice, students develop knowl-          software, dynamic lecture and discussion, and            and Software for controlling devices that drive in-
edge and skills for careers in industry. text and ba-   hands-on practice, students develop knowledge            dustrial machinery. Utilizing state-of-the-art com-
sic tools required.                                     and skills for careers in industry. text and basic       puter interactive software, dynamic lecture and
                                                        tools required.                                          discussion, and hands-on practice, students de-
EMTEC 126                                               PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 211 Electrical Controls I.          velop knowledge and skills for careers in industry.
engineeRing gRaPHics                        3 cR                                                                 text and basic tools required.
the student will discover print reading format and      EMTEC 173
dimension with types and symbols. a study of            emtec Basic Welding                            3 cR      EMTEC 211
thread specifications and building drawings will        this course covers basic industrial Welding tech-        electRical contRols i                          5 cR
be presented. Utilizing state-of-the-art computer       niques and safety. From beginning competencies           this course introduces the student to the compo-
interactive software, dynamic lecture and discus-       in SMaW and oxy/Fuel cutting, through GMaW               nents used in today’s control Systems. control
sion, and hands-on practice, students develop           and Plasma cutting processes. Basic fabricating          schematics are introduced with hands-on use of
knowledge and skills for careers in industry. text      principles will cover lap, fillet, and butt weld joint   various multi meters in troubleshooting relay logic
and basic tools required.                               set-up.                                                  circuits. Utilizing state-of-the-art computer inter-
                                                                                                                 active software, dynamic lecture and discussion,
EMTEC 131                                               EMTEC 175                                                and hands-on practice, students develop knowl-
Rigging                                      3 cR       emtec advanced Welding                      4 cR         edge and skills for careers in industry. text and ba-
the student will study and apply industry standard      this course builds upon eMtec Basic Welding, in-         sic tools required.
principals to safely plan and facilitate controlled     cluding SMaW, GMaW, GtaW, FcaW, and oxy/Fuel             PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 201.
lifting of equipment. Utilizing state-of-the-art        and Plasma cutting, and basic fabricating princi-
computer interactive software, dynamic lecture          ples. this course offers preparation for WaBo cer-       EMTEC 212
and discussion, and hands-on practice, students         tification.                                              electRical contRols ii                         5 cR
develop knowledge and skills for careers in indus-                                                               the student advances into more difficult control
try. text and basic tools required.                     EMTEC 201                                                schemes involving Wye Delta Motors. More basic
                                                        ac comPonents and measuRements                           control situations are explained and the student
EMTEC 133                                                                                              5 cR      will trouble shoot and facilitate repair of circuitry.
intRoduction to macHineRy skills                        in this course the student will continue to study ac     installing control systems and wire numbering will
                                               4 cR     Power Factors. a more in depth study of motors           be demonstrated. Utilizing state-of-the-art com-
Studies introduce shop safety and guidelines, the       and their connections will be discussed. Basic mo-       puter interactive software, dynamic lecture and
use of measuring tools, Basic shop equipment and        tor controls and Programmable logic controllers          discussion, and hands-on practice, students de-
a study of vertical milling machines and lathes. Su-    will be introduced, electronic measurement. Utiliz-      velop knowledge and skills for careers in industry.
pervised hands on project will be produced by the       ing state-of-the-art computer interactive software,      text and basic tools required.
student. Utilizing dynamic lecture and discussion,      dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on             PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 111.
and hands-on practice, students develop knowl-          practice, students develop knowledge and skills
edge and skills for careers in industry. text and ba-   for careers in industry. text and basic tools re-        EMTEC 214
sic tools required.                                     quired.                                                  electRonic ciRcuits i                        5 cR
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 126 Engineering Graphics.          PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 103 Electrical Circuits.            the students will be introduced to Solid state De-
                                                                                                                 vices including Diodes, transistors, integrated cir-
EMTEC 135                                               EMTEC 203                                                cuits, operational amplifiers and Sensors. testing
Hvac Basics                                   4 cR      electRicity iv                                  3 cR     and Measurement of Small Wave forms and associ-
the student will study the basics of Refrigeration      this course completes the study of motors and ex-        ated equipment will be used. Utilizing state-of-
theory and systems with an emphasis on air han-         amines the use of transformers, power panels and         the-art computer interactive software, dynamic
dlers, chillers, cooling towers and condensers.         the distribution of power in the facility. it includes   lecture and discussion, and hands-on practice,
Utilizing state-of-the-art computer interactive         an introduction to control valves and actuators.         students develop knowledge and skills for careers
software, dynamic lecture and discussion, and           Utilizing state-of-the-art computer interactive          in industry. text and basic tools required.
hands-on practice, students develop knowledge           software, dynamic lecture and discussion, and            PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 105 Electricity II.
and skills for careers in industry. text and basic      hands-on practice, students develop knowledge
tools required.                                         and skills for careers in industry. text and basic       EMTEC 215
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 103 Electrical Circuits.           tools required.                                          electRonic ciRcuits ii                       5 cR
                                                        PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 107.                                the student continues with an in depth study of
EMTEC 136                                                                                                        electronic circuits, Sensors, transducers and elec-
intRoduction to Residential WiRing                      EMTEC 205                                                tronic Devices. Schematics and troubleshooting
                                             4 cR       PRogRammaBle logic contRolleRs                           are key components of this course. Utilizing state-
the student will study the basics of Residential                                                    4 cR         of-the-art computer interactive software, dynamic
single dwelling wiring with emphasis on the na-         this course is an in depth study of Programmable         lecture and discussion, and hands-on practice,
tional electrical and State of Washington codes.        logic controllers including configuring hardware         students develop knowledge and skills for careers
Utilizing dynamic lecture and discussion, and           and Software, General construction and operation         in industry. text and basic tools required.
hands-on practice, students develop knowledge           as well as Programming. Utilizing state-of-the-art       PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 127 Electronic Circuits I.
and skills for careers in industry. text and basic      computer interactive software, dynamic lecture
tools required.                                         and discussion, and hands-on practice, students          EMTEC 217
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 103 Electrical Circuits                                                                     instRumentation                            5 cR
                                                                                                                 this course introduces the student to sensor indi-
                                                                                                                 cators and transmitters. Measurement, gages, flow
                                                                Bellingham Technical College
108
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

sensors and other industrial sensing devices will      ery will be discussed. troubleshooting and repair       ELTR 100
be studied in this class. Utilizing state-of-the-art   of drives and conveyors will be covered. Utilizing      dc 1                                           4 cR
computer interactive software, dynamic lecture         state-of-the-art computer interactive software,         a thorough introduction for the new student to
and discussion, and hands-on practice, students        dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on            the fundamental properties and applications of
develop knowledge and skills for careers in indus-     practice, students develop knowledge and skills         electricity. this course opens the doors to a wide
try. text and basic tools required.                    for careers in industry. text and basic tools re-       array of career opportunities in computer servic-
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 127.                              quired.                                                 ing, biomedical equipment servicing, manufactur-
                                                                                                               ing technology, telecommunications, and home
EMTEC 218                                              EMTEC 234                                               entertainment equipment servicing. in addition,
intRoduction to national electRical                    valves, PumPs and tRaPs                     5 cR        safety procedures are emphasized. Students learn
code                                        3 cR       the student will examine the Principals of Pumps,       how to make good solder connections and recog-
the student is introduced to some of the common        valves, and Steam traps. Students will apply me-        nize and repair bad solder connections. Students
industrial applications of the national electrical     chanical skills in the rebuilding of basic pump         learn how to select and clean soldering tools. this
codes such as Grounding, Bonding, Wire sizing,         types along with diagnosing problems. Utilizing         course continues with the basics of current, volt-
conduit selection, junction box selection, Motor       state-of-the-art computer interactive software,         age and resistance. the application of ohm’s law,
over load protection and current protection selec-     dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on            Joule’s law, Kirchoff’s current and voltage law,
tion. Utilizing state-of-the-art computer interac-     practice, students develop knowledge and skills         and the construction of circuits to verify electronic
tive software, dynamic lecture and discussion, and     for careers in industry. text and basic tools re-       theory provide the knowledge necessary to build
hands-on practice, students develop knowledge          quired.                                                 the foundation for a thorough understanding of
and skills for careers in industry. text and basic     Pre-requisite: EM-TEC 153 Hydraulics and Pneumat-       electronics.
tools required.                                        ics I
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 201 AC Components and                                                                     ELTR 105
Measurements.                                          EMTEC 235                                               dc 2                                         4 cR
                                                       BoileRs and comBustion                                  the development of a working knowledge of the
EMTEC 221                                              tecHnology                                   5 cR       basic principles of Dc electronics. the purpose
HydRaulics and Pneumatics                              this course prepares the student with the knowl-        and operation of such devices as resistors, capaci-
systems                                     5 cR       edge to repair, operate and maintain boilers. Utiliz-   tors, inductors and meters are covered in labs and
this course continues an in-depth study of hy-         ing state-of-the-art computer interactive software,     theory.
draulic and pneumatic systems, and components          dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on            PREREQUISITES: ELTR 100.
and maintenance practices for hydraulic and com-       practice, students develop knowledge and skills
pressor Systems. Utilizing state-of-the-art com-       for careers in industry. text and basic tools re-       ELTR 110
puter interactive software, dynamic lecture and        quired.                                                 ac 1                                         4 cR
discussion, and hands-on practice, students de-                                                                an introduction and examination of the principles
velop knowledge and skills for the fluid power in-     EMTEC 237                                               and applications of alternating current, including
dustry. text and basic tools required.                 comPuteRized maintenance                                frequency, reactance, impedance, and resonance.
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 121 Pumps and Flow Sys-           and management systems                         5 cR     PReReQUiSiteS: Admission and ELTR 105.
tems.                                                  in this course the student will examine the tools of
                                                       Predictive Maintenance. vibration analysis, oil         ELTR 115
EMTEC 223                                              analysis, thermography and Ultrasonic’s will be         ac 2                                       4 cR
HydRaulics and Pneumatics                              covered. Utilizing state-of-the-art computer inter-     Students continue their exploration of ac with
analysis and maintenance                      5 cR     active software, dynamic lecture and discussion,        transformers and filter circuits (low-pass, high-
this is the final course in hydraulic and pneumatic    and hands-on practice, students develop knowl-          pass, band-stop and band-pass), with theory, lab-
systems that prepare the student to install, evalu-    edge and skills for careers in industry. text and ba-   work, and projects.
ate, troubleshoot and maintain hydraulic and           sic tools required.                                     PREREQUISITES: ELTR 110.
Pneumatic Systems for the industry. Utilizing
state-of-the-art computer interactive software,        EMTEC 250                                               ELTR 120
dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-on           caPstone PRoject                              9 cR      semiconductoRs 1                              5 cR
practice, students develop knowledge and skills        this course is designed as a practicum in the in-       Students learn how discrete semiconductor de-
for the fluid power industry. text and basic tools     dustrial Maintenance field to allow the student to      vices are constructed, how to handle them, how
required.                                              get hands on experience in the maintenance pro-         diodes, bipolar transistors, FetS, and thrystors op-
PREREQUISITES: EMTEC 221 Hydraulics & Pneumat-         fession. this practical experience can be in various    erate and how to use them in practical circuits.
ics Systems.                                           trades such as electrical, millwright, power plant,     acDc power supply circuits introduced as well.
                                                       general plant maintenance or specific industrial/       PREREQUISITES: ELTR 115.
EMTEC 231                                              commercial maintenance in the students work-
BeaRings and dRives                           5 cR     place.                                                  ELTR 125
the student will learn the application and theory                                                              semiconductoRs 2                              5 cR
of Bearing technology with emphasis on storing,
installing, and maintenance. the course will in-
                                                                     eLectroNIcS                               this course introduces the student to various
                                                                                                               “building block” circuits including amplifiers, oscil-
clude an examination of different drive types with                                                             lators, and power supply circuits, through theory,
emphasis on theory, maintenance and repair. Uti-
                                                       CTE 290
                                                       joB seaRcH                                   4 cR       labwork, and projects.
lizing state-of-the-art computer interactive soft-                                                             PREREQUISITES: ELTR 120.
                                                       Students will improve their skills in resume devel-
ware, dynamic lecture and discussion, and hands-
                                                       opment, interview preparation, and job search
on practice, students develop knowledge and
                                                       techniques. these skills will be assessed through       ELTR 130
skills for careers in industry. text and basic tools                                                           oP-amPs 1                                   3 cR
                                                       simulated job application processes such as mock
required.                                                                                                      explores the design and operation of basic opera-
                                                       interviews and resume reviews.
                                                                                                               tional amplifier circuits through theory and lab-
EMTEC 232                                                                                                      work to illustrate and confirm the design and op-
dRive alignment-conveyoRs                                                                                      eration of linear amplifiers, voltage and current
and macHining systems                        5 cR                                                              converters, comparators and precision rectifiers.
Principals and Devices used for joining and align-                                                             PREREQUISITES: ELTR 125.
ing shafts are presented in this course. conveying
equipment and other automatic transfer machin-
                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                              109
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           courSe deScriPtionS
ELTR 135                                               ETEC 230                                               mentation that could be used. this course maps to
oP-amPs 2                                     3 cR     intRo to RouteRs and sWitcHes 5 cR                     Biomedical certification tests.
oscillators, active filters and single power-supply    this course covers router interface, port configura-   PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.
circuits and other applications of op-amps are cov-    tion, iP addressing, bridging, route maps and trou-
ered in theory, practical labs, and projects.          bleshooting, routers and switches, and maps to         ETEC 272
PREREQUISITES: ELTR 130.                               ciSco certified network administrator (ccna)           Biomedical ceRtiFication test PReP
                                                       training.                                                                                        5 cR
ELTR 140                                               PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.                               this course prepares students for the nationally
digital 1                                  5 cR                                                               recognized Biomedical technician 1 test.
a comprehensive focus on the concepts, terminol-       ETEC 236
ogy, components and circuits that combine to           PHotonics 1                                  5 cR      ETEC 276
form basic digital systems with labwork and proj-      this course offers an introduction to the funda-       intRo to electRonic cad                     1 cR
ects.                                                  mentals and applications of optical principles with    Focuses on the knowledge and skills used to run
PREREQUISITES: ELTR 135.                               fiber optics.                                          the design environment, design management
                                                       PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.                               tools, set up work conditions, capture and save an
ELTR 145                                                                                                      initial macro and save and print your work.
digital 2                                  5 cR        ETEC 241                                               PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145
Flip-flops, Sequential logic, combination logic,       PHotonics 2                               5 cR
Semiconductor Memory, Data conversion and              concepts and physics are taught along with char-       ETEC 281
Digital troubleshooting theory and practical labs      acteristics needed to understand and repair elec-      RoBot tecHnology                           5 cR
help the student understand digital circuits and       tronic devices that incorporate lasers.                teaches students the basic concepts of robot tech-
techniques.                                            PREREQUISITES: ETEC 236.                               nology, including
PREREQUISITES:ELTR 140.                                                                                       major elements in a robotic system, under-
                                                       ETEC 245                                               standing a robot’s linkages
ETEC 152                                               sensoRs, tRansduceRs,                                  and joint-spherical geometry and motion trans-
micRoPRocessoRs                             6 cR       & contRol ciRcuits                           6 cR      fer from axis motors
this course offers a combination of “hands on” and     Students will gain a working knowledge of sen-         plus programming robot motion.
course material to give a basic understanding of       sors, transducers, control circuits, electronic sig-   PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.
microprocessor functions and operation.                nals, measurement, interfaces, amplifiers, aD & Da
PREREQUISITES:ELTR 145.                                converters is developed through theory and lab         ETEC 282
                                                       exercises.                                             ceRtiFied electRonics tecHnician
ETEC 201                                               PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.                               test PReP 3 cR
test equiP & tRouBle-sHooting 5 cR                                                                            this course prepares students for the nationally
this course offers a variety of test equipment and     ETEC 250                                               recognized certified electronics technician (cet)
troubleshooting techniques are analyzed. Safety,       PRinciPles oF electRonic                               test.
working in sensitive circuits and proper use of test   communications/telePHony                      3 cR
equipment are emphasized.                              the effects of combining signals, multiple frequen-    ETEC 294
PReReQUiSiteS: ELTR 145.                               cies, harmonic distortion and electrical properties    WoRk Based leaRning                          3 cR
                                                       of transducers are among the topics covered by         Gives the student hands-on work experience with
ETEC 205                                               experiments and other material in this telecom-        electronics’ employer. to be assigned to this part
tRouBlesHooting                                5 cR    munications course.                                    of the course will depend upon employer avail-
this course teaches the student to use a logical       PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145                                ability and student willingness for this experience
course of correction to an electronic problem in a                                                            and near completion of the course.
minimum amount of time. Student will learn ge-         ETEC 256
neric troubleshooting technique procedures and         telePHone systems                           4 cR       ETEC 295
tricks of the trade from analog to digital circuits.   explores the basic function of each part of a tele-    WoRk Based leaRning                            6 cR
                                                       phone system. examines the electrical properties       Gives the student hands-on work experience with
ETEC 210                                               of transmission lines used in phone systems. cel-      an electronics employer. to be assigned to this
electRonic communications                  10 cR       lular telephone systems are also introduced.           part of the course will depend upon employer
a comprehensive introduction for the second-year       PREREQUISITES: ELTR 145.                               availability and student willingness for this experi-
student to the fundamentals and applications of                                                               ence and near completion of the course.
modulation, transmitters, receivers, and antennas.     ETEC 262
RF, digital communication, multiplexing, cellular,
and PcS are also introduced.
                                                       FedeRal communications
                                                       commission test PReP                      3 cR
                                                                                                                    emergeNcY medIcaL
                                                       this course prepares students for the nationally                 ServIceS
ETEC 214                                               recognized Fcc license tests.
nano tecHnology                               5 cR                                                            EMS 245
nano technology is impacting our lives through         ETEC 270                                               Field inteRnsHiP evaluation                  10 cR
biomedical uses, manufacturing technology, com-        Biomedical equiPment                         6 cR      Field internship evaluation
puter systems, communications devices and many         Gives specific engineering and instrumentation
other fields. this course is an introduction to this   principles applied to the task of obtaining physio-    EMS 261
vast, “small” topic. a nano particle is about 75,000   logical data. each major body system is discussed      advanced caRdiac liFe suPPoRt
times smaller than the diameter of a human hair.       by presenting physiological background informa-                                                    2 cR
how can something that small have an impact on         tion. then, the variables to be measured are con-      Developed by the american heart association,
my life or our economy? how can something that         sidered, followed by the principles of the instru-     this course delivers to the student the ability to
small be manufactured? What are the uses of                                                                   recognize and manage lethal/non-lethal dysrhyth-
nano technology? Buckyballs, nanotubes, Micro-                                                                mias, acute myocardial infarction (Mi), pulmonary
electrical Mechanical Systems (MeMS) and many                                                                 edema, cardiogenic shock, stroke, and electrolyte
more topics are covered in the study of this cutting                                                          imbalances along with other cardiac related con-
edge technology.                                                                                              ditions and management.



                                                              Bellingham Technical College
110
                                                             courSe deScriPtionS                                                      2008-20010 CaTalog

EMS 262                                                 EMTP 221                                               EMTP 259
PediatRic advanced liFe suPPoRt 2 cR                    PaRamedic aPPlied PRinciPles ii 11 cR                  PaRamedic Field exP iii                     4 cR
also developed by the american heart associa-           the foundation knowledge that students will be         this course will give students an opportunity to
tion, this course delivers to the student the ability   taught will address assessment and treatment of        observe and perform convergent analytical and
to recognize and manage advanced cardiac life           the trauma patient and various traumatic injuries,     psychomotor skills learned each quarter under the
support (aclS) specifically targeted at the pediat-     assessment and treatment of general medical pa-        supervision of a skilled paramedic preceptor in the
ric patient. Management of lethal and non-lethal        tients. lab sessions will focus on development of      field setting.
dysrhythmias, electrolyte imbalances, pediatric         the psychomotor skills necessary for the student
specific drug dosages and with other cardiac re-
lated conditions and management.
                                                        to be successful in the field setting.
                                                                                                                             eNgINeerINg
                                                        EMTP 225
EMS 263                                                 PaRamedic clinical ii                        3 cR
                                                                                                               ENGR 101
                                                                                                               comPuteR-aided design level 1 3 cR
PRe-HosPital tRauma liFe suPPoRt 2 cR                   Students will gain an understanding and skills
                                                                                                               this introductory course in computer-aided de-
this course contains both basic and advanced pre-       through observation at the emergency Dept., oR,
                                                                                                               sign covers the fundamental concepts of drafting
hospital trauma concepts and skills, emphasizing        Medical examiner/Morgue, children’s hospital,
                                                                                                               and designing using autocaD. Students complet-
the need for rapid assessment of the critical trau-     harborview Medical center, respiratory therapist
                                                                                                               ing the course will demonstrate competency in file
ma patient(s), treatment for shock and hypoxemia        and/or allergist office, and the Kidney center.
                                                                                                               management, drawing navigation, initial settings,
and rapid transport.
                                                                                                               primitive entities, layers, entity selections, editing,
                                                        EMTP 231
                                                                                                               and dimensioning.
EMS 264                                                 PaRamedic aPPlied PRinciPles iii 11 cR
PediatRic education PaRamedic 2 cR                      this course will focus on gaining knowledge of
Designed especially for the pre-hospital provider,      special patients and situations, such as behavioral/
                                                                                                               ENGT 121
                                                                                                               dRaFting i                                  6 cR
this course serves as the standard of care when         altered mental status disorders, oB/GYn, Geriat-
                                                                                                               an introduction to engineering drawing and
handling acute medical illnesses and trauma sus-        rics, crime Scenes, abuse and assault, Multi-cul-
                                                                                                               graphics technology. topics include sketching and
tained by children. comprehensive study of trau-        tural issues, and mass-casualty incidents. lab ses-
                                                                                                               drafting techniques, drafting concepts and termi-
ma care, burns, chest/abdomen/extremity/head            sions will focus on development of the
                                                                                                               nology, methods for improving visualization skills,
trauma. other focuses include: developmental            psychomotor skills necessary for the student to be
                                                                                                               standards for object views and drawing sizes, and
differences between children and adults and             successful in the field setting.
                                                                                                               proper usage of drafting equipment to construct
equipment/ procedure modifications needed for
                                                                                                               geometric shapes and mechanical drawings.
children.                                               EMTP 237
                                                        PaRamedic clinical iii                         3 cR
EMTP 103                                                Students will gain skills through participation and
                                                                                                               ENGT 122
                                                                                                               cad i: Basics                                7 cR
inteRmediate liFe suPPoRt                               observation in a variety of clinical settings. these
                                                                                                               an introduction to caD (computer aided Draft-
and aiRWay                                 12 cR        include: labor and delivery, Geriatric center, West-
                                                                                                               ing), utilizing a step-by-step or “cookbook” ap-
a preliminary course for entry into the Paramedic       ern States hospital and/or St. Joseph South cam-
                                                                                                               proach to instruction. Students have immediate
Program, the ilS/aW course will teach the student       pus, and Bellingham Police Department.
                                                                                                               hands-on computer usage while applying basic
the skills or airway management and the recogni-
                                                                                                               command concepts and terminology. these in-
tion and treatment of shock at the intermediate         EMTP 239
                                                                                                               clude basic drawing and editing techniques, and
level. course work includes basic and some ad-          PaRamedic Field exPeRience i                 3 cR
                                                                                                               are reinforced with exercises and practice tests de-
vanced pharmacology, assessment/management              Students will enroll in eMtP 239 each quarter in
                                                                                                               signed to help students reach an in-depth under-
of the cardiac patient, basic eKG interpretation,       which they are enrolled. this course will give stu-
                                                                                                               standing.
drug and fluid therapies.                               dents an opportunity to observe and perform con-
                                                        vergent analytical and psychomotor skills learned
EMTP 111                                                each quarter under the supervision of a skilled
                                                                                                               ENGT 123
                                                                                                               descRiPtive geometRy                         7 cR
PaRamedic aPPlied PRinciPles i 1 cR8                    paramedic preceptor in the field setting.
                                                                                                               this course is a practical step-by-step approach to
topics covered in the classroom portion of this
                                                                                                               develop and enhance students’ visualization skills.
course include: roles and responsibilities. Medical/    EMTP 240
                                                                                                               coursework includes the application of such tech-
legal issues , ethics, pharmacology, communica-         PaRamedic caPstone exam                       1 cR
                                                                                                               niques toward various engineering disciplines in-
tions and documentation, review of airway man-          all students who have all course work in founda-
                                                                                                               cluding manufacturing, piping, civil, structural,
agement and advanced techniques, paramedic              tion knowledge and skills must complete a culmi-
                                                                                                               hvac, and architectural.
patient assessment overview, advanced cardiolo-         nating exam. this exam will emulate the national
                                                                                                               PREREQUISITES: ENGT 121.
gy and eKG interpretation.                              Registry exam, and is used to assess the student’s
                                                        overall learning in the program. the examination
EMTP 115                                                will be in three parts: two written and a practicum
                                                                                                               ENGT 125
                                                                                                               dRaFting ii: advanced concePt &
inteRmediate liFe suPPoRt clinical                      skill component. this course is graded based on
                                                                                                               standaRds                                   8 cR
PRacticum                                      4 cR     passing all skills requirements and written exam
                                                                                                               a continuation of the mechanical engineering
the focus of this clinical course is the development    scores. the exam is in three parts:
                                                                                                               drawing and graphic technology foundation, uti-
of advanced airway skills by intubation of patients     • examination preparation day – 8 hours
                                                                                                               lizing advanced drawing techniques. instruction
in the oR, observations and participation in the        • Practical examination – 8 hours
                                                                                                               includes the purpose and proper application of
care of patients in the emergency Department, to        • Written examinations – 8 hours (4 hours each)
                                                                                                               section and auxiliary views, various manufactur-
include iv therapies. Students will also spend time
                                                                                                               ing processes and their relationship to dimension-
observing and assisting with treatment of para-         EMTP 249
                                                                                                               ing and design, and practical drawing applications
medic care in the field setting.                        PaRamedic Field exP ii                      3 cR
                                                                                                               using anSi standards for dimensioning, toleranc-
                                                        this course will give students an opportunity to
                                                                                                               ing, and drawing formats.
EMTP 117                                                observe and perform convergent analytical and
                                                                                                               PREREQUISITES: ENGT 123. ENGT 126, CAD II: INTER-
PaRamedic clinical i                        1 cR        psychomotor skills learned each quarter under the
                                                                                                               MEDIATE
Students will gain practical clinical knowledge         supervision of a skilled paramedic preceptor in the
through observation of cardiac patients in ccU, as-     field setting.
sessment and treatment of patients in the emer-
                                                                                                               ENGT 126
                                                                                                               cad ii: inteRmediate aPPlications 7 cR
gency Department, and communications through
                                                                                                               a continuation of caD i, utilizing intermediate
observation at dispatch.
                                                                                                               drawing and editing tools. coursework includes
                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                               111
2008-2010 CaTalog                                           courSe deScriPtionS
engineering applications using intermediate caD       ENGT 211
functions. topics include prototype drawing setup,    PRoject design 1                            5 cR          ENGT 224
implementation of anSi drawing standards, and         a project-oriented design course in which stu-            PRocess PiPe dRaFting                         10 cR
plotting techniques.                                  dents create working drawings of an existing as-          an introduction to process pipe drafting and de-
PREREQUISITES: ENGT 121 and ENGT 122.                 sembly or of one of their own designs. each stu-          sign. Piping concepts and terminology will focus
                                                      dent is required to prepare a portfolio including         on pipe and fitting specifications, valves and in-
ENGT 127                                              sketches, detail and assembly drawings in accor-          strumentation, piping equipment, and symbols. in
civil/suRvey cad 1                           7 cR     dance with anSi standards.                                addition, students will utilize piping drafting stan-
courses in civil engineering and Survey industry-     PREREQUISITES: ENGT 125 and ENGT 126.                     dards and concepts to create plans and elevations,
specific computer aided Drafting. the course fo-                                                                isometric and spool drawings.
cuses on the use of caD software with civil/Survey    ENGT 212                                                  PREREQUISITES: ENGT 125 and ENGT 126.
specific applications.                                PRoject design 2                             4 cR
                                                      a project-oriented design course in which stu-            ENGT 251
ENGT 128                                              dents enhance their skills in 3D solid modeling           land desktoP - suRvey add-on 13 cR
civil/suRvey cad 2                           7 cR     and explore more complex features of the design           Study and use of the civil engineering and Survey
courses in civil engineering and Survey industry-     software. each student will create a solid model of       industry-specific caD overlay software for com-
specific computer aided Drafting. the course fo-      a mechanical assembly and use it to prepare a set         puter aided drafting. Focuses on the use of land
cuses on the use of caD software with civil/Survey    of working drawings. a portfolio consisting of sol-       Development Desktop with autocaD on civil/Sur-
specific applications.                                id model renderings, sketches, detail drawings,           vey specific applications.
                                                      and assembly drawings, will be submitted by each          PrereQUiSiTeS: ENGT 128 and SURV 102.
ENGT 130                                              student according to anSi standards.
tecHnical oRganization and                                                                                      ENGT 252
WoRk skills                                  2 cR     ENGT 213                                                  land desktoP - civil add-on               12 cR
this course exercises study and organization skill    PRoject design 3                                5 cR      Study and use of the civil engineering and Survey
needed to succeed in the program and industry. in     a project-oriented design course in which stu-            industry specific caD overlay software for com-
addition, the course instructs the students on suc-   dents create a 3D model of an existing assembly           puter aided drafting. Focuses on the use of land
cessful attitudes, successful behaviors, and work     and use it as a visual and design aid for developing      Development Desktop with autocaD on civil/Sur-
place expectation                                     engineering detail and assembly drawings. Stu-            vey specific applications.
                                                      dents will enhance their 3D solid modeling skills         PrereQUiSiTeS: ENGT 128 and SURV 102.
ENGT 132                                              and apply these skills as an aid for visualization, as-
ms oFFice aPPlications                    5 cR        sembly, interference checking, and design verifi-         ENGT 256
continues instruction in Windows-based comput-        cation of 2D engineering drawings.                        standaRds, sPeciFications, and
er applications, focusing primarily on word pro-                                                                codes                                      3 cR
cessing and spreadsheet skills development and        ENGT 215                                                  this course provides an introduction to the as-
techniques for using applications together. also      statics                                    11 cR          built process and current civil improvement in-
provides lab time for the completion of assign-       an introduction to physics concepts, including the        spection practice. the course focuses on field
ments from coM 170 or enGl 101.                       determination and analysis of “static” (non-mov-          measurements and inspection during and after
                                                      ing) loads and forces in engineering structures           construction of sewer, water, storm, and roadway
ENGT 152                                              and machines.                                             civil improvements.
estimating and scHeduling                  5 cR       PREREQUISITES: MATH 130 & 131.
an introduction to the construction process, proj-                                                              ENGT 258
ect scheduling, and estimation of concrete, rebar,    ENGT 216                                                  constRuction mateRials                     7 cR
and earthwork quantities.                             stRengtH oF mateRials                         7 cR        an introduction to the engineering properties and
                                                      involves the application of static’s analysis to de-      testing requirements of construction materials.
ENGT 153                                              termine minimum structural shape and size re-             Focuses on aggregates, asphalt, and Portland ce-
inteRmediate gis                          7 cR        quirements. topics will include the importance of         ment concrete as construction materials.
an introduction to desktop mapping, focusing on       physical characteristics (size, shape, length) and
the use of arcview software in Geographic infor-      mechanical properties of various engineering ma-          ENGT 259
mation Systems applications.                          terials (metals, wood, concrete). lecture will focus      enviRonmental tecHnology                     5 cR
                                                      on materials testing and composition, manufac-            this course provides an introduction to current en-
ENGT 156                                              turing processes and standards, and how each im-          vironmental issues and how they relate to civil ap-
eaRtHmoving Fundamentals                      5 cR    pacts materials selection.                                plications. the course focuses on endangered spe-
an introduction to earthmoving production fun-        PREREQUISITES: ENGT 215.                                  cies act, surface water management, wetlands,
damentals of construction equipment. the pro-                                                                   and environmental mapping issues.
duction of heavy equipment, including excavators,     ENGT 220
scrapers, trucks, bulldozers, and front end loaders
is examined from a production prospective. in ad-
                                                      PaRametRic modeling                         7 cR
                                                      instruction in the use of parametric modeling caD
                                                                                                                                  eNgLISh
dition, earthwork conversions to and from loose       applications and the introduction to 3-dimension-
cubic yards, bank cubic yards, and compacted cu-
                                                                                                                COM 170
                                                      al drawing and solid modeling. topics include             oRal & WRitten communications 5 cR
bic yards is introduced.                              wireframe models, 3-D faces or work planes, ren-          this course focuses on those workplace communi-
                                                      dering, and editing solid models.                         cation skills that employees need to send, receive,
ENGT 210
                                                                                                                and interpret oral and written information. Follow-
cad iii: advanced aPPlications 7 cR                   ENGT 223                                                  ing a review of writing fundamentals, learners will
a continuation in the series of caD courses,          stRuctuRal detailing                          7 cR        use principles and concepts of communication in
coursework involves utilizing advanced drawing,       instruction in the areas of structural drafting and       occupational and general applications. Reading,
editing, and customization techniques. topics in-     design. includes drafting and design of bolted and        writing, and speaking skills are included in this
clude liSP enhancements, macros, creating caD         welded connections, specifications for structural         course.
layouts, creating user defined settings, and tech-    members, and standard design concepts.                    PREREQUISITES: Accuplacer Reading Score of 71 or
niques for automating repetitive operations.          PREREQUISITES: ENGT 125 and ENGT 126.                     higher.
PREREQUISITES: ENGT 125 and ENGT 126.



                                                              Bellingham Technical College
112
                                                              courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

ENGL 175                                                 FISH 155                                                 FISH 236
tecHnical communications                     5 cR        enviRonmental aWaReness                         3 cR     sPaWning tecHniques ii                        6 cR
this course stresses accurate and effective writing      awareness of the impact that people, industry,           Students will employ proper fish spawning tech-
in formal reports and other professional commu-          and development have on the environment relat-           niques according to state, federal, and private
nications forms and includes presenting and inter-       ed to the fisheries’ industry will be covered. includ-   hatchery procedures. they will transport eggs and
preting technical data and reports.                      ed will be awareness of proper use and disposal of       milt, sterilize eggs, and use a moist air incubation
                                                         materials hazardous to the environment and how           unit to eye eggs and mark otoliths.
ENGL& 101                                                other industries can affect the fisheries industry
englisH comPosition i                           5 cR     and environment.                                         FTEC 200
a composition course in which students read, ana-                                                                 aPPlied concePts i                        10 cR
lyze, and write essays using a variety of rhetorical     FISH 161                                                 the student will focus on one of five specialty ar-
strategies, as well as develop and verbally express      aquacultuRe tecHniques                        6 cR       eas: hatchery technician, Fisheries technician,
ideas clearly and effectively. the critical reading of   Students will be introduced to the skills required       Shellfish technician, net Pen Worker, or habitat
essays will provide a basis for the student’s own        to culture shellfish, work at a salmon net pen farm,     enhancement technician. the student will explore
critical writing, which will reflect a command of        or culture other food or nonfood species.                areas of employment and gain additional skills
college-level literacy standards. attention to writ-                                                              needed for each career choice.
ing fundamentals and stylistic techniques will also      FISH 170
be included.                                             HatcHeRy oPeRations ii                       4 cR        FTEC 205
PREREQUISITES: CPT score of 86 or higher on sen-         course will teach students the required skills to        Field PRojects i                             4 cR
tence skills and 85 or higher on reading. Word pro-      work in a hatchery. this course will emphasize           the student will do an internship in one of the fol-
cessing knowledge required.                              hands-on skills. Students will work in hatcheries to     lowing specialty areas: hatchery technician, Fish-
                                                         gain experience with eggs, incubators, and hatch-        eries technician, Shellfish technician, net Pen
                 FISherIeS                               ery equipment.                                           Worker, or habitat enhancement technician. the
                                                                                                                  student will work with or under the direct supervi-
                                                         FISH 186                                                 sion of an industry supervisor during all or part of
FISH 100                                                 HatcHeRy oPeRations iii                    10 cR         the quarter.
intRoduction to saFety                        2 cR
                                                         Students will work in hatcheries to gain experi-
Proper safety precautions in the workplace will be
                                                         ence by rearing fingerlings in ponds and net pens.
emphasized. Safety is taught in all courses as it ap-
                                                         other hatchery equipment will be utilized.               FTEC 250
plies to the task or work area.
                                                                                                                  aPPlied concePts ii                       10 cR
                                                         FISH 194                                                 the student will focus on one of five specialty ar-
FISH 105                                                 FisHeRies cuRRent toPics                      4 cR       eas: hatchery technician, Fisheries technician,
WateR quality                               1 cR
                                                         in consultation with the instructor, students will       Shellfish technician, net Pen Worker, or habitat
this course looks at the importance of water qual-
                                                         develop customized objectives and individualized         enhancement technician. the student will explore
ity and how it is monitored. Students will monitor
                                                         projects to increase their skills and knowledge in       areas of employment and gain additional skills
water quality at the hatchery and net pens to gain
                                                         specific areas of current fisheries technology.          needed for each career choice.
experience in this course.
                                                         FISH 195                                                 FTEC 255
FISH 111                                                 Field PRojects                              6 cR         Field PRojects ii                            4 cR
salmon id Biology                             3 cR
                                                         Practical application of work experience for stu-        the student will do an internship in one of the fol-
identification of salmon and trout, life cycles and
                                                         dents in a field of their choice with employees in       lowing specialty areas: hatchery technician, Fish-
the characteristics of each of the species will be
                                                         industry. this allows the student to show prospec-       eries technician, Shellfish technician, net Pen
examined in this course.
                                                         tive employers what skills and work habits they          Worker, or habitat enhancement technician. the
                                                         have.                                                    student will work with or under the direct supervi-
FISH 125                                                                                                          sion of an industry supervisor during all or part of
samPling tecHniques                       3 cR
                                                         FISH 196                                                 the quarter.
Students will identify and use methods of sam-
                                                         FisHeRies cuRRent toPics                      4 cR
pling fish for numbers, age, and disease.
                                                         in consultation with the instructor, students will
                                                         develop customized objectives and individualized
                                                                                                                             heaLth & SaFetY
FISH 133                                                 projects to increase their skills and knowledge in
HatcHeRy oPeRations i                     5 cR
                                                         specific areas of current fisheries technology.
                                                                                                                  HLTH 103
By working in hatcheries, students gain experi-                                                                   cPR: adult HeaRtsaveR                      0.5 cR
ence with brood stock, eggs, and hatchery equip-                                                                  this three hour course includes one person cPR,
                                                         FISH 197
ment.                                                                                                             obstructed airway techniques, and risk factors of
                                                         FisHeRies cuRRent toPics                      4 cR
                                                                                                                  heart disease. Skills completion and written exam
                                                         in consultation with the instructor, students will
FISH 136                                                 develop customized objectives and individualized
                                                                                                                  are required for card, which is good for two years.
sPaWning tecHniques i                      6 cR                                                                   Pocket mask required.
                                                         projects to increase their skills and knowledge in
Students will learn proper fish spawning tech-
                                                         specific areas of current fisheries technology.
niques as utilized by state, federal, and private                                                                 HLTH 131
hatcheries. they will spawn fish at the college                                                                   Hiv/aids FoR counseloRs                  0.5 cR
                                                         FISH 198
hatchery and other local hatcheries to become                                                                     this workshop is designed for counselors and oth-
                                                         FisHeRies cuRRent toPics                      8 cR
proficient in these skills.                                                                                       er health professionals needing four hours of hiv/
                                                         in consultation with the instructor, students will
                                                                                                                  aiDS education for licensure or professional up-
                                                         develop customized objectives and individualized
FISH 146                                                 projects to increase their skills and knowledge in
                                                                                                                  date. the program meets Washington State certifi-
FisH and sHellFisH Biology                     3 cR                                                               cation requirements.
                                                         specific areas of current fisheries technology.
Fish and shellfish biology, basics of respiration, or-
gans, life cycles, and basic requirements will be
covered. Dissections will be performed.




                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                113
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
HLTH 133                                                HT 120                                                  HT 230
Hiv/aids: HealtHcaRe PRoFessional                       medical insuRance Billing                      5 cR     medical coding icd-9                        3 cR
                                          1 cR          this course focuses on insurance billing proce-         learn to assign codes in medical/health records to
this workshop is designed for the professional          dures, billing requirements in relation to insurance    ensure accurate and complete reimbursement
needing seven hours of hiv/aiDS education for li-       companies, clinics, and physicians’ offices; and in-    documentation. the focus will be on icD-9 codes
censure or professional update. the program uti-        surance coding to include cPt and icD-9-cM              with some discussion of cPt codes.
lizes a multi-media approach and meets Washing-         codes. Students will learn skills that will enable      PREREQUISITES: HT 126 and BIO 105 or equivalent.
ton State certification requirements.                   them to process insurance claims. other subjects
                                                        include basic health office duties as related to        HT 240
HLTH 150                                                medical insurance, accounts receivable, and col-        medical coding cPt                          4 cR
FiRst aid industRial                         1 cR       lection techniques.                                     learn to assign physician’s current Procedural ter-
this 12-hour First aid course is in compliance with     PREREQUISITES: HT 126 and BIO 105.                      minology (cPt) codes in medical/health records to
Wac 296-800-15010 of the State of Washington                                                                    ensure accurate and complete reimbursement
and meets oSha/WiSha requirements with em-              HT 126                                                  documentation.
phasis on job-related accidents, injuries, and pre-     Fundamentals oF                                         PREREQUISITES: HT 126 and BIO 105 or equivalent.
vention of same. course includes practical experi-      medical teRminology                         5 cR
ence and adult heartsaver cPR. a written and            the student will gain a basic knowledge of medi-        HT 242
skills verification of cPR is required by aha. Both     cal word building. the course will address root         medical coding aPPlications                   3 cR
First aid and cPR cards are good for two years.         words, prefixes and suffixes, and terms that are        Builds on coding skills developed in ht 230 & 240
                                                        used in diagnostic, operative, and symptoms relat-      and includes practical experience coding medical
HO 127                                                  ing to the various systems of the body. emphasis is     records, as well as specific case study reviews.
HealtHcaRe PRovideR cPR                   0.6 cR        on correct spelling and pronunciation of selected       PREREQUISITES: Program Coordinator or Instructor
this 6 hour basic life support course is designed       common eponyms.                                         Permission.
for healthcare providers and includes adult one-
and two-rescuer cPR, pediatric one-rescuer cPR,         HT 129                                                  HT 250
and barrier devices. Successful written and man-        comPReHensive medical                                   advanced medical coding                    5 cR
nequin skill evaluation and attendance at all ses-      teRminology i                                 5 cR      a continuation of the procedures and practices of
sions is required to receive card. course now in-       this course is a comprehensive systems approach         ht 230 & 240, and helps prepare the student for
cludes an introduction to automatic external            to the study of selected roots, prefixes, and suffix-   certification testing.
defibrillation.                                         es; principles of word building; study of diagnos-      PREREQUISITES: HT 230 and HT 240.
                                                        tic, operative, and symptomatic terms of the vari-
      heaLth occuPatIoNS                                ous systems of the body. there is an emphasis on        HT 260
                                                        accurate spelling and pronunciation of all selected     HealtHcaRe RecoRds inteRnsHiP 3 cR
                                                        eponyms, clinical laboratory procedures and radi-       With the help of their advisor, students will ar-
HO 105                                                  ology procedures with associated terminology for        range work experience in a medical records office.
PHaRmacology                                   2 cR
                                                        each system. this course can be taken in place of       May be a paid or an unpaid work experience.
this course is designed to assist the surgical tech-
                                                        hT 126.                                                 PREREQUISITES: HT 145 and instructor permission.
nologist to provide safe and effective care to surgi-
cal patients by participating in activities that help
                                                        HT 130                                                  HT 262
to identify, manage, and apply general terminolo-
                                                        medical oFFice PRoceduRes                       5 cR    medical coding inteRnsHiP              2 cR
gy to medications and solutions used in operating
                                                        this course will help prepare the student to work       Students will complete a medical coding work
room settings.
                                                        in a medical facility for the purpose of organizing     experience.
PREREQUISITES: MATH 98, MATH 99, or equivalent.
                                                        and handling medical records, respond to requests       PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.
                                                        for billing information, maintain filing practices,
HO 125                                                  and handle appropriate filing processes required        HT 265
intRo to medical teRminology 3 cR
                                                        in medical offices. topics to be covered will include   medical coding & Billing PRacticum
this course is an introduction to medical word
                                                        basic office skills, basic computer functions using                                                  5 cR
building. Students study words that pertain to
                                                        Medi-Soft, legal issues as they relate to patient       this course uses the information learned in medi-
body systems, anatomical structures, medical pro-
                                                        confidentiality and release of information stan-        cal insurance billing and coding, and demonstrates
cesses and procedures and a variety of diseases.
                                                        dards, medical ethics, and basic knowledge of           proficiency in billing and coding procedures. Stu-
Students will continue their development of medi-
                                                        healthcare delivery systems.                            dents, using simulated patient records and various
cal terminology throughout their Surgery technol-
                                                                                                                insurance forms, will practice patient account
ogy program.
                                                        HT 135                                                  statements and records. Medical ethics and laws
PREREQUISITES: Accuplacer Elementary Algebra
                                                        PHaRmacology FoR tHe medical                            as they pertain to patient information will also be
score of 75 or higher.
                                                        oFFice                                       2 cR       addressed.
                                                        this course will introduce students to the various      PREREQUISITES: HT 230, HT 240.
HT 108                                                  forms of medications, drug classifications, admin-
medical tRanscRiPtion i                      3 cR
                                                        istration routes and how they work. Students will       HT 270
this course is designed to assist the student in de-
                                                        also learn the terminology associated with each,        excel FoR tHe medical oFFice 2 cR
veloping the basic medical language, grammar,
                                                        for those medications commonly prescribed in the        this course will teach the basics of MS excel as it
and formatting necessary for medical typing and
                                                        medical office setting.                                 relates to functions commonly used in the medical
transcription.
                                                        PREREQUISITES: HT 126 and BIO105.                       office. Students will learn efficient use of a spread-
PREREQUISITES: HT 126 and BIO 105, and typing 50
                                                                                                                sheet in order to create records pertinent to the
wpm.
                                                        HT 145                                                  medical office, such as patient and insurance infor-
                                                        HealtHcaRe RecoRds systems 5 cR                         mation, operational and capital budgets, tracking
HT 109                                                  Functions of medical record departments and re-         quality indicators and productivity by person, and
medical tRanscRiPtion ii                      5 cR
                                                        cord systems will be addressed. hands-on process        tracking delinquent and incomplete records by
this course provides working knowledge of the
                                                        of hospital records, uses, content, and evaluation.     type.
transcription practices with realistic cases.
PREREQUISITES: HT 108, typing speed of 50 wpm,
and word processing knowledge.


                                                                 Bellingham Technical College
114
                                                              courSe deScriPtionS                                                      2008-20010 CaTalog

NA 101                                                                                                          CREF 141
nuRsing assistant essentials 3 cR                        CREF 132                                               aiR PRoPeRties & PsycHometRics 3 cR
Provides the student an opportunity to study the         commeRcial selF contained                              this course prepares the student with information
essential theoretical content necessary to meet          systems                                    4 cR        about air and its properties, moisture levels, en-
the oBRa nursing assistant objectives. Fundamen-         this course investigates medium and low temper-        thalpy, volume, relative humidity and density. air
tal caregiving skills are taught with an emphasis        ature refrigeration systems and equipment used in      measurement techniques are also explored. class-
on safety and activities of daily living. While study-   commercial applications. lectures are supple-          room discussion is aided by hands-on lab activities
ing the care necessary for an individual of any age,     mented by student’s individual work on projects in     on operating equipment.
a primary focus is placed on the care of the elderly,    concurrent course cReF 133.
including rehabilitation and death and dying.            PREREQUISITES: CREF 120 series with a minimum          CREF 143
                                                         grade average of C                                     Hvac system design                           3 cR
NA 102                                                                                                          Understanding of the elements of proper hvac
nuRsing assistant clinical                      2 cR     CREF 133                                               system design is essential for the hvac installer
During the clinical practicum, the student is given      commeRcial selF contained                              and service technician. this course focuses on
the opportunity to put into practice those skills        systems laB                                 5 cR       heat loss/Gain BtU requirements for buildings,
learned in the classroom and lab settings. the           this course presents medium and low tempera-           ventilation rates, duct design and application, sys-
clinical experiences include orientation to the ex-      ture refrigeration systems and equipment used in       tem selection and installation variables. the stu-
tended care facility and a clinical final exam, which    commercial applications. emphasis is placed on         dent will design a complete system using an exist-
is conducted in the college lab.                         trouble-shooting techniques on live equipment as       ing structure or assigned blueprint plans.
PREREQUISITES: NA 101, HLTH 103, and HLTH 133.           installed in industry. the concurrent course, cReF
                                                         132 is supplemented by student’s individual work       CREF 145
                                                         on projects in this course.                            duct layout and FaBRication                   3 cR
     heatINg, veNtILatIoN,                               PREREQUISITES: CREF 120 series with a minimum          this entry level fabrication course is to prepare
     aIr coNdItIoNINg aNd                                grade average of C                                     students for the hvac sheet metal installation in-
         reFrIgeratIoN                                   CREF 135
                                                                                                                dustry. Parallel line, radial line and triangulation
                                                                                                                layout techniques are utilized to develop sheet
                                                         commeRcial ice systems tHeoRy &                        metal patterns of common fittings used in the in-
CREF 122                                                 aPPlication                                 3 cR       stallation of hvac systems. Students will apply
Fundamentals oF ReFRigeRation                            this course introduces the various types and           these techniques in the lab and fabricate assigned
                                            5 cR         modes of commercial ice production systems used        fittings.
this course presents the fundamentals of vapor           in restaurants, institutions, and process applica-
compression refrigeration, hvac/R tools, equip-          tions. Wiring diagrams and sequence of operations      CREF 147
ment and refrigerants. Students prepare for certifi-     are emphasized. Proper installation, maintenance       aPPlied aiR conditioning systems 4 cR
cation under Section 608 of the e.P.a. regulations.      and troubleshooting techniques are discussed.          this course prepares the learner to install, start-up,
emphasis is placed on proper diagnostic and trou-
                                                                                                                troubleshoot and diagnose problems in comfort
bleshooting procedures. lectures are supple-             CREF 137                                               cooling air conditioning systems. emphasis is giv-
mented by student’s individual work on projects in       commeRcial ice systems laB                    4 cR     en to wiring techniques, proper refrigeration pip-
the concurrent course cReF 123.                          this course allows for practical application of con-   ing, controls, start-up and maintenance.
                                                         cepts learned in cReF135 for commercial ice sys-
CREF 123                                                 tems. the student will install, maintain, and diag-    CREF 149
ReFRigeRation Fundamentals laB i                         nose problems on a variety of actual operating ice     aPPlied Heat PumP systems                      4 cR
                                             5 cR        machines. Students will be exposed to not less         this course prepares the learner to install, start-up,
in this course emphasis is placed on proper system       than 5 different manufacturer’s designs, as all are    troubleshoot and diagnose problems in residen-
assembly, diagnostic and troubleshooting proce-          different. the student will verify proper produc-      tial and commercial heat pump systems. emphasis
dures, refrigerant handling procedures and safety.       tion, learn how to read wiring schematic, and diag-    is given to wiring techniques, proper refrigeration
the concurrent course, cReF 122 is supplemented          nose and repair faults inserted by instructor. Main-   piping, controls, start-up and maintenance. inte-
by student’s individual work on projects in this         tenance and proper cleaning and sanitation are         gration of auxiliary heat components, balance
course.                                                  also stressed in the coursework.                       point identification, cost analysis to other fuels,
                                                                                                                and geothermal systems are all introduced and
CREF 126                                                 CREF 139                                               applied in the lab.
Basic electRicity FoR Hvac/R                 4 cR        commeRcial ice systems inteRactive
this course presents the fundamentals of controls,       leaRning                                     2 cR      CREF 221
motors, electrical theory and applications. empha-       this course utilizes the subject of commercial ice     electRic Heating tecHnology 3 cR
sis is placed on proper diagnostic and trouble-          production for the student to research the opera-      this course introduces electricity as a heat source
shooting procedures. lectures are supplemented           tion, wiring and manufacture of a particular se-       for stationary and forced air systems. emphasis is
by student’s individual work on projects in concur-      lected commercial ice machine. the student will        placed on electrical safety, BtU calculations, air-
rent course cReF 127.                                    gain insight into the various methods employed         flow calculations, cost analysis, wiring diagrams,
PREREQUISITES: CREF 122 & CREF 123                       by different manufactures to produce ice. the stu-     and troubleshooting techniques. classroom dis-
                                                         dent will prepare and deliver a presentation to the    cussion and hands on lab activities are designed
CREF 127                                                 peer group on one selected brand and model of          to enable students to quickly identify system prob-
ReFRigeRation Fundamentals laB ii                        ice machine, and essentially teach the peer group      lems and propose solutions.
                                            5 cR         on the aspects of installation, wiring, sequence of
this course provides the opportunity to use the          operation and maintenance. Steps for preparing         CREF 223
fundamentals of electricity, tools and equipment,        the lesson, research, public speaking, audio visual    gas Heating tecHnology                        7 cR
controls, motors, electrical theory. emphasis is         aids, audience participation and self/peer-evalua-     this course provides hands- on theory and appli-
placed on proper diagnostic and troubleshooting          tion are addressed in this course.                     cation of forced air and stationary gas heating sys-
procedures. lectures in the concurrent course,
                                                                                                                tems used in residential and light commercial
cReF 126, are supplemented by student’s individ-
                                                                                                                buildings. natural gas (methane) and lPG systems
ual work on projects in this course.
                                                                                                                are discussed and implemented. emphasis is
PREREQUISITES: CREF 122 & CREF 123
                                                                                                                placed on diagnosis and troubleshooting tech-
                                                                                                                niques for service technicians.

                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                               115
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
CREF 225                                                CREF 238
Fuel oil Heating tecHnology                4 cR         cascade/tRansPoRt                                                 humaN reSource
this course provides hands- on theory and appli-
cation of oil fired heating systems in homes and
                                                        ReFRigeRation systems                       3 cR
                                                        this course presents a continuation of the course
                                                                                                                           maNagemeNt
commercial buildings. Proper system installation,       of study of refrigeration systems. commercial sys-
                                                                                                                HRM 110
set-up, diagnosis and troubleshooting techniques        tems that are covered in depth include ultra-low
                                                                                                                Human ResouRce management 5 cR
are emphasized.                                         temp freezing systems and transport refrigeration
                                                                                                                introduces the functional areas of human resource
                                                        systems. lectures are supplemented by student’s
                                                                                                                management and laws. Students discuss job anal-
CREF 227                                                individual work on projects.
                                                                                                                ysis, recruitment, testing, interviewing, selection,
HydRonic Heating tecHnology 4 cR                        PREREQUISITES: CREF 237
                                                                                                                placement, training, wage and salary administra-
this course explores the use of hydronics to heat
                                                                                                                tion, performance, evaluation and labor manage-
residential and commercial buildings. Students          CREF 239                                                ment.
will apply proper tools and techniques to identify      aBsoRPtion ReFRigeRation systems
components, design, install, maintain and trouble-                                                  1 cR
                                                                                                                HRM 120
shoot problems in hydronic heating systems for          this course presents a continuation of the course
                                                                                                                suPeRvision Fundamentals                       5 cR
residential and commercial use. Radiant heat sys-       of study of refrigeration systems. commercial sys-
                                                                                                                Supervisory effectiveness is critical for all organi-
tems and most types of commercially available           tems that are covered in depth are three types of
                                                                                                                zations. this course emphasizes and gives practi-
fuels are utilized.                                     absorption refrigeration systems. lectures are
                                                                                                                cal exercises in needed supervisory skills and in
                                                        supplemented by student’s individual work on
                                                                                                                how these skills are developed and used. the su-
CREF 231                                                projects.
                                                                                                                pervisor’s role in getting the work done right,
commeRcial/industRial ReFRigeRation                     PREREQUISITES: CREF 238
                                                                                                                helping to control costs and accomplishing the
aPPlied comPonents                         5 cR
                                                                                                                goals of the organization are stressed. this course
this course expands on commercial refrigeration         CREF 242                                                covers what a supervisor is expected to do and
systems presented in cReF 132-139. industrial sys-      contRol tHeoRy FoR Hvac
                                                                                                                provides the skills necessary to do the job.
tems such as chillers for RSW, supermarket refrig-      automation systems                            4 cR
eration, commercial chillers for process control,       this course presents basic control theory for ener-
                                                                                                                HRM 130
industrial open drive compressors, and associated       gy management and control systems.
                                                                                                                team Building                              5 cR
components are studied. each ancillary compo-           PREREQUISITES: CREF 120 series, 130 series, 140 se-
                                                                                                                how to create, maintain and participate in group
nent is analyzed for compatibility, proper selec-       ries, 220 series, 230 series with minimum grade aver-
                                                                                                                decision making with a goal of strengthening the
tion, operation, need, energy savings and equip-        age of C each series
                                                                                                                business.
ment reliability. Wiring diagrams are emphasized
and diagnosis of failed components is also ad-          CREF 243                                                HRM 201
dressed. how the system operates as a whole is          Pneumatic contRols                            4 cR
                                                                                                                management oF Human ResouRces:
critical and students are encouraged to research        this course presents energy management and
                                                                                                                an oveRvieW                                 3 cR
new and innovative applications for these sys-          control systems as applied with pneumatic control
                                                                                                                this course covers basic employment law, compo-
tems.                                                   systems. lectures are supplemented by student’s
                                                                                                                nents of human resources management, the role
                                                        individual work on projects.
                                                                                                                of human resources personnel, affirmative action,
CREF 233                                                PREREQUISITES: CREF 120 series, 130 series, 140 se-
                                                                                                                equal employment opportunity, confidentiality
comm/industRial ReFRig aPP                              ries, 220 series, 230 series with minimum grade aver-
                                                                                                                and records management. coursework involves
comPonents laB                               5 cR       age of C each series
                                                                                                                the practical application of concepts to the work-
Students apply the theory and application skills
                                                                                                                place.
acquired in cReF231 to operating systems in the         CREF 244
lab. a proper start-up technique, adjustments, wir-     distRiButed digital contRol
                                                                                                                HRM 205
ing schematics and evaluation of the operation of       systems                                    6 cR
                                                                                                                RecRuitment & staFFing Policies
the systems is emphasized. Students work in             this course presents energy management and
                                                                                                                & PRactices                                  3 cR
teams, and rotate shifts weekly, allowing each stu-     control systems, as applied in Distributed Digital
                                                                                                                this course provides an exploration of the key is-
dent the diversity to work with all team members.       control systems. lectures are supplemented by
                                                                                                                sues in recruitment, selection, and staffing of em-
Safety is foremost as most of these systems are         student’s individual work on projects.
                                                                                                                ployees at all levels. human resources planning,
high voltage multi-phase systems. Students diag-        PREREQUISITES: CREF 242 & CREF 243
                                                                                                                job descriptions and specifications, recruitment,
nose and solve instructor inserted problems into
                                                                                                                the selection process, testing, employment inter-
the systems, make repairs and invoice the instruc-      CREF 245                                                views, and the evaluation of the selection process
tor.                                                    intRo to industRial BoileRs & WateR
                                                                                                                are discussed. compliance with issues such as eeo,
                                                        tReatment                                  2 cR
                                                                                                                affirmative action, and the americans with Dis-
CREF 236                                                this course presents industrial boilers and com-
                                                                                                                abilities act (aDa) are addressed. emphasis is on
laRge tonnage cHilleRs                       5 cR       bustion controls, advanced flame safeguards and
                                                                                                                establishing procedures that ensure high quality
this course presents a study of large capacity chill-   chemical treatment of boiler water. lectures are
                                                                                                                candidates and employees.
ers systems. Systems that are covered in depth          supplemented by student’s individual work on
                                                                                                                PREREQUISITES: HRM 201,experience as a Human
include centrifugal chilled water-cooling systems.      projects.
                                                                                                                Resource Manager or Recruiter, or department per-
lectures are supplemented by student’s individual       PREREQUISITES: CREF 244
                                                                                                                mission.
or group work on lab projects including the tear-
down and reassembly of a centrifugal compressor,        CREF 246                                                HRM 207
connecting and operating a 460 volt Star Delta          contRol system design &
                                                                                                                Fundamentals oF emPloyee BeneFits
starter.                                                commissioning                                 2 cR
                                                                                                                & comPensation                                   3 cR
PREREQUISITES: CREF 231 & 233                           this course presents an opportunity to review the
                                                                                                                an overview of base pay compensation and ben-
                                                        design and commissioning of various types of en-
                                                                                                                efits. topics include principles of pay systems, the
CREF 237                                                ergy management and control systems, both
                                                                                                                relationship of pay systems on an organization’s
cooling toWeRs & intRoduction to                        pneumatic and distributed digital control systems.
                                                                                                                needs, cost of benefits, statutory coverages, retire-
industRial WateR tReatment                  1 cR        lectures are supplemented by student’s individual
                                                                                                                ment plans, defined benefit approaches and con-
this course presents a study of cooling towers and      work on projects.
                                                                                                                tribution plans, profit sharing, life, dental, disabili-
the treatment of the water used.                        PREREQUISITES: CREF 120 series, 130 series, 140 se-
PREREQUISITES: CREF 236                                 ries, 220 series, 230 series with minimum grade aver-
                                                        age of C each series
                                                               Bellingham Technical College
116
                                                            courSe deScriPtionS                                                         2008-20010 CaTalog

ty, and health plans. health and safety issues are     HRM 255                                                   begin your second year of instrumentation at the
also addressed.                                        stRategic Human ResouRces                       3 cR      start of Fall, Winter, or Spring quarter.
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201, previous HR experience or      this course covers how the human resource pro-
department permission.                                 fessional assists in the managerial process of form-      INST 205
                                                       ing a strategic vision, setting objectives, crafting a    joB PRePaRation i                              1 cR
HRM 210                                                strategy, implementing and executing the strate-          Preparation for employment, including resume
emPloyment laW & laBoR Relations                       gy.                                                       preparation, cover letter writing, job search engine
                                              3 cR     PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience          use, and interviewing skills.
this course provides a legal and practical overview    or department permission.
of employee relations and labor relations in both                                                                INST 206
union and nonunion environments. communica-            HRM 260                                                   joB PRePaRation ii                            1 cR
tion styles, facilitation, grievances and discipline   conducting inteRnal investigations                        this course teaches you how to get the jobs that
handling, crisis interventions, conflict resolution,                                                 1 cR        are not listed in classified ads or job search en-
labor relations, and the role of government in hu-     overview of the methodology and investigatory             gines. You will learn how to professionally network,
man resources management are addressed. it also        skills necessary for internal investigation in the        research employers for job potential, conduct in-
emphasizes compliance issues, including oSha,          workplace. through readings, discussion and pre-          formational interviews, and otherwise take an ac-
employee assistance harassment, and substance          sentations, participants will learn the basic meth-       tive approach in securing employment within your
abuse.                                                 odology of internal investigation, as well as the         professional field.
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience       necessary interviewing skills to conduct an effec-
or department permission.                              tive investigation. topics include interviewing,          INST 240
                                                       what to look for during an investigation, how to          PRessuRe and level measuRements
HRM 220                                                conduct an investigation, and the various situa-                                                        7 cR
tRaining & staFF develoPment 3 cR                      tions that require a formal and informal investiga-       in this course you will learn how to precisely mea-
training and staff development from a human re-        tion.                                                     sure both fluid pressure and fluid solids level in a
source perspective will be addressed. employee         PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience          variety of applications, as well as accurately cali-
orientation, career planning and development,          or department permission.                                 brate and efficiently troubleshoot pressure and
cross training, management development, and                                                                      level measurement systems.
succession planning are covered. this course also
addresses learning styles, technical needs assess-                 hYPNotheraPY                                  INST 241
ment, choosing instructors and programs, and                                                                     temPeRatuRe and
program evaluation and modification.                   HYPN 101                                                  FloW measuRements                              7 cR
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience       Basic HyPnosis                                   5 cR     in this course you will learn how to precisely mea-
or department permission.                              a beginners class which teaches basic hypnosis/           sure both temperature and fluid flow in a variety of
                                                       self-hypnosis, and is the first of a 3-part series. can   applications, as well as accurately calibrate and ef-
HRM 235                                                be learned for personal growth, as well as a pre-         ficiently troubleshoot temperature and flow mea-
Human ResouRce inFo systems 2 cR                       requisite for the study of professional hypnothera-       surement systems.
this course explores how technologies are trans-       py. it is approved by the international Medical and
forming the workplace, the workforce, and the          Dental hypnotherapy association, the national             INST 242
work of the hR practitioner. considerations in         Society of clinical hypnotherapists, as well as oth-      analytical measuRements                      5 cR
evaluating appropriate software will be shared, as     er professional hypnosis associations.                    this course teaches the basic principles of process
well as researching the pros and cons of several                                                                 analysis including ph, electrical conductivity, tur-
software applications.                                 HYPN 102                                                  bidity, and chemical constituency. a review of
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience       inteRmediate HyPnotHeRaPy                    5 cR         inSt 240 (pressure and level measurement) and
or department permission.                              this course is the second in a 3-part series that is      INST 241 (temperature and flow measurement)
                                                       designed to teach the serious student of hypnosis         is also included in this course.
HRM 240                                                how to apply hypnotherapy techniques for moti-
Risk management & saFety                     3 cR      vation and goal achievement.                              INST 250
Risk management is the decision-making process         PREREQUISITES: HYPN 101.                                  Final contRol elements                       6 cR
involving considerations of political, social, eco-                                                              in this course you will learn how to precisely con-
nomic, and engineering factors with relevant risk      HYPN 103                                                  trol energy in process systems using fluid valves,
assessments relating to a potential hazard so as to    advanced HyPnotHeRaPy                           5 cR      motors, and other actuating devices. You will also
develop, analyze and compare regulatory options        this course, the third in a series, is for the serious    learn how fluid power systems work and how to
and to select the optimal regulatory response for      student wishing to use hypnotherapy as a career,          efficiently troubleshoot final control elements.
safety from that hazard. essentially risk manage-      or to supplement an existing healthcare field and
ment is the combination of three steps: risk evalu-    practice. Upon completion, the student is eligible        INST 251
ation, emission and exposure control, and risk         to apply for State Registration through the Depart-       Pid contRolleRs and tuning                     6 cR
monitoring.                                            ment of health.                                           this course teaches you how the most basic and
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience       PREREQUISITES: HYPN 102.                                  widely-used control algorithm works: proportion-
or department permission.                                                                                        al-integral-derivative (PiD). in this course you will
                                                                  INStrumeNtatIoN                                see how the PiD algorithm is implemented in
HRM 245                                                                                                          pneumatic as well as electronic controllers, and
diveRsity in tHe WoRkPlace                   1 cR      INST 200                                                  also how to tune a PiD controller for stability.
this course is designed to examine the various ele-    intRo to instRumentation
ments that create differences within society and       PRoFession                                   2 cR
the workplace. also to be examined will be the         this course introduces you to the trade, terminol-
current legalities regarding diversity in the work-    ogy, and basic principles of instrumentation. it is a
place, and how to interface with employers that        preparatory course for any one of three sections
will enable them to work effectively in a diverse      within the second year of instrumentation: mea-
world. also offered online.                            surement, control, and systems, enabling you to
PREREQUISITES: HRM 201 or previous HR experience
or department permission.

                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                117
2008-2010 CaTalog                                             courSe deScriPtionS
INST 252                                                LGL 132                                                    lathes, hand tools, mills and material identifica-
PRocess oPtimization and contRol                        legal teRminology/tRanscRiPtion                            tion. this course is taken in conjunction with
stRategies                                    5 cR                                                    5 cR         Mach 101 and provides students an opportunity
this course teaches more advanced loop tuning           Designed to help students learn the legal termi-           to practice entry level machining skills.
techniques as well as advanced process control          nology, english skills, legal formatting skills, and
strategies including cascade, feed forward, ratio,      transcription guidelines needed to transcribe ac-          MACH 120
and model-based control algorithms. You will also       curate legal documents in a law office.                    macHine Fundamentals iB                       5 cR
explore common types of controlled processes            PREREQUISITES: LGL 127.                                    this is the second course in a two part series that
found in industry to see how these algorithms are                                                                  provides for basic experience using pedestal
practically applied. a review of inSt 250 (final con-   LGL 211                                                    grinders, lathes, hand tools, mills and material
trol elements) and inSt 251 (PiD controllers and        legal document PRocessing                    5 cR          identification. this course is taken in conjunction
tuning) is included in this course.                     course makes use of a self-contained comprehen-            with Mach 101 and provides students an oppor-
                                                        sive job simulation designed to give the student           tunity to practice entry level machining skills.
INST 260                                                practice on the types of activities most often per-
data acquisition systems                       4 cR     formed in legal office settings. Gain a hands-on           MACH 122
this course reviews digital communication and           exposure to the various types of law while format-         macHine Fundamentals ii                    10 cR
analog/digital conversion theory learned in the         ting documents. Word processing functions are              a continuation of Mach 121, lathes, mills, drilling,
first year (core electronics) courses, building upon    incorporated into the course.                              setup, and secondary operations.
that foundation to explore industrial data busses       PREREQUISITES: LGL 132                                     PREREQUISITE: MACH 121.
(including ethernet) and indicating, data logging,
and ScaDa systems.                                      LGL 225                                                    MACH 123
                                                        inteRnsHiP                                   3 cR          macHine Fundamentals iii                  10 cR
INST 261                                                Students will work in a legal related job receiving        includes advanced machine operation on a lathe
PRogRammaBle logic contRolleRs                          pay or volunteering.                                       and mills, machine accessories, job planning, and
                                              6 cR      PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.                      production methods.
in this course you will learn how to wire, configure,                                                              PREREQUISITES: MACH 122.
and program programmable logic controllers              LGL 226
(Plcs) to control real processes.                       inteRnsHiP                                    6 cR         MACH 125
                                                        Students will work in a legal office-related job re-       quality contRol                               2 cR
INST 262                                                ceiving pay or volunteering.                               the use of visual and precision instrument tech-
dcs and Field Bus                            6 cR       PREREQUISITES: Instructor permission.                      niques for quality control. Surface finish and qual-
this course teaches the basic principles of distrib-                                                               ity problem solving.
uted instrumentation, including both distributed
control systems (DcS) and Field/ bus” instruments.
                                                                        machININg                                  MACH 131
Safety instrumented system (SiS) concepts and                                                                      BluePRint Reading i                        3 cR
components are also covered here. a review of
                                                        MACH 100                                                   Provides instruction for development in print
                                                        intRoduction to tRade/                                     reading using basic sketching techniques, letter-
inSt 260 (data acquisition systems) and inSt 261
                                                        occuPational saFety                     1 cR               ing, dimensioning, lines, and makeup of a print as
(programmable logic controllers) is included in
                                                        overview of the program, college, and program              a form of communication.
this course.
                                                        policies and procedures, student equipment re-
                                                        quirements, machine occupations, and material              MACH 132
INST 269
                                                        safety data.                                               BluePRint Reading ii                         3 cR
autocad aPPlications                      5 cR
this course concentrates on autocaD applications                                                                   covers the use of sectional views, thread specifica-
for the instrumentation field.
                                                        MACH 101                                                   tions, dimensioning auxiliary views, geometric tol-
                                                        macHine tecHnology i                       3 cR            erance gearing, welding symbols, processes and
                                                        Basic machine tool operation and safety on grind-
INST 290                                                                                                           skill development in reading prints by using
                                                        ers, lathes, mills, and drills.                            sketching techniques.
inteRnsHiP 10 cR
this optional elective course provides work expe-                                                                  PREREQUISITE: MACH 131.
rience in related industry refining technical and
                                                        MACH 102
                                                        macHine tecHnology ii                     3 cR             MACH 162
workforce skills in a work environment. Specific
                                                        covers saws and sawing, machine speeds, feeds,             matHematics i                              4 cR
performance skills will be developed for each indi-
                                                        setup, and secondary drilling operations.                  Study of basic algebra, ratio and proportion, and
vidual student internship. clock hours are variable
                                                        PREREQUISITES: MACH 100, MACH 101, and MACH                plane geometry, and applying the principles
and may be repeated for clock hour credit.
                                                        121.                                                       learned to practical shop problems.
                                                                                                                   PREREQUISITE: MACH 100.
                    LegaL                               MACH 111
                                                        BencHWoRk/Handtools                          2 cR          MACH 192
LGL 127                                                 the safe uses and selection of hand tools for hold-        joB PRePaRation                              1 cR
legal oFFice PRoceduRes                        5 cR     ing, striking, assembly, and cutting.                      Focuses on skills to seek and keep a job.
Designed to introduce students who have little or                                                                  PREREQUISITE: COM 170.
no background in the legal field with the terminol-     MACH 113
ogy, background, and knowledge of the legal pro-        macHineRy’s HandBook                         1 cR          MACH 201
cedures required to work in a law office. it presents   introduction to the use of Machinery’s handbook,           macHine tecHnology iv                     4 cR
basic legal concepts and the various fields of law      how to research, identify, and find basic informa-         covers precision measuring tools, metal cutting
and outlines the preparation of documents com-          tion.                                                      technology, carbide cutting tools, and advanced
monly used in those fields. Student projects give                                                                  grinding operations.
the students practice in various areas of law.          MACH 119                                                   PREREQUISITES: MACH 103.
PREREQUISITES: CAP 106.                                 macHine Fundamentals ia                           5 cR
                                                        this is the first in a two part series. this course pro-
                                                        vides for basic experience using pedestal grinders,



                                                                  Bellingham Technical College
118
                                                           courSe deScriPtionS                                                        2008-20010 CaTalog

MACH 202                                              MACH 245
macHine tecHnology v                         2 cR     cnc-cad/cam PRogRam &                                                   marketINg
advanced milling machine setups and operations,       oPeRations B                                   5 cR
speeds, feeds, and gear cutting. includes indexing    this is the second course in a two part series which     MKT 100
head calculations and the theory for using the ro-    focuses on advanced programming related to               maRketing Fundamentals                        5 cR
tary table.                                           cnc, including macros, subroutines and comput-           this course will provide a comprehensive survey
                                                      er-aided programming using the Master caM pro-           of fundamental marketing principles and skills.
MACH 212                                              gramming system.                                         Students will learn how marketing professionals
metalluRgy and Heat tReatment                                                                                  develop strategy, research consumer needs, and
                                             3 cR     MACH 262                                                 identify target markets. in addition to covering the
Basic information about the manufacture of steels,    matHematics ii                               4 cR        importance of global marketing and e-commerce,
the composition of selected metals, and the heat      covers trigonometry and its function, working            students will learn how to satisfy market opportu-
treating and hardness testing of steels.              with right triangles and how they apply to the ma-       nities with the “4 Ps,” product, pricing, promotion,
PREREQUISITES: completion of third quarter require-   chining of parts. also covers oblique triangles and      and placement.
ments and MACH 201.                                   the use of the law of sines and cosines.
                                                      PREREQUISITES: MACH 162.                                              mathematIcS
MACH 213
aPPlied macHineRy’s HandBook 1 cR
an introduction to the use of information in Ma-
                                                                   maNagemeNt                                  MATH 098
                                                                                                               elementaRy algeBRa                             5 cR
chinery’s handbook to solve shop-related prob-                                                                 this course will cover solving different forms of
lems.
                                                      MGMT 101
                                                      conFlict management                            1 cR      equations; manipulation of exponents and radi-
                                                      conflict is described as a disagreement among            cals as needed on the job; as well as factoring and
MACH 214                                                                                                       graphing. it is equivalent to 1 year of high school
                                                      two or more individuals. Managing the periodic
tool and cutteR gRinding                    3 cR                                                               algebra. this course is targeted for those students
                                                      incidence can prove to be challenging as well as
Provides cutting tool nomenclature and the re-                                                                 whose programs involve more algebra than in-
                                                      stressful. this course will give the student the tools
conditioning of worn or dull cutting tools.                                                                    cluded in Btc’s occupational and technical math
                                                      to understand the reasons that conflict exists, how
                                                      to stimulate conflict in a healthy and competitive       courses. this course will also serve as a prerequi-
MACH 215                                                                                                       site to intermediate algebra or as a refresher for
                                                      way in order to increase performance, control con-
HydRaulics                                  1 cR                                                               those students who have had algebra in the past.
                                                      flict, and resolve and eliminate conflict.
Designed to promote hydraulic principles, funda-                                                               PREREQUISITES: Accuplacer Arithmetic score of 75 or
mental system components, and hydraulic oils.                                                                  higher or Math 85 with a grade of B- or higher
PREREQUISITES: Completion of three quarters in pro-
                                                      MGMT 102
                                                      tHe leadeRsHiP PRocess                      3 cR
gram.                                                                                                          MATH 099
                                                      What makes a good “leader”? leadership in indi-
                                                      viduals, whether they seem to have been born             inteRmediate algeBRa                          5 cR
mach 221                                                                                                       this course prepares students for entry into col-
                                                      with certain “traits,” or have developed various
macHine Fundamentals iv                   5 cR                                                                 lege level math courses. topics include second de-
                                                      leadership behaviors, is an area that has been
this course includes advanced machining tech-                                                                  gree equations and inequalities, relations and their
                                                      studied for a long time. this course will examine
niques using computer aided machining practices.                                                               graphs, exponential and logarithmic functions,
                                                      the attributes of leadership, how it develops, the
in addition, machining methods used for cnc pro-                                                               and rational expressions. a graphing calculator is
                                                      behaviors that need to be encouraged, those that
gramming and operation are emphasized.                                                                         required.
                                                      need to be modified, as well as how to manage the
                                                      leadership process.                                      PREREQUISITES: Math 098 with a grade of C or high-
MACH 222                                                                                                       er. Accuplacer algebra score of 75 or higher.
macHine Fundamentals v                    10 cR
includes advanced instruction of turning, milling,
                                                      MGMT 104
                                                      deFining & managing quality                              MATH 100
and grinding machines.the selection and use of                                                                 occuPational matH                              5 cR
                                                      customeR seRvice                                3 cR
carbide cutting tools will be emphasized.                                                                      this course covers fractions, decimals, percents,
                                                      as a general rule customers go where they are
                                                      wanted and stay where they are appreciated. or-          ratios & proportions, english & metric measure-
MACH 241                                                                                                       ment systems, geometry, and algebra. the con-
                                                      ganizations, private or public, are judged on the
intRoduction to cnc macHining 9 cR                                                                             tents will include relevant technical applications
                                                      level of service they deliver to the customer. this
introduction to the machine controls of the cnc                                                                and the use of a calculator. text required.
                                                      course will identify the barriers that employees
milling machine and lathe. also taught is the basic                                                            PREREQUISITES: Accuplacer Arithmetic score of 38 or
                                                      have in delivering quality service, strategies for de-
rapid and linear G codes needed for machine op-                                                                higher or Math 85 with a grade of B- or higher
                                                      velopment, team building techniques, customer
eration.
                                                      service management, and feedback.
                                                                                                               MATH& 107
MACH 242                                                                                                       matH in society                               5 cR
cnc PRogRamming/oPeRation                   9 cR
                                                      MGMT 152
                                                      small Business management                   3 cR         college level coverage of practical applications in
teaches manual programming and operation of                                                                    many fields of study. topics will include probabili-
                                                      covers business structures, planning and organiz-
the cnc milling and lathe machines and basic                                                                   ty, statistics, finance, geometry, graphing, growth
                                                      ing a business, purchasing an existing business or
G&M commands.                                                                                                  & decay, and right triangle trigonometry.
                                                      franchise, legal structure, cash flow, marketing,
PREREQUISITES: completion of all theory, blueprint                                                             PREREQUISITES: Math 99 - Intermediate Algebra with
                                                      and changes businesses will encounter in the next
reading, and mathematics related to the program.                                                               a C or above or BTC College Level Math score of 32 or
                                                      five to ten years.
                                                                                                               higher.
MACH 244
cnc-cad/cam PRogRamming &
                                                      MGMT 210
                                                      suPeRvision FoR tHe oFFice                    5 cR
oPeRations a                                  5 cR
                                                      Demonstrates knowledge of appropriate office su-
this is the first course in a two part series which
                                                      pervisory skills. introduces students to the funda-
focuses on advanced programming related to
                                                      mentals of supervisory management. through
cnc, including macros, subroutines and comput-
                                                      lectures, text, case studies, projects, and simula-
er-aided programming using the Master caM pro-
                                                      tions students will develop an understanding of
gramming system.
                                                      principles to be used as guides for supervision in
                                                      an office.
                   Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                              119
2008-2010 CaTalog                                            courSe deScriPtionS
MATH& 141                                               science. an emphasis is placed on safety as it re-     cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, en-
PRecalculus i                                  5 cR     lates to nursing practice. Further emphasis is         docrine, and musculoskeletal systems. in addition,
the focus of this course will be functions. Students    placed on the needs of the elderly, including the      fluid and electrolyte disturbances, surgical asepsis,
manipulate and graph linear, polynomial, rational,      process of death and dying.                            and perioperative care are addressed. all care is
exponential, logarithmic, and quadratic functions.      PREREQUISITES: NUR 101A, NUR 102A                      approached utilizing the nursing process. an em-
this course will also cover systems of equations,                                                              phasis is placed on young, middle, and elderly
matrices/determinants, and their applications.          NUR 102                                                adults.
PREREQUISITES: MATH 99 Intermediate Algebra with        nuRsing PRactice 1                            7 cR     PREREQUISITES: All courses within NUR 010 or their
a C or above or BTC College Level Math score of 32 or   concurrent with nUR 101, nUR 102 provides the          equivalent.
higher.                                                 student with an opportunity to learn and practice
                                                        basic nursing skills, including assessment tech-       NUR 121A
MATH& 142                                               niques, non-parenteral medication administration,      common HealtH distuRBances 1a 7 cR
PRecalculus ii                               5 cR       and the fundamental techniques of physical care,       this course prepares the student to assist people
the majority of this course will cover trigonome-       such as bathing, positioning, and the use of proper    with common health disturbances in single or
try. Students will explore trigonometry functions,      body mechanics. an emphasis is placed on the           multiple systems within the body. the systems
right and oblique triangle trigonometry, graphing,      care of the elderly and rehabilitation. includes       studied include the respiratory, cardiovascular,
trigonometry identities, laws of sine and cosine as     both college lab time, and clinical experiences in a   gastrointestinal, genitourinary, endocrine, and
well as trigonometric application problems. this        long-term care facility.                               musculoskeletal systems. in addition, fluid and
course will also cover vectors in the plane and in      PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 242, HLTH 103, HLTH 133,          electrolyte disturbances, surgical asepsis, and pre-
space, along with parametric equations, polar co-       and NUR 105 or equivalent.                             operative care are addressed. all care is ap-
ordinates and graphs of polar equations.                                                                       proached utilizing the nursing process. an empha-
PREREQUISITES: Precalculus I - MATH& 141                NUR 102A                                               sis is placed on young, middle, and elderly adults.
                                                        nuRsing PRactice 1a                          4 cR      PREREQUISITES: NUR 101B, NUR 102B
                                                        concurrent with nUR 101a, nUR 102a provides
                  NurSINg                               the student with an opportunity to learn and prac-     NUR 121B
                                                        tice basic nursing skills which includes fundamen-     common HealtH distuRBances 1B 8
NUR 101                                                 tal techniques of physical care such as bathing,       cR
common HealtH needs                          15 cR      positioning and the use of proper body mechan-         this course is a continuation of nUR 121a which
this first course introduces the student to the con-    ics. an emphasis will be placed on care of the el-     includes the study of respiratory, cardiovascular,
cepts of health and wellness. a foundation for          derly and rehabilitation. this course includes both    gastrointestinal, genitourinary, endocrine and
practice is established through the study of the        college lab time and clinical experiences in long      musculoskeletal systems, fluid and electrolyte dis-
history, legal parameters and ethics of nursing.        term facilities.                                       turbances, surgical asepsis and preoperative care.
common healthcare needs throughout the life             PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 242, HLTH 103, HLTH 133, and      all care is approached utilizing the nursing pro-
span are addressed system by system, utilizing the      NUR 105 or equivalent.                                 cess. an emphasis is placed on young, middle, and
nursing process as a problem solving technique                                                                 elderly adults.
essential to the practice of nursing as both an art     NUR 102B                                               PREREQUISITES: NUR 121A, NUR 122A
and science. an emphasis is placed on safety as it      nuRsing PRactice 1B                          3 cR
relates to nursing practice. Further emphasis is        concurrent with nUR 101B, nUR 102B provides            NUR 122
placed on the needs of the elderly, including the       the student with an opportunity to learn and prac-     nuRsing PRactice ii                            7 cR
process of death and dying.                             tice basic nursing skills including assessment tech-   concurrent with nUR 121, nUR 122 provides the
PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 242, HLTH 103, HLTH 133 and        niques and non-parenteral medication adminis-          student with an opportunity to learn and practice
NUR 105 or equivalent.                                  tration. an emphasis is placed on the care of the      the skills associated with the care of patients with
                                                        elderly and rehabilitation. this course includes       some common health disturbances in the respira-
NUR 101A                                                both lab time and clinical experiences in long term    tory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, genitouri-
common HealtH needs 1a                        7 cR      facilities.                                            nary, endocrine, and muscoluskeletal systems, or a
the first course introduces the student to the con-     PREREQUISITES: NUR 101A, NUR 102A                      fluid and electrolyte disturbance. Sterile technique
cepts of health and wellness. a foundation for                                                                 is covered, as well as subcutaneous and intramus-
practice is established through the study of the        NUR 105                                                cular injection techniques. an opportunity to care
history, legal parameters, and ethics of nursing.       PHaRmacology                                  2 cR     for a client throughout the perioperative process
common healthcare needs throughout the life             an introduction to the basic concepts required by      is also provided. includes college lab time, and
span are addressed system by system, utilizing the      nurses to provide safe and effective pharmaco-         clinical experiences in both acute and long-term
nursing process as a problem solving technique          therapeutics. the metabolism and actions of            care facilities.
essential to the practice of nursing as both an art     drugs, with an emphasis on absorption, duration        PREREQUISITES: NUR 101, NUR 102
and science. an emphasis is placed on safety as it      of action, distribution in the body, and methods of
relates to nursing practice and includes 7 hours of     excretion will be studied. also introduces the nurs-   NUR 122A
hiv/aiDS for healthcare workers. Further emphasis       ing implications, including the principles of safe     nuRsing PRactice 2a                            4 cR
is placed on the needs of the elderly, including the    drug administration, documentation, and client         concurrent with nUR 121a, nUR 122a provides
process of death and dying.                             teaching. Students are expected to demonstrate         the student with an opportunity to learn and prac-
PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 242, HLTH 103, HLTH 133, and       competency in arithmetic computations, and to          tice the skills associated with the care of patients
NUR 105 or equivalent.                                  apply knowledge of related vocabulary and medi-        with some common health disturbances in the re-
                                                        cal symbols.                                           spiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, genito-
NUR 101B                                                PREREQUISITES: BIOL& 160, MATH 98 or MATH 99, or       urinary, endocrine and musculoskeletal systems,
common HealtH needs 1B                       8 cR       equivalent.                                            or a fluid and electrolyte disturbance. Sterile tech-
this course is a continuation of nUR 101a whereby                                                              niques are covered as well as subcutaneous and
the student will integrate the concepts of health       NUR 121                                                intramuscular injection techniques. an opportu-
and wellness into the foundation of practice. com-      common HealtH distuRBances i 15 cR                     nity to care for a client throughout the peri-opera-
mon healthcare needs throughout the life span           Prepares the student to assist people with com-        tive process is also provided. included is college
are addressed system by system, utilizing the nurs-     mon health disturbances in single or multiple sys-     lab time and clinical experiences in an acute care
ing process as a problem solving technique essen-       tems. the systems studied include the respiratory,     facility.
tial to the practice of nursing as both an art and                                                             PREREQUISITES: NUR 101B, NUR 102B



                                                               Bellingham Technical College
120
                                                              courSe deScriPtionS                                                       2008-20010 CaTalog

NUR 122B                                                 ditionally, students will experience working with       NUR 231
nuRsing PRactice 2B                             3 cR     clients with mental health disturbances. common         nuRsing dimensions iii                         5 cR
concurrent with nUR 121B, nUR 122B provides              pediatric disturbances and normal mother/infant         this course continues to focus on concepts of
the student with an opportunity to learn and prac-       care experience will be provided. Skills, such as ba-   leadership such as quality and cost-effectiveness
tice the skills associated with the care of patients     sic intravenous therapy, will be practiced in the       of care, interdisciplinary collaboration, and emerg-
with some common health disturbances in the re-          college lab, and clinical experiences will be           ing care delivery models. Primary topics include
spiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, genito-     provided in a variety of health care settings, cul-     alteration in integumentary, gastro-intestinal,
urinary, endocrine and musculoskeletal systems,          minating in a series of clinical days closely ap-       musculo-skeletal and sensory neuro across the life
or a fluid and electrolyte disturbance. Sterile tech-    proximating employment in a health care facility        span (adult, aging, pediatric and pregnant moth-
nique is covered as well as subcutaneous and in-         as a practical nurse.                                   er). integrated concepts are nursing process, advo-
tramuscular injection techniques. an opportunity         PREREQUISITES: All courses within NUR 020.              cacy, cultural perspectives, communication, nutri-
to care for a client throughout the peri-operative                                                               tion, pharmacology, and health education.
process is also provided. included is lab time and       NUR 211                                                 PREREQUISITES: NUR 221, NUR 222
clinical experiences in an acute care facility.          nuRsing dimensions i                          7 cR
PREREQUISITES: NUR 121A, NUR 122A                        this course focuses on the role transition and role     NUR 234
                                                         differentiation between licensed Practical nurse        caPstone clinical                              4 cR
NUR 131                                                  (lPn) and Registered nurse (Rn). the student is in-     concurrent with nUR 231, nUR 234 is an individual
common HealtH distuRBances ii 15 cR                      troduced to critical thinking and leadership skills     clinical assignment intended to strengthen the
Prepares the student to assist people with com-          required for professional nursing. content focuses      student’s clinical skills and assist them to make the
mon health disturbances in single or multiple sys-       on understanding human health patterns while            final transition from licensed Practical nurse (lPn)
tems. the systems studied include the neurologi-         supporting the physiological changes of the client      to Registered nurse (Rn). the clinical objectives
cal, immune, and integumentary systems.                  in the role of the Registered nurse. Primary topics     will be determined by self assessment of clinical
additionally, students will study clients with men-      include priority setting, delegation, nclex plan,       experience, further education within this program,
tal health disturbances, common pediatric distur-        conflict management, physical assessment, and           and the nurse Practice act. completion of portfo-
bances, and normal mother/infant care. nursing in        alteration in mental health, fluid, electrolyte and     lio will be presented as culmination of the stu-
both the clinical and office setting will be intro-      acid base balance, cardiac, respiratory and renal       dent’s experience.
duced, as well as basic intravenous therapy. in          systems across the life span (adult, aging, pediatric   PREREQUISITES: NUR 221, NUR 222
preparation for entry into nursing practice, stu-        and pregnant mother). integrated concepts are
dents will explore the various leadership skills re-     advocacy, cultural perspectives, communication,
quired of a licensed Practical nurse (lPn).              nutrition, pharmacology, and health education.           oPeratIoNS maNagemeNt
PREREQUISITES: NUR 121, NUR 122
                                                         NUR 212                                                 OPMGT 105
NUR 131A                                                 client caRe management PRactice i                       intRoduction to oPeRations
common HealtH distuRBances 2a                                                                        4 cR        management                               5 cR
                                             12 cR       concurrent with nUR 211, nUR 212 provides the           introduces students to the fundamentals of busi-
this course prepares the student to assist people        student with an opportunity to examine and eval-        ness operations management and the administra-
with common health disturbances in single or             uate current experience, determine clinical profi-      tive process relationships.
multiple systems within the body. the systems            ciencies, and through the process of portfolio de-
studied include neurological, immune and integu-         velopment, expand clinical nursing expertise            OPMGT 107
mentary systems. in addition, students will study        within the acute care setting (medical or surgical      Fundamentals oF PRocess manage-
clients with mental health disturbances, common          areas, pediatrics and mental health).                   ment                                            5 cR
pediatric disturbances and normal mother/infant                                                                  Planning, leading, motivating, group dynamics
care. nursing in both the clinical and office setting    NUR 221                                                 and exploring the role of the facilitator are studied
will be introduced, as well as basic intravenous         nuRsing dimensions ii                         6 cR      in this course.
therapy. in preparation for entry into nursing prac-     this course is a continuation of nUR 211 and fo-
tice, students will explore the various leadership       cuses on health and developmental assessment            OPMGT 119
skills required of a licensed Practical nurse (lPn).     through the life span (children, adult, pregnancy,      statistical PRocess contRol 5 cR
PREREQUISITES: NUR 121B, NUR 122B                        and aging). Primary topics include ethical and le-      Understanding the current state of processes and
                                                         gal issues, antepartum, intrapartum, and postnatal      the methodology of continuous improvement.
NUR 131B                                                 periods including the newborn, alteration in im-
common HealtH distuRBances 2B                            mune response, reproductive, and endocrine sys-         OPMGT 207
                                                3 cR     tem, multi- system failure and care of the client in    mateRials management                     5 cR
nUR 131B is a continuation of nUR 131B. the sys-         intensive care. integrated concepts are nursing         overview of production materials planning, con-
tems studied include the neurological, immune            process, advocacy, cultural perspectives, commu-        trol, and capacity estimation.
and integumentary systems. in addition, students         nication, nutrition, pharmacology, and health
will study clients with mental health disturbances       education.                                              OPMGT 215
and normal mother/infant care. nursing in both           PREREQUISITES: NUR 211, 212                             PRoduction Plant Planning                5 cR
the clinical and office setting will be introduced, as                                                           Performance metrics development, the seven
well as intraveneous therapy. in preparation for         NUR 222                                                 wastes, improving work flow, and the SMaRt test.
entry into nursing practice, students will explore       client caRe management PRactice ii
the various leadership skills required of a license                                                   4 cR       OPMGT 225
Practical nurse (lPn).                                   this course is a continuation of nUR 212. the stu-      oPeRations management sPecial
PREREQUISITES: NUR 131A                                  dent has the opportunity to examine and evaluate        toPics                                     5 cR
                                                         current experience, determine clinical proficien-       this course provides an opportunity for students
NUR 132                                                  cies, and through the process of portfolio develop-     to explore leading edge management innovations
nuRsing PRactice iii                          7 cR       ment, expand clinical nursing expertise within the      as they emerge into the industrial workplace.
concurrent with nUR 131, nUR 132 provides the            acute care setting (intensive care, pediatrics and
student with an opportunity to learn and practice        maternal/child).
the skills associated with the care of patients with     PREREQUISITES: NUR 211, 212
some common health disturbances in the neuro-
logical, immune, and integumentary systems. ad-

                    Curriculum subject to change. For current information, visit us on the web at: www.btc.ctc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                121
2008-2010 CaTalog                                                 courSe deScriPtionS
OPMGT 250
PRacticum i                             12 cR                development. this course is designed to assist the       PTEC 103
                                                             student in marketing their own personal trainer          saFety, HealtH and equiPment i 5 cR
the student evaluates, devises and implements a
                                                             services as well as developing a successful market-      in this course, students will study industrial haz-
plan for a specific department. Upon completion
                                                             ing program for a progressive fitness facility. You      ards types, including physical, chemical, ergonom-
the student presents documented findings in a re-
                                                             will learn proven methods for marketing and re-          ic, and biological. Within these four general types,
port to faculty.
                                                             search develop networking techniques, and em-            specific agents, causative factors, and effects will
                                                             ployment leads. the course will assist you in recog-     be identified along with controls, alarms, and de-
OPMGT 255
                                                             nizing and developing personal talents to be             tection systems. the course will focus on hazard-
PRacticum ii                              12 cR
                                                             better able to determine career direction.               ous chemicals found in the process industry.
Students will develop and implement a detailed
                                                             PREREQUISITES: PFT 110
plan for a specific department. Upon course com-
pletion students will present a report examining                                                                      PTEC 105
the project.                                                                    PhYSIcS                               PRocess tecHnology ii (systems) 5 cR
                                                                                                                      in this course, students will study the interrelation
                                                             PHYS& 121                                                of process equipment and process systems. Spe-
 PerSoNaL FItNeSS traINer                                    geneRal PHysics i                            5 cR        cifically, students will be able to arrange process
                                                             introduction to mechanics and physical reasoning         equipment into basic systems; describe the pur-
PFT 100                                                                                                               pose and function of specific process systems; ex-
                                                             strategies and investigation methods for students
Foundations oF HealtH & Fitness                                                                                       plain how factors affecting process systems are
                                                             majoring in technically oriented fields not requir-
                                              6 cR                                                                    controlled under normal conditions; and recog-
                                                             ing a calculus based physics course. newton’s laws,
You will study the science and structure of the hu-                                                                   nize abnormal process conditions. in addition, stu-
                                                             work andenergy, kinematics conservation princi-
man organism and how it relates to exercise sci-                                                                      dents are introduced to the concept of system and
                                                             ples. computer interfaced laboratory investiga-
ence. You will learn about food requirements, val-                                                                    plant economics.
                                                             tions, technical writing, problem solving, mathe-
ues and how food is broken down into usable fuel.
                                                             matical reasoning and scientific method of inquiry
You will develop and learn techniques to regulate                                                                     PTEC 110
                                                             skills will be emphasized.
and prescribe appropriate eating systems. You will                                                                    PRocess instRumentation i                      6 cR
                                                             PREREQUISITES: Math 099 - Intermediate Algebra
learn operation and set up of digital and program-                                                                    in this course, students will study process variables
mable exercise machinery, equipment repair and                                                                        and the various instruments used to sense, mea-
maintenance, facility safety, sports injury manage-          PHYS& 122
                                                             geneRal PHysics ii                            5 cR       sure, transmit, and control these variables. the
ment and prevention and how gym etiquette is                                                                          course also introduces students to control loops
practiced. Program development helps you un-                 Second in a three-course survey of physics for al-
                                                             lied health, building construction, biology, forest-     and the elements that are found in different types
derstand the many needs and requirements of                                                                           of loops, such as controllers, regulators, and final
your future client. You will learn the tools, skills         ry, architecture, and other programs. topics in-
                                                             clude fluids, heat, thermodynamics, electricity,         control elements. the course concludes with a
and methods to determine how each client fits                                                                         study of instrumentation drawings and diagrams
into the program schedule. assessment of health              and magnetism. laboratory work is integral to the
                                                             course.                                                  along with a unit on troubleshooting instrumenta-
risks, potential problem areas and special needs                                                                      tion.
will be covered.                                             PREREQUISITES: Phys& 121 - General Physics I
                                                                                                                      PTEC 190
PFT 110                                                           ProceSS techNoLogY                                  sPecial toPics Food PRocessing
PRogRam develoPment & tRaining                                                                                                                                       3 cR
PRinciPles                                   6 cR            PTEC 101                                                 in this course, students will be introduced to the
Focusing on smooth, cardiac and skeletal muscle              intRoduction to PRocess                                  various methods and processes for producing
physiology, we will investigate structure, function          tecHnology                                    5 cR       foods. these will include the operations of heat-
and cellular adaptations with exercise. You will cre-        in this course students will study various aspects       ing, drying, reacting, mixing, separating, and gran-
ate exercise programs using scientific principles            of the Process industry, including its history; roles,   ulating. the equipment necessary to provide and
beginning with the fundamental beginner pro-                 responsibilities, and expectations of the Process        control these operations, quality control, safety,
grams and working through advanced training                  technician; team dynamics; basic physics and             and jobs available in this industry will also be cov-
development and implementation. evaluation                   chemistry; safety, and quality management. in ad-        ered. Students will also do a project related to food
and assessment of programs will be heavily em-               dition, the course will cover basic components of        processing. this course may be either live, a hy-
phasized. this class will cover the mechanics of             the Process industry environment, such as piping         brid, or on-line.
muscle development, as well as behavior and per-             and valves; tanks, drums, and vessels; pumps and
formance guidelines to achieve prescribed results            compressors; steam turbines; electricity and mo-         PTE